Seattle Seahawks 2021 NFL Season Preview

Quarterback

The Seahawks started the 2020 season 6-1 and, even though they won four of those games by one score, including a pair that came down to 4th down stops, and even though they ranked just 12th in schedule adjusted first down rate differential at +1.37%, there was reason to be optimistic that the Seahawks could keep winning. Their offense led the league in first down rate over expected at +3.52%, with the team primarily being held back by a defense that ranked 26th in first down rate allowed over expected at +2.15%. Normally teams with a profile like this are good bets going forward because offensive performance is much more consistent week-to-week than defensive performance, meaning it was much more likely their defense would improve going forward than it was that their offense would drop off.

Their defense did improve going forward, in fact significantly so, to the point where they finished 11th in first down rate allowed over expected at -0.19%, despite their horrendous start. Better health was a big part of the reason for their improvement, particularly the re-addition of top safety Jamal Adams and top cornerback Shaq Griffin, but the Seahawks also added veteran edge defender Carlos Dunlap in a key trade deadline deal with the Bengals. 

However, the Seahawks’ offense did not hold up their end of the bargain, falling to 9th in first down rate over expected at +1.46%, leading to the team finishing 9th in schedule adjusted first down rate differential at +1.65%, which is good, but not the high ceiling the Seahawks would have had if their offense had continued playing at a high level. The Seahawks finished at 12-4, but relied on a 8-3 record in one score games to get there and were one and done in the post-season, losing at home to the Rams in the first round.

It was an all too familiar finish for the Seahawks, who have made the post-season in eight of Russell Wilson’s nine seasons with the team, but who haven’t played in an NFC Championship since their back-to-back Super Bowl appearances in 2013-2014. The key difference was Russell Wilson was on a cheap rookie deal back then, allowing the Seahawks to spend significant money on his supporting cast on both sides of the ball, while Wilson is now highly paid, first signing a 4-year, 87.6 million dollar extension and then adding a 4-year, 140 million dollar deal onto that which now takes him through the 2023 season.

If anything, Wilson has gotten better since his Super Bowl appearances, transitioning from more of a game manager to a legitimate franchise quarterback, but his increasing salary has made it very tough for the Seahawks to add enough talent around him to get back to the Super Bowl. Since the start of the salary cap 27 years ago, only 7 teams have won the Super Bowl with their quarterback taking up 10% or more of the cap and all 7 of those quarterbacks are Hall of Famers. By comparison, more than half (14 of 27) have taken up less than 7% of the cap while a third (9 or 27) have taken up less than 5% of the cap, including Wilson when he won. Now Wilson’s cap hit takes up 17.5% of this year’s cap, which would dwarf the current record of 13.1% (Steve Young) if Wilson somehow managed to win it all again in 2021. 

Wilson and the Seahawks winning it all seems unlikely given the rest of this roster, which isn’t drastically improved from a year ago and overall doesn’t seem to give Wilson as much help as he needs to take this team all the way again. The one hope the Seahawks might have is for Wilson to play as well as he did to start last season, when he looked like the MVP of the league and led an offense that was arguably the best in the league. Over his first 7 games, Wilson completed 71.5% of his passes for an average of 8.40 YPA, 26 touchdowns, and 6 interceptions, as compared to 66.6% of his passes for an average of 6.82 YPA, 14 touchdowns, and 7 interceptions in his final 9 games, coinciding with this offense’s second half decline.

Wilson is likely to be better this season than he was in the second half of last season, but it would be a big surprise to see him keep up his first half pace from last season for a full year. We’ve seen a lot of Russell Wilson as an NFL quarterback (144 starts) and, while he is one of the better quarterbacks in the league, we haven’t seen him consistently play at an MVP level for a long enough stretch to seriously contend for the award. That’s unlikely to change for him, now in his age 33 season.

In total, Wilson has completed 65.1% of his passes for an average of 7.83 YPA, 267 touchdowns, and 81 interceptions in his career, while adding 5.61 YPC and 21 touchdowns on 803 carries. On PFF, he’s finished in the top-15 in all 9 seasons in the league, in the top-10 in 7 seasons, and in the top-7 in 6 seasons, including a career best 3rd ranked finish in 2019 and a 6th ranked finish in 2020. Quarterbacks have shown the ability to play at a high level into their mid 30s without decline and, while Wilson is a little more reliant on athleticism than most quarterbacks, which is usually the first thing to go, he’s definitely a good enough passer to make up for becoming a little less effective with his legs if his mobility does start to decline.

Wilson has also been highly durable, never missing a start in his career, playing through serious injuries on multiple occasions. Because of that, his backup quarterback is never really been needed and the Seahawks haven’t invested in that position as a result, but needless to say the Seahawks would be in big trouble if they lost Wilson for an extended period of time, as they would have to turn to Geno Smith and his 72.9 career QB rating in 31 starts in 8 seasons in the league. As long as that doesn’t happen, Wilson should remain one of the better quarterbacks in the league, but probably not good enough for the Seahawks to be a high level team, which could be a big problem for a team that plays in the toughest division in football. 

Grade: A

Receiving Corps

The best thing Russell Wilson has going for him is probably the presence of his top-2 receivers DK Metcalf and Tyler Lockett, who were one of two wide receiver duos to both surpass 1000 yards receiving in 2020. Part of that is because they got to play with a quarterback like Wilson and, without other consistent options in the passing game, Metcalf and Lockett received a massive target share, combining to be targeted on a whopping 46.8% of the Seahawks pass attempts. However, Metcalf and Lockett both played well in their own right, finishing 18th and 32nd respectively among wide receivers on PFF.

For Lockett, it was his 2nd straight 1000 yard season and he came close to making it three in a row with a highly efficient 57/965/10 slash line on 70 targets in 2018. Overall, he’s averaged 80/1025/9 over the past three seasons, while playing all 48 games and finishing 23rd, 21st, and 32nd among wide receivers on PFF. Still in his age 29 season, he should remain a similar player, but he doesn’t nearly have the upside of DK Metcalf, who seemed to clearly take the #1 receiver role away from Lockett last season. A 2nd round pick in 2019, Metcalf flashed with a 58/900/7 slash line and 1.69 yards per route run as rookie, but he took that to another level in year two, finishing with a 83/1303/10 slash line and 2.06 yards per route run, while Lockett saw his yards per route run average drop to 1.68, his lowest since 2017, with Metcalf becoming more of a focus in this passing offense. 

Lockett remains a high level #2 wide receiver, but he’s not the #1 option anymore and if the Seahawks are able to find more consistency in other parts of this receiving corps, those targets would likely come from Lockett before they came from Metcalf, who has the upside to be one of the top wide receivers in the league for years to come. Development isn’t always linear and Metcalf is no guarantee to be better or even as good in 2021 as he was in 2020, but he’s already proven himself to be one of the better wide receivers in the league and he doesn’t even turn 24 until later this season.

The biggest move the Seahawks made trying to find a consistent third option in this passing game was signing ex-Rams tight end Gerald Everett to a 1-year, 6 million dollar deal in free agency. A 2nd round pick by the Rams in 2017, Everett only started 11 of his 61 games in four seasons with the Rams, who also preferred to start the more well-rounded Tyler Higbee. Everett has never shown much as a blocker, but he’s been a better pass catcher than most #2 tight ends, averaging 1.42 yards per route run, and deserved a shot like he’s getting in Seattle to prove himself as a starter. I wouldn’t expect a big breakout year from him, but he could have a solid receiving total if he gets enough opportunity.

The Seahawks gave three tight ends, Greg Olsen (429 snaps), Jacob Hollister (374 snaps), and Will Dissly (557 snaps) all about equal passing game opportunity last season, but only Dissly remains. He will likely slot in as the #2 tight end behind Everett and could still see somewhat significant action, especially as a blocker, which is where he has an edge on Everett. As a receiver, Dissly flashed a lot of potential in his first two seasons in the league, as the 2018 4th round pick averaged 2.43 yards per route run, but that came across just 10 games total in two seasons, due to back-to-back devastating season ending leg injuries. 

Dissly returned in 2020 and actually played all 16 games, but he didn’t seem to be as explosive as previously and he did not translate the promise from a limited role into a larger role, averaging just 1.15 yards per route run on the season. He’s a still solid blocker and he could be better as a receiver in 2021, now another year removed from those injuries, but he should remain the #2 tight end at best regardless and he could just as easily suffer another injury and not make it through a full season. His primary competition for the #2 job will be Colby Parkinson, a 2020 4th round pick who played sparingly as a rookie (51 snaps), but who the Seahawks still have hopes for in year two and beyond.

The Seahawks also used a 2nd round pick on Western Michigan’s D’Wayne Eskridge to replace middling veteran David Moore as the #3 receiver. Moore played just 482 snaps, had just a 35/417/6 slash line, and averaged just 1.38 yards per route run, while earning a middling grade from PFF, so he won’t be hard to replace, but Eskridge is still a rookie who could have some growing pains in year one. The flip side of that, however, is that Eskridge possesses an upside that Moore never had and could easily prove to be an upgrade, not just in the long-term, but in year one as well. 


Eskridge’s primary competition for playing time will likely be 2020 6th round pick Freddie Swain, who played 351 snaps as the 4th receiver as a rookie last season, but struggled mightily and isn’t a guarantee to be any better going forward. Lockett and Metcalf still lead this receiving corps, but their depth looks like it should be better than a year ago with the addition of Everett in free agency and Eskridge in the draft. If they can find a consistent #3 option, this could be one of the top receiving corps in the league.

Grade: A-

Running Backs

When DK Metcalf was added two off-seasons ago, it began a shift for the Seahawks, from just 427 pass attempts in 2018 (32nd in the NFL) to 517 pass attempts in 2019 (23rd in the NFL) and 563 pass attempts last season (17th in the NFL). For all the #LetRussCook talk in recent years, when you add the 158 carries that Wilson has had over the past two seasons and the 96 sacks he has taken, Wilson’s usage rate is up there with other high level quarterbacks and this team is not nearly as dependent on their running backs as they used to be prior to Metcalf’s arrival. 

That being said, the Seahawks do still have a solid stable of running backs, led by lead back Chris Carson, who was somewhat surprisingly retained on a 2-year, 10.425 million dollar deal in free agency this off-season. Carson seemed like he might be greeted by a relatively strong free agent market and the Seahawks didn’t seem to have the financial flexibility to commit big money to a running back when they had intriguing replacement options behind him, but Carson’s market didn’t develop as expected and he returned to the team he has led in rushing in each of the past three seasons.

Carson was only a 7th round pick of the Seahawks in 2017, primarily due to his injury history and limited playing time in college, and in year one injuries remained a concern, limiting him to 49 carries. However, he flashed potential with a 4.24 YPC average and 61.5% of his yardage coming after contact, leading to him taking over as the starter in 2018 and keeping the role ever since. In total, he’s rushed for 4.57 YPC on 715 carries with 21 rushing touchdowns and a whopping 73.9% of his yardage coming after contact. He hasn’t shown much as a receiver (1.07 yards per route run in his career), but he’s still finished 6th, 9th, and 17th respectively among running backs on PFF in the past three seasons respectively. Still in his prime in his age 27 season, I wouldn’t expect a significant drop off in 2021.

Injuries have remained a concern for him as he’s never played all 16 games in a season, but he still managed 278 carries and 315 touches in 15 games in 2019, so he’s proven he can handle a heavy workload. He saw just 141 carries and 178 touches in 12 games in 2020, but the Seahawks parted ways with veteran backup Carlos Hyde (97 touches in 2020) this off-season, rather than letting Carson walk, and all of the Seahawks other backup options are inexperienced, so Carson should get an uptick in touches per game. 

The leading candidate to be the #2 running back is Rashaad Penny. Penny was actually a first round pick, 27th overall, in the 2018 NFL Draft, but he spent his first two seasons playing sparingly behind Carson, managing 150 carries in 24 games, before tearing his ACL late in the 2019 season. That injury extended into 2020 as well, as he saw just 11 carries in 3 games, and the Seahawks unsurprisingly declined his 5th year option for 2022, making 2021 his contract year. However, if he’s healthy, he has a clear path to seeing at least some action as the backup to Carson, who has his own injury history, which could lead to Penny seeing some starts. Penny was a reach who was never good enough to be a first round pick, but his 5.11 YPC average on 161 carries is pretty impressive and he could still have untapped upside.

Other reserve options include 2020 4th round pick Deejay Dallas, 2019 6th round pick Travis Homer, and 2016 5th round pick Alex Collins, who is in his second stint with the team. Dallas and Homer both have some upside, but haven’t shown much on 43 carries and 34 carries respectively. Collins, meanwhile, is by far the most proven of the bunch and actually rushed for 973 yards and 6 touchdowns on 212 carries (4.59 YPC) as the Ravens’ lead back in 2017, but he’s combined for just 3.76 YPC on 163 carries in his other four seasons in the league and has seen just 18 carries over the past two seasons combined. He may have some bounce back potential, but he could just as easily not make this final roster. Led by Chris Carson, this is a solid stable of backs overall with some intriguing backup options, but their lack of experience beyond Carson is a bit of a concern.

Grade: B+

Offensive Line

The biggest issue on this offense in recent years has been their offensive line, but they actually got off to a good start last season, in part why this offense played so well at the beginning of the year, before finishing as a middling unit at best. The problem was they were never healthy, with their expected starting five offensive linemen not playing together once after week 4. Their most notable injuries were right tackle Brandon Shell and Mike Iupati, who earned above average grades from PFF, but missed 5 games and 6 games respectively and saw their backups play at a significantly worse level. Center Ethan Pocic also missed a couple games.

Iupati opted to retire this off-season ahead of what would have been his age 34 season, an understandable decision given how banged up he’s been in recent years, but Shell returns as the starting right tackle, veteran Gabe Jackson was added this off-season to replace Iupati, and the rest of this offensive line remains from a year ago, so, at least on paper, they have the ability to be a solid unit if they can stay relatively healthy.

Left tackle Duane Brown was one of two Seahawks offensive line to make all 16 starts last season and he played at a high level, finishing as PFF’s 6th ranked offensive tackle, but there is some concern over whether or not he can do that again. Brown has been a consistently above average offensive tackle across an impressive 13-year career in the NFL, including seven finishes in the top-10 among offensive tackles on PFF, but his finish last season was still the 2nd best of his career and, now going into his age 36 season, it would be a surprise to see him repeat that performance. 

Brown obviously hasn’t shown any signs of decline yet, but at his age, there is a strong possibility of that happening this season and the possibility that he drops off significantly exists as well. He also isn’t guaranteed to play all 16 games again as, even though he’s been relatively durable in his career, he’s missed at least some time in 6 of 13 seasons, including 4 of the past 6. Given how well he played last season, if he shows his age or misses significant time, that will have a noticeably negative effect on the rest of this offensive line and the offense as a whole.

Damien Lewis also made all 16 starts last season and figures to play next to Brown at left guard in 2021. Lewis mostly played right guard as a 3rd round rookie in 2020, with the exception of a brief stint at center in place of the injured Ethan Pocic, but right guard is Gabe Jackson’s natural position, while Lewis has the versatility to move to left guard. In addition to his versatility, Lewis didn’t play like a rookie in 2020, especially not one who fell to the 3rd round, finishing the season as PFF’s 16th ranked guard. He’s not guaranteed to be as good again in 2021, but he also could keep getting better and seems likely to develop into a consistently above average starter long-term. 

Ethan Pocic is the shakiest of the Seahawks starters, as the 14 starts he made last season were actually a career high and his 24th ranked finish among centers, while mediocre, was actually the best finish of his career, as the 2017 2nd round pick had earned only well below average season long grades from PFF in his first three seasons in the league, across 16 combined starts. He’s a former high pick who is only going into his age 26 season and the Seahawks believe in him enough to bring him back as a free agent on a 1-year, 3 million dollar deal, but he could easily be a below average starter.

Brandon Shell and Gabe Jackson also come into the season with some concerns. Shell finished 36th among offensive tackles on PFF in 11 starts last season, but he had previously never earned more than a middling grade for a season from PFF in 51 starts in 5 seasons with the Jets to begin his career, after being selected in the 5th round in 2016, and he’s also never made all 16 starts in a season, so it might be wishful thinking to expect him to play the whole season. 

Jackson, meanwhile, was almost released by the Raiders this off-season ahead of a 9.6 non-guaranteed million dollar salary, but the Seahawks offered the Raiders a late round pick when they found out he was available and restructured his deal to a 3-year, 22.575 million dollar deal. Jackson’s original contract was 55 million over 5 seasons, which the 2014 3rd round pick signed after his 3rd season in the league, when he was coming off of finishes of 11th among guards on PFF in 2015 and 27th among guards on PFF in 2016, but he never quite lived up to that contract.

He finished 14th among guards in 2018, but has otherwise been just a slightly above average starter since signing that deal, signing a 43rd ranked finish in 2020. Injuries have been a concern for him in recent years, missing 9 games in 4 seasons and being limited in others and, now going into his age 30 season, his best days are almost definitely behind him, but if he can stay reasonably healthy, he should be able to be at least a capable starter for the Seahawks with the upside for more, so he wasn’t a bad addition.

If injuries strike, the Seahawks’ depth options are limited. Jordan Simmons led all Seahawks reserves with 593 snaps played last season, making 6 starts at guard, but he finished 75th out of 86 eligible on PFF and the 2017 undrafted free agent also struggled in his only other career action in 195 snaps in 2019. He might have the best chance of any of their reserves to find himself in the starting lineup because, if Ethan Pocic struggles at center, they could shift Damien Lewis back there and plug Simmons into the starting lineup at guard.

Other reserve options include swing tackle Cedric Ogbuehi, who has mostly struggled in 29 starts in 6 seasons in the league, 2019 4th round pick Phil Haynes, who has seen just one offensive snap in two seasons in the league, 2018 5th round pick JaMarco Jones, who has struggled across 509 career snaps, and 6th round rookie Stone Forsythe, who is unlikely to make a positive impact if forced into action in year one. The potential is there for this to be a solid offensive line for the first time in a while, but the downside is there as well with several inconsistent starters, a dominant left tackle who might find it tough to be quite as dominant now in his age 36 season, and shaky reserve options.

Grade: B

Edge Defenders

Along with better health as the season went on, one big reason for the Seahawks’ offensive turnaround in the second half of the season was their trade for Carlos Dunlap of the Bengals. A 2nd round pick by the Bengals in 2010, Dunlap was one of the Bengals’ best players of the past decade. From 2010-2019, Dunlap finished 35th or better among edge defenders on PFF in all 10 seasons, including three finishes in the top-5 and a 4th ranked finish in 2019. Also a strong run stuffer, Dunlap combined to total 81.5 sacks, 149 hits, and a 12.1% pressure rate in 148 games over that stretch.

The 2020 season was Dunlap’s age 31 season, so some drop off was to be expected, but when Dunlap struggled early in the season, he was benched by the Bengals, playing just 12 snaps in week 7 against the Browns, and as a result the long-time Bengal demanded a trade, which led to him going to Seattle mid-season in what amounted to a salary dump. However, Dunlap proved to have something left in the tank in the second half of the season, earning an above average grade overall from PFF and totaling 5 sacks, 10 hits, and a 12.1% pressure rate in 8 games. 

Dunlap still didn’t have as good of a season as he was used to in his time in Cincinnati and now he’s another year older in his age 32 season, but the Seahawks opted to bring him back this off-season on a 2-year, 13.6 million dollar deal and he figures to continue factoring into the Seahawks’ edge defender rotation. One reason for that is simply that the Seahawks don’t have many other good options at the position. They are, however, reasonably deep and are hoping to find productive rotation players through competition. 

Benson Mayowa led this group with 571 snaps played last season, despite only playing 13 games, but the Seahawks would probably like to avoid him seeing such a big role again in 2021. Mayowa managed just 6 sacks, 6 hits, and a 9.0% pressure rate and his snap count was actually a career high for his 8 years in the league. His career pressure rate of 8.9% isn’t any better, he’s mostly earned middling grades from PFF as a rotational player, and now he heads into his age 30 season. He would also definitely be a below average option if relied on for a significant role again.

The Seahawks also have hybrid interior/edge players in Rasheem Green (365 snaps) and LJ Collier (559 snaps), who will continue seeing some action on the edge, particularly on early downs. Collier was a first round pick by the Seahawks in 2019, but he struggled mightily through 152 rookie year snaps in an injury plagued first season in the league and in 2020, even though he was healthy and played all 16 games, he still struggled, finishing 86th out of 139 eligible interior defenders on PFF. In total, he’s managed just a 5.3% pressure rate in his short career, which would be underwhelming even if he played all of his snaps on the interior. He still has some upside, but he was considered a reach when the Seahawks selected him and he hasn’t done anything to prove the Seahawks right yet.

Green was also a high pick, selected in the 3rd round in 2018, but he also hasn’t shown much, earning below average grades from PFF in each of his three seasons in the league, while averaging 370 snaps per game and managing just a 7.2% pressure rate. He’s still very young, only going into his age 24 season, so it’s possible he could be better going forward, but thus far he’s yet to show any signs of being a solid starter or even rotation player.

Alton Robinson, a 2020 5th round pick, also saw 336 snaps as an edge defender last year, but, while he held his own, it came in very limited action and he wasn’t a high draft pick, so he has an uphill battle to become a consistent rotational player long-term. Robinson wasn’t even the first edge defender the Seahawks took in 2020, taking Darrell Taylor in the 2nd round, and, while he didn’t play a snap as a rookie due to injury, it wouldn’t be a surprise to see him earn a significant role if he’s healthy in 2021. He has the most upside of the Seahawks’ young edge defenders, although that says more about the rest of the bunch than it does about him because he’s yet to even make his NFL debut.

The Seahawks also added veterans Aldon Smith and Kerry Hyder in free agency and both figure to see significant action if they can. The reason I say if they can is because Aldon Smith is yet again in off-the-field trouble. Smith was originally selected 7th overall in the 2011 NFL Draft and burst onto the scene early in his career, totaling 47.5 sacks, 46 hits, and a 14.6% pressure rate in 59 games in his first 5 seasons in the league, but then off-the-field issues led to him being out of the league completely from 2016-2019, before he resurfaced with the Cowboys in 2020.

Smith didn’t quite show his old form in 2020, but he did have an impressive season, staying out of trouble, playing 809 snaps in 16 games, earning an above average grade from PFF, and doing his best work as a pass rusher with 5 sacks, 10 hits, and a 11.3% pressure rate. He signed with the Seahawks this off-season, but another off-the-field incident surfaced shortly after and now has his long-term future in limbo. It’s possible we could see him suit up for the Seahawks in 2021, but it’s also possible that comes only after a long suspension. 

Hyder doesn’t have the same upside as Smith, but he’s a reliable option. He missed most of 2017 and 2018 with injury (153 snaps total), but in his last three healthy seasons, he’s earned average or better grades from PFF, he’s averaged 608 snaps per season, and he’s been at his best rushing the passer, with 17.5 sacks, 23 hits, and a 11.6% pressure rate, while playing all 16 games in each of his three healthy seasons. His age is a minor concern in his age 30 season and he is unlikely to be any better than he’s been, but he could remain a solid starting option. He’ll rotate heavily with several other options and this is an underwhelming edge defender group overall, but they could mostly decent play if they manage their rotation correctly and get improved play from some young players.

Grade: B-

Interior Defenders

With a couple Seahawks edge defenders lining up on the interior frequently in sub packages, the Seahawks don’t have as much need for traditional interior defenders, only giving significant action to three players in 2020, Jarran Reed, Poona Ford, and Bryan Mone. Reed was traded to the Chiefs this off-season in what amounted to a salary dump and, while he was a middling player last season, he leaves behind a lot of snaps (847) to replace. The Seahawks have a few candidates to replace him, including returning opt-out Al Woods, free agent acquisition Robert Nkemdiche, and third year holdover Bryan Mone, who could earn a significant uptick in playing time with a strong off-season. The Seahawks could also play their edge defenders on the interior more often. 

Woods has been in the league since 2010 and has generally been a solid run stuffer in his career, but he’s another year older after the opt out, npw going into his age 34 season, he’s never surpassed 564 snaps played in a season, and he really leaves something to be desired as a pass rusher, with a career 3.9% pressure rate. Mone, on the other hand, has only played 317 snaps since going undrafted in 2019 and he’s struggled across that playing time, but he’s likely to see a larger role in year three by default, even if he’s likely to struggle if counted on for extended action.

Nkemdiche, meanwhile, is only worth mentioning because he’s a former first round pick (29th overall by the Cardinals in 2016) who is still relatively young, going into his age 27 season, but he’s been a massive bust and was out of the league entirely in 2020. Even before sitting out 2020, Nkemdiche had shown very little through 4 seasons in the league, playing 776 snaps total with the Cardinals and Dolphins and earning below average grades from PFF in all four seasons. There’s a chance he could make this roster and make an impact, but it seems more likely that he doesn’t make the team at all, which could possibly end his chances in the NFL.

Poona Ford is still locked into one starting role and, with Reed gone, it’s possible he sees an increase in snaps as well, although the 670 snaps he played last season were already a significant amount. It was also a career high for the 2018 undrafted free agent, but he wasn’t phased by the heavy workload, as he finished the season as PFF’s 12th ranked interior defender on the season. That didn’t come out of nowhere either, as Ford was PFF’s 29th ranked interior defender across 231 rookie year snaps in 2018 and their 8th ranked interior defender across 506 snaps in 2019. 

The 5-11 310 pounder only looks like a big run stuffer, which is where he excels, but he’s not a bad pass rusher either, with a career 5.5% pressure rate, including 2 sacks, 8 hits, and a 6.7% pressure rate in 2020, justifying his every down role. Only in his age 26 season, he should remain at least an above average starter, even if he doesn’t quite match last season’s performance, and it’s possible he could be even better going forward if he continues to develop his pass rush game, which took a big leap in 2020. Heading into the final year of his rookie deal, locking him up seems like a priority for a Seattle team that otherwise lacks high level players on the defensive line and will be relying primarily on heavy rotations to try to get decent play upfront.

Grade: B-

Linebackers

The last remaining member of the dominant Seahawks defense that led this team to back-to-back Super Bowl appearances early in Russell Wilson’s career is linebacker Bobby Wagner and, even now going into his age 31 season, he’s arguably their best defensive player. That’s in part due to all the talent that has been lost around him over the past few years, but Wagner is also still playing at a high level, finishing the 2020 season as PFF’s 3rd ranked off ball linebacker, while playing all but 11 snaps for the Seahawks. 

A 2nd round pick in 2012, Wagner has earned an above average grade from PFF in all 9 seasons in his career, including seven finishes in the top-12 and five finishes in the top-4. He’s also been very durable, missing just 9 games total, while playing an average of 63.1 snaps per game. Even if he starts to decline in 2021, he should remain an above average starter, although any sort of significant drop off from him would be a huge blow to this defense.

Bobby Wagner’s long-time running mate at linebacker, KJ Wright, was not retained this off-season and, while he remains a free agent, it seems unlikely that the Seahawks will bring him back for his age 32 season, especially since they drafted his replacement a year ago in the first round, taking Jordyn Brooks 27th overall. Wright still played at a pretty high level in 2020 though, despite his age, as he finished 8th among off ball linebackers on PFF, while Brooks struggled across 367 rookie year snaps. Given that, it’ll be tough for Brooks not to be a downgrade, even if he takes a big step forward in his second season in the league. 

The Seahawks will also have to replace Brooks as the third linebacker and their only choices are a pair of 2019 draft picks who have hardly played in two seasons in the league, 3rd round pick Cody Barton (266 snaps) and 5th round pick Ben Burr-Kirven (15 snaps). This group has some young players with potential, but they’ll be relying on Bobby Wagner to once again play at a high level and they’ll likely miss veteran KJ Wright, even if his age made him unlikely to repeat last season’s performance even if retained. 

Grade: B

Secondary

The Seahawks’ secondary getting healthy was a big part of why this defense was better down the stretch, but unfortunately they won’t have the same unit as a year ago after some off-season losses. One was Quinton Dunbar and, while he came to Seattle with expectations last off-season, he struggled across 397 snaps in an injury plagued season, so he won’t be missed much. However, the Seahawks also lost cornerback Shaq Griffin, who earned an above average grade from PFF in 12 starts and had been the Seahawks’ #1 cornerback in recent years, before leaving for a 3-year, 40 million dollar deal with the Jaguars this off-season.

The Seahawks added ex-49er Ahkello Witherspoon in free agency and also used a 4th round pick on Tre Brown, but the latter is unlikely to make much of an impact in year one, while the former is an underwhelming starting option, as he was very inconsistent throughout his 4 seasons with the 49ers, who selected him in the 3rd round in 2017. Witherspoon showed flashes of brilliance, but also struggled mightily for stretches and missed 17 games in 4 seasons. He has good size at 6-2 195 and the Seahawks tend to get the most out of taller cornerbacks, but it’s not like he was poorly coached with the 49ers, who run a similar coverage scheme to the Seahawks. Witherspoon may still have some untapped potential, only in his age 26 season, but he could also remain frustratingly inconsistent. 

Witherspoon will likely start, but the Seahawks could have a pretty open competition for roles at cornerback. With Griffin missing some time and Dunbar missing even more, DJ Reed (560 snaps), Tre Flowers (578 snaps), and Ugo Amadi (552 snaps) all saw somewhat significant action, with varying levels of success, and all are back to compete for roles. Flowers was the worst of the bunch, finishing 93rd out of 136 eligible cornerbacks on PFF. He is also the most experienced, but his struggles weren’t surprising as the 2018 5th round pick has earned below average grades from PFF in each of his first three seasons in the league (37 starts in 42 games), so his experience doesn’t work in his favor. The Seahawks still love his size at 6-3 203, but he isn’t guaranteed to continue seeing a significant role.

DJ Reed was the best of the bunch last season and the 2018 5th round pick has generally made a positive impact when relied on for significant playing time in his career, but those opportunities have been limited, as he’s made just 10 career starts and has averaged just 348 snaps per season. He’s a projection to a larger role, but there is some upside there. Amadi, meanwhile, was a 4th round pick by the Seahawks in 2019 and, after hardly playing as a rookie (76 snaps), he held his own in a larger role in his second season in the league. He’s also pretty unproven and could struggle in a full-time role, but he definitely has upside and he’s not a bad option to have even if he doesn’t take a step forward in year three.

The Seahawks also took a flyer on veteran Pierre Desir, although it wouldn’t be a surprise if he didn’t even make the final roster. Continuing this organization’s love of bigger cornerbacks, Desir is 6-1 198, but that might be the primary reason the Seahawks are giving him a chance, as he hasn’t earned it with his play in the past two seasons, finishing below average on PFF in both seasons, including a 116th ranked finish out of 136 eligible cornerbacks across 519 snaps in 2020, a season in which he was cut down the stretch by the winless Jets. Desir was PFF’s 18th ranked cornerback across 903 snaps with the Colts in 2018, but never lived up to that and otherwise was never more than a middling cornerback who never topped 683 snaps in another season. Going into his age 31 season, he could be completely at the end of his line.

The Seahawks have good depth at safety with Marquise Blair returning from injury, so they could use three safeties together somewhat regularly in sub packages to mask their lack of proven depth at cornerback. Both Blair and starting safety Quandre Diggs have experience as slot cornerbacks, although the Seahawks seem to prefer Blair there more than Diggs, whose slot experience is primarily from earlier in his career with the Lions. Blair was a 2nd round pick of the Seahawks in 2019 and showed a lot of potential across 230 rookie year snaps, only to see his second season ended by injury after just 63 snaps in two games. The upside is still there for him to develop into at least a solid sub package option for the Seahawks, though the injury and his overall lack of experience hurt his projection.

Diggs, meanwhile, is plenty experienced and should remain a starting safety. A 6th round pick in 2015, Diggs was a solid slot cornerback earlier in his career, but he’s been better at safety, where he has been an every down player, averaging 62.6 snaps per game in 42 games (all starts) over the past three seasons. Diggs was more of a middling starter in 2020, but he finished 35th among safeties on PFF in 2018 and 18th among safeties on PFF in 2019 and could easily bounce back in 2021, still only in his age 28 season. 

Along with Diggs likely being a little better in 2021, the Seahawks will especially be hoping from a bounce back year from fellow starting safety Jamal Adams, which is more important for a variety of reasons. For one, the Seahawks simply have a lot invested in Adams, who they traded a pair of first round picks to acquire a year ago from the Jets and, now in the final year of his rookie deal, a lucrative extension is almost definitely looming on the horizon. 

On top of that, Adams is one of the top safeties in the league at his best, which is why the Seahawks gave up as much as they did for him in the first place, and he’s still only in his age 26 season. Selected 6th overall by the Jets in 2017, Adams was an above average starter from the word go and took a big leap from year one to years two and three, finishing as PFF’s 3rd ranked safety in 2018 and their 4th ranked safety in 2019. However, after being traded, he fell all the way to 47th among safeties in his first season in Seattle, while missing four games with injury. 

Adams’ 9.5 sacks jump off the stat sheet and that’s not a fluke, as he has a 24.9% pressure rate for his career as a blitzer, but he only rushed the passer on 19.0% of his pass snaps and was a liability in coverage, while not being particularly good against the run either, so his effectiveness as a blitzer wasn’t enough for Adams to be worth the investment in year one and the Seahawks didn’t acquire him to only be effective when taken out of coverage to blitz. Adams was never really healthy all season and has a very good chance to bounce back in his second season in Seattle if he can be healthier, but his long-term projection is shakier than it was a year ago. They’ll need him to play at a high level to compensate for an otherwise underwhelming secondary.

Grade: B

Kicker/Punter

The Seahawks had one of the best special teams in the league last season, finishing 3rd in special teams DVOA, and their biggest strength was their place kicking. Strangely enough their starting kicker Jason Myers did miss four extra points, across 53 attempts, but he didn’t miss a single field goal, despite handling all 24 of the Seahawks attempts, including 15 from 40+ yards, en route to a 5th ranked finish among kickers on PFF. 

That was a career best for Myers though, as he never finished higher than 9th among kickers on PFF prior to last season and has been really inconsistent in the past, finishing below average on PFF in three of six seasons in the league and making just 89.4% of his extra points and 86.2% of his field goals in his career, across stints with three different teams. Because of that, I would expect Myers to not be as good in 2021 as he was in 2020 and perhaps significantly so. He could remain a solid kicker, but I wouldn’t expect elite play again.

The Seahawks kickoff and punting game were also big strengths for them last season, particularly their punting game, which was one of the best in the league. Jason Myers was PFF’s 9th ranked kickoff specialist and, while punter Michael Dickson ranked 3rd in punting grade, but they had a lot of help from their supporting cast as well. Myers has been somewhat inconsistent on kickoffs in his career, but not as inconsistent as he’s been as a place kicker, while Dickson has been at least a solid punter in all three seasons in the league, including a 6th ranked finish as a rookie in 2018. Both could remain above average in 2021, even if they aren’t quite as good as they were in 2020.

Grade: B+

Return Specialists

The Seahawks were not as good in the return game last season, barely finishing above average in kickoff return DVOA and finishing below average in punt return DVOA, while averaging 22.5 yards per (13th) and 8.6 yards per (20th) respectively. The supporting cast continued to play well, so the problem was mostly on the returners. Travis Homer (24.3 average on 12 attempts), DJ Reed (27.4 average on 5 attempts), and Freddie Swain (22.8 average on 6 attempts) are their top returning kickoff returners. None of them have much history of success though, so it’s possible they could all lose out to rookie wide receiver D’Wayne Eskridge, who averaged 27.5 yards per return with a 100-yard touchdown on 17 attempts in his final collegiate season in 2020.

David Moore, their best punt returner last season with a 9.3 average on 12 attempts, is no longer with the team, leaving DJ Reed (7.8 average on 10 attempts) as possibly their primary punt returner, but his struggles could lead to the Seahawks using Tyler Lockett on punt returns again, in addition to his significant offensive role. He averaged 7.5 yards per return on 142 returns from 2015-2019, but didn’t return a single punt in 2020, while focusing on his offensive role. That could change in 2021 out of necessity, though he’s not a significant upgrade. The Seahawks aren’t likely to be noticeably improved in the return game this season, but they could be a little better.

Grade: B-

Special Teamers

As mentioned, the Seahawks’ supporting special teamers were a big part of the Seahawks’ success on special teams last season. They were a top heavy group, led by Cody Barton (316 snaps) and Nick Bellore (288 snaps), who finished 6th and 8th among special teamers on PFF last season, while the rest of the group didn’t have a player who played at least 150 snaps and finished in the top-200 special teamers on PFF. Barton doesn’t have much of a proven history though and, while Bellore does, he’s still not a guarantee to repeat last year’s dominant season, so the Seahawks will need more from their other special teamers in 2021.

That seems unlikely to happen. The Seahawks lost a pair of special teamers in free agency, Jacob Hollister (279 snaps) and Linden Stephens (161 snaps), without replacing them, further thinning their depth, and their top returning special teamers, Ben Burr-Kirven (288 snaps), Will Dissly (211 snaps), Ryan Neal (199 snaps), Freddie Swain (146 snaps), and DeeJay Dallas (143 snaps) don’t have a history of playing better than they did last season. Tre Flowers flashed on 136 snaps last season, but has played just 313 special teams snaps in three seasons in the league and might not see his snap count increase if he continues seeing a role on defense.

On top of that, the Seahawks will have a new special teams coordinator, with Brian Schneider going elsewhere this off-season and being replaced with first-time coordinator Larry Izzo, which could easily be a downgrade. I wouldn’t expect the Seahawks’ supporting special teamers to be as good in 2020 and, as a result, their special teams as a unit seems unlikely to be as good as they were a year ago, especially if they can’t get the same play out of their kicking specialists.

Grade: B-

Conclusion

It was a tale of two seasons for the Seahawks in 2020, as they started out with strong offense and mediocre defense, only to see their offense drop off significantly in the second half and their defense to start playing at a high level. Their offense dealt with some injuries down the stretch, while their defense was missing key players earlier in the season, but overall their first and second half splits seem like the result of random variance more than anything and, even if injuries were the driving factor, they can’t necessarily depend on better health in 2021, as they ranked a middling 20th in adjusted games lost and injuries are part of the game.

Overall, the Seahawks finished last season 9th in first down rate differential at +1.65%, which is about right for how they played across the season as a whole. They managed to go 12-4, but needed to win 8 of their 11 one score games to do so and just based on that being unlikely to repeat, they could see their win total drop by a couple, with a roster that overall seems about as talented as their squad a year ago, without major changes being made overall.

The Seahawks are one of the better teams in the league, but they’re not one of the top few teams in the league and, in a division where all four teams look like strong playoff contenders, the Seahawks could have a tough battle to even make the post-season. Ultimately, they seem more likely to get in than be left out, but their schedule doesn’t have many breaks. I will have a final prediction for the Seahawks at the end of the off-season with the rest of the teams.

Update 8/8/21: The Seahawks had one of the best special teams units in the league last season and, even though they seem unlikely to be quite as good in 2021, the Seahawks should still get some benefit from that group, which matters more than I previously thought. The Seahawks are still only fringe Super Bowl contenders, but they should be a playoff qualifier, even in a tough division.

9/4/21 Update: The Seahawks are consistently a playoff qualifier, but they seem to be getting slept on a little bit going into 2021. Their offense was one of the best in the league last season before they started losing players to injury and, while injuries are sure to happen again, they return all their key offensive players from a year ago and their defense should continue to be a capable complementary unit, after struggling mightily to begin the 2020 season. Add in above average special teams and still is one of the more well-rounded teams in the league. There are still several teams better than them in the NFC and they will have a tough time winning their own division, which is the best in the NFL, but the Seahawks might be a little under the radar early in the season and could easily surprise some people, especially in non-divisional matchups.

Prediction: 12-5 2nd in NFC West

Indianapolis Colts 2021 NFL Season Preview

Quarterback

The quarterback position was not one the Colts had to worry about for a long-time. They got the #1 pick in 1998, the year can’t miss quarterback prospect Peyton Manning entered the draft, and Manning didn’t miss, playing 14 seasons of a Hall of Fame career with the team, before injuring his neck, missing all of 2012, and being released the following off-season. Manning’s release was in part due to the Colts falling to 2-14 in his absence and yet again landing the #1 overall pick in a draft with a can’t miss quarterback prospect, Andrew Luck, who many believed was the best prospect since Manning.

Luck took over the following season and seemed like he could follow in Manning’s footsteps, leading the Colts in the post-season in each of his first three seasons, including an AFC Championship appearance during the 2014 season. However, then the injuries started, first costing Luck a total of 9 games in 2015, another game in 2016, and then ending his 2017 season before it started. Luck returned for a full season in 2018 to lead the Colts to another post-season appearance, but an off-season injury after the season caused Luck to hang them up early rather than continue trying to fight through pain, ending his career before his 30th birthday.

Luck’s surprise retirement came close to the start of the season too, so the Colts didn’t have time to find a proper replacement, instead turning again to backup Jacoby Brissett, who was underwhelming in Luck’s absence in 2017. Brissett was again underwhelming, leading to the Colts trying to find a proper replacement for Luck last off-season. The best they could do was sign Philip Rivers, a likely future Hall of Famer in his own right, but one at the end of his career in his 17th season in the NFL. 

Rivers took the Colts back to the post-season, but the Colts were one and done and Rivers decided to make his 17th season his last, hanging them up this off-season ahead of what would have been his age 40 season in 2021. After years of stability at the quarterback position, the Colts were yet again in need of a quarterback this off-season and with Brissett signing with the Dolphins, that quarterback would be the Colts’ 4th different starting quarterback in the past four seasons, 5th in five seasons if you include Scott Tolzien, who actually started week 1 of the season Luck missed in 2017. 

Rather than adding another short-term solution like they did with Rivers, the Colts decided to focus on finding stability at the position this off-season, trading for Carson Wentz of the Philadelphia Eagles, whose contract guarantees him 47.4 million over the next two seasons. Sending back a third round pick and a second round pick that can become a first round pick in that trade, the Eagles are all in on Wentz and will be locked into him for the next couple seasons, for better or worse.

That’s a big risk considering how badly Wentz played last season, when he completed 57.4% of his passes for an average of 6.00 YPA, 16 touchdowns, and 15 interceptions, ranking 34th among 42 eligible quarterbacks on PFF and getting benched down the stretch for rookie Jalen Hurts, leading to Wentz’s trade from Philadelphia this off-season. However, Wentz is reuniting with his former offensive coordinator Frank Reich, who coached Wentz to a 2017 season in which he ranked 6th among quarterbacks on PFF and completed 60.2% of his passes for an average of 7.49 YPA, 33 touchdowns, and 7 interceptions in just his second season in the league, before tearing his ACL in the middle of an MVP caliber season and watching Reich leave the following off-season to take the head coaching job in Indianapolis. 

Reich’s presence alone doesn’t guarantee Wentz’s success, but how Wentz played in the interim between his 2017 MVP candidacy and his 2020 bottoming out suggests that his 2020 was more of an outlier than his 2017, as Wentz completed 66.2% of his passes for an average of 7.06 YPA, 48 touchdowns, and 14 interceptions in 2018-2019 combined, while finishing 14th among quarterbacks on PFF in both seasons. 

Both seasons also ended with injury, but some of that has been more bad luck than anything. Wentz is still theoretically in the prime of his career in his age 29 season and, prior to a year ago, he was seen as a perfectly fine starting quarterback, even if his chances of reaching his 2017 heights seemed slim, so I like his chances of bouncing back in 2021 and the reunion with Reich only helps his chances. 

Wentz also is very unlikely to have receivers drop a league high 10.7% of his passes like they did a year ago with the Eagles and he’s unlikely to be pressured on at the 8th highest rate in the league at 38.3%, which both largely contributed to his poor statistical production. Wentz has a good chance to be a noticeable upgrade in 2021 over Philip Rivers, who ranked a middling 18th among quarterbacks on PFF in his one season with the Colts in 2020.

That is needed for the Colts, whose 11-5 record last season was largely the result of an easy schedule, which included seven games against the Jaguars, Texans, Jets, Bengals, and Lions, who all won five games or fewer. In first down rate, the Colts ranked 8th on offense and 11th defense and 9th overall with a +2.02% first down rate differential, but when schedule adjustments are applied, the Colts fell to 19th on offense, 13th on defense, and 13th overall at +0.20%. 

This season, the Colts still face a relatively easy schedule within the division, but the Jaguars are better than a year ago and, outside of the division, the Colts are trading the AFC North, NFC North, the Jets, and the Raiders for the NFC West, the AFC East, the Ravens, the Buccaneers, and the Raiders (again). If the Colts want to win 11 games and make it back to the post-season, they’ll need to be better than they were a year ago and Carson Wentz returning to form will almost definitely need to be part of the reason why they are better for that to happen.

With all they have invested in him, it’s unlikely the Colts would want to bench Wentz at any point, but if he does suffer another injury, the Colts are pretty thin behind Wentz with Brissett gone, leaving 2020 4th round pick Jacob Eason (0 rookie year passes) and 6th round rookie Sam Ehlinger as the candidates to be Wentz’s backup. Eason can probably lock down the job with a strong training camp, but if he struggles, I wouldn’t be surprised to see the Colts add a veteran to give them a little bit of a higher ceiling if Wentz misses time.

Grade: B

Offensive Line

Philip Rivers was not the Colts’ only significant retirement this off-season, as long-time left tackle Anthony Castonzo decided to hang them up this off-season rather than return to the Colts for his 11th season. The 22nd overall pick in the 2011 NFL Draft by the Colts, Castonzo stepped into the starting lineup right away as a rookie and was an above average starter from the beginning, starting a streak of 10 straight seasons (144 starts) with an above average grade from PFF that took him through the end of his career, when he finished 33rd among offensive tackles on PFF in 2020. 

Castonzo was only going into his age 33 season and likely could have continued playing at an above average level in 2021 had he returned, so he is a significant loss, especially since the Colts offensive line has been the strength of this team for the past three seasons, while keeping the same starting five together across that stretch, an unusual occurrence in the NFL. With Castonzo gone, that continuity is gone as well, which could hurt this offensive line even if Castonzo’s replacement is able to play comparably well.

Castonzo’s replacement playing comparably well is a possibility as the Colts went out and got another proven veteran left tackle Eric Fisher as a replacement, but Fisher comes with a lot of risk as well. Fisher also is a former 1st round pick, actually being selected #1 overall by the Chiefs in 2013, and he has been an above average starter for a while as well, earning above average grades from PFF in seven straight seasons, dating back to his second season in the league in 2014 (100 starts total over that stretch), including a 18th ranked season in 2020. 

However, Fisher suffered a torn achilles in the Chiefs’ AFC Championship victory back in January and, now going into his age 30 season, the Chiefs let him go to save 12 million, which they needed to retool their offensive line. The Colts signed him to a 1-year, 8.38 million dollar deal, but he might not be ready for the start of the season and, even if he is, there is no guarantee he’ll be as good as he’s been, given his injury and his age. Even if he does bounce back, he doesn’t have a ton of upside on a deal worth 8.38 million and even if he proves to be a good value, the Colts will only have to pay him more to keep him long-term next off-season.

The Colts didn’t use a draft pick on a left tackle of the future, a bit surprising given that Fisher isn’t a long-term option, which leaves veteran free agent addition Sam Tevi as the swing tackle and likely replacement for Fisher if he misses any time. Tevi has plenty of experience, making 43 starts over the past three seasons, but it hasn’t been good experience, as the 2017 6th round pick has earned below average grades from PFF in all three seasons, including a 82nd ranked finish out of 89 eligible offensive tackles in 2020. He would almost definitely continue struggling if forced into action. His primary competition for the swing tackle role is probably fellow free agent addition Julie’n Davenport, who made 23 starts between 2018-2019 with the Texans and Dolphins, but struggled mightily and was limited to 53 snaps in 2020.

The rest of this line is still the same from the past few years. Braden Smith will remain at right tackle and play opposite Fisher, or whoever starts in Fisher’s absence. A 2nd round pick in 2018, Smith has been an above average starter in all three seasons in the league, finishing 29th, 9th, and 17th among offensive tackles on PFF over the past three seasons respectively, while making 43 of a possible 48 starts. Still only going into his age 25 season, Smith could even keep getting better and, even if he doesn’t, he should remain one of the best right tackles in the league.

Left guard Quenton Nelson was also added in that 2018 NFL Draft and, though he was selected 6th overall, he’s exceeded his draft slot by just as much as Smith has exceeded his draft slot as a second rounder, as Nelson has developed into one of the top offensive linemen in the entire NFL. He’s finished 5th, 2nd, and 4th among guards on PFF in his first three seasons in the league respectively while making all 48 starts and, still only heading into his age 25 season, he’s just getting started. He should remain one of the top guards in the league for many years, barring unexpected injuries, and is arguably the surest bet in the entire NFL to be an All-Pro in 2021, up there with Aaron Donald. 

Mark Glowinski will continue starting opposite Nelson at right guard. He was the last of the Colts’ returning starters to enter this lineup, moving into a starting role in week 6 of 2018 and making 41 of 43 possible starts in just about two and a half seasons since then. Glowinski was mediocre in his first stint as a starter in 2016 and, prior to entering the Colts’ lineup in 2018, Glowinski had played just 199 snaps the previous season, but he finished his first season ranked 7th among guards and, while he hasn’t quite been as good since, he’s shown himself to not be a complete one-year wonder, earning average or better grades from PFF in 2019 and 2020 as well, including a 26th ranked finish in 2020. Going into his age 29 season, he should remain a solid starter.

Center Ryan Kelly rounds out this group. A first round pick in 2016, Kelly has earned an average or better grade from PFF in four of five seasons in the league, with the exception being an injury plagued 2017 season, and he’s finished in the top-14 among centers on PFF in three straight seasons since that injury plagued season. Also in his prime in his age 28 season, he should continue playing at around the same level in 2021. 

The Colts have avoided significant injuries on this offensive line over the past few seasons, but that’s not a guarantee that they will continue having good injury luck, and their depth is pretty suspect, as a result of years of not needing to develop backups. I already got into their underwhelming options for the swing tackle role, but on the interior their top options are 2020 5th round pick Danny Pinter, who played 103 mediocre snaps as a rookie, mediocre veteran journeyman Chris Reed (23 starts in 5 seasons in the league), and fellow mediocre veteran journeyman Joey Hunt (11 starts in 5 seasons in the league). All would be underwhelming options, but the Colts do still have arguably the top starting offensive line in the league, especially if Eric Fisher can be back sooner rather than later.

Grade: A

Running Backs

The Colts also had one of the league’s leading rushers last season, with 2020 2nd round pick Jonathan Taylor rushing for 1,169 yards on 232 carries (5.04 YPC) as a rookie, the third most rushing yards in the league. Taylor also rushed for 11 touchdowns and added 36/299/1 in the air on just 39 targets, averaging 7.67 yards per target and 1.47 yards per route run. His overall play led to him ranking 6th among running backs on PFF, even though he was only a rookie.

However, his rushing yardage is misleading when you take into account the schedule. Taylor rushed for 5.46 YPC in games against defenses that ranked 22nd or worse in first down rate allowed, as opposed to just 4.18 YPC in other games. Performing significantly better against bad defenses isn’t unusual, but the Colts’ easy schedule last year allowed Taylor to see a disproportionate amount of those carries against easy defenses, with a whopping 67.2% of his carries coming in those games against bottom third of the league defenses. Facing a tougher slate of schedules in 2021, Taylor is very unlikely to maintain that same rate, even if he takes a step forward in terms of his actual level of play in his second season in the league.

Taylor will remain the clear lead back though and could still have an impressive rushing total due to having a high volume of carries in this offense, supported by strong blocking upfront. The Colts also have pretty decent depth behind Taylor, especially after keeping Marlon Mack as a free agent this off-season. Mack was the Colts’ starting running back from 2018-2019, averaging 4.52 YPC and rushing for 17 touchdowns on 442 carries in 26 games, but he tore his achilles in week one of last season and, after Taylor broke out in his absence, it seemed highly unlikely Mack would be brought back as a free agent this off-season. However, Mack was met with a very cold market, in large part due to his injury, and opted to return to the Colts on a cheap one-year deal and try free agency again in a year.

Jonathan Taylor can’t be happy about the move from a workload perspective, as Mack presents a much more serious challenger for carries than anyone healthy on this roster last season, but it was a great move on the Colts’ part, given Mack’s track record and the susceptibility of the running back position to injury. Mack is mostly useless on passing downs (0.85 yards per route run in his career), but can still be an effective early down back if healthy. He might not see more than a few carries per game at the start of the season, but if Taylor isn’t living up to last year’s heights and Mack shows himself healthy in practice, I could see that increasing as the season goes on and if Taylor were to suffer an injury, Mack would likely be the clear lead back rather than rotating with multiple other backs. 

Other running backs who saw carries for the Colts last season were Nyheim Hines (89 carries) and Jordan Wilkins (84 carries), who strangely took a somewhat significant amount of carries from Taylor, despite averaging 4.27 YPC and 3.67 YPC respectively. Hines hasn’t been much of a runner in three seasons in the league since the Colts selected him in the 4th round in 2018, but he’s averaged a solid 1.47 yards per route run as the Colts’ primary passing down back. 

That career average includes a very impressive 1.83 yards per route run average in 2020 that not only ranked 5th among running backs, but also earned Hines the highest grade among running backs as a receiver from PFF. His 63 catches actually led this team last season, with him taking them for 482 yards and 4 touchdowns, and he should remain a big part of this passing offense, even if Taylor takes over more passing down work in year two. I wouldn’t expect him to match last year’s carry total though.

Jordan Wilkins is also very unlikely to match last year’s carry total and could find himself off of this roster if he can’t continue to carve out a role on special teams. Wilkins is a little bit better of a runner than Hines, averaging 4.88 YPC in three seasons in the league since being selected by the Colts in the 5th round in 2018, but that’s across just 195 carries total in three seasons and he isn’t nearly as useful as a receiver (0.92 yards per route run for his career).

With Taylor locked in as the lead back, Mack to be the primary backup on early downs, and Hines to see action as a passing down specialist, there isn’t room for Wilkins on this roster aside from special teams and he would be highly unlikely to see significant carries even if he did make the final roster, barring a rash of injuries. Jonathan Taylor isn’t as good as he looked against weak defenses last season, but this is a deep backfield with Mack returning from injury.

Grade: A-

Receiving Corps

The weakness on this Colts’ offense last year was the receiving corps, which underwhelmed despite the Colts’ easy schedule. Long-time #1 option TY Hilton led this team in receiving yards again, his 7th time doing so in 9 seasons with the team, but this wasn’t a typical TY Hilton season. After averaging 56.1 snaps per game over the previous six seasons, Hilton saw that drop to 45.9 in 2020. Hilton also averaged just 47.8 snaps per game in 10 games in 2019 and, going into his age 32 season now, it’s clear that nagging injuries and age are leading to a decline for Hilton and the Colts are responding by managing his playing time more. 

Hilton’s 1.76 yards per route run average in 2020 still led all Colts wide receivers, but, like his 1.82 yards per route run average in 2019, it’s well behind his career average of 2.04. When you include that he’s doing this over more limited playing time than he’s used to, you get a slash line of 56/762/5 which, while it was the best on this roster last season, it was hardly the TY Hilton of old, who topped 1000 yards in 5 of 6 seasons from 2013-2018.

Hilton’s decline is unlikely to stop at this point and it wouldn’t have been surprising to see the Colts let him go and try to find an upgrade this off-season, with Hilton set to hit free agency, especially since they were one of the few teams in the league with some cap space to work with this off-season, but instead they opted to bring Hilton back on a 1-year, 8 million dollar deal. It’s a significant amount of money on a one-year deal in an off-season where younger receivers like JuJu Smith-Schuster and Will Fuller both got similar deals and it could prove to be a mistake if Hilton continues to decline, but the Colts clearly like the familiarity of Hilton and are betting that he won’t decline further.

With Hilton being brought back and no significant upgrades being made to this group this off-season, the Colts are betting on getting more out of the rest of this bunch, a mostly young and inexperienced bunch. One player they are almost definitely going to get more out of is 2019 2nd round pick Parris Campbell, who saw his 2020 season end after 63 snaps in 2 games due to injury. This comes after his rookie season lasted just 196 snaps in 7 games due to other injuries. 

Campbell has plenty of upside still, only going into his age 24 season, and could breakout as a starter if he’s healthy, but that’s a big if and even if healthy, he’s not a guarantee to breakout, as his career 1.25 yards per route run average in limited action is pretty underwhelming. It’s a very small sample size and he could be better going forward, but it’s just a reminder that, for as much potential as he has, Campbell is highly unproven at the NFL level. 

Michael Pittman is also a recent 2nd round pick, selected 34th overall by the Colts in 2020. With Campbell hurt and Hilton having his snaps limited, Pittman saw a lot of rookie year action, but was pretty underwhelming, earning a slightly below average grade from PFF and averaging just 1.37 yards per route run. He obviously has the potential to be a lot better in year two, but that is not a guarantee and if he continues playing like he did a year ago, he’s a pretty underwhelming starting option.

Zach Pascal actually led this group in snaps played (833) and routes run (470), playing more than nominal #1 receiver TY Hilton, but he was underwhelming as well, with just a 1.34 yards per route run average. Despite going undrafted in 2017, Pascal has seen some significant playing time over the past three seasons, but his career 1.30 yards per route run average is even worse than last season’s average and, for all his playing time, he hasn’t shown himself to be anything more than a middling starter at best nor is he likely to have any remaining untapped potential. He’ll likely continue seeing a significant role, even if Campbell and Pittman give the Colts more in 2021, but I wouldn’t expect him to be an every down player.

Things are also pretty similar at the tight end position as they were last season. The Colts gave three tight ends all somewhat significant playing time last season, with Mo Alie-Cox, Trey Burton, and Jack Doyle all running between 190 and 226 routes on the season, with varying degrees of success. Mo Alie-Cox was by far the best of the bunch, despite the least playing time, averaging 2.07 yards per route run, en route to a 31/394/2 slash line, while Burton and Doyle finished with averages of 1.11 yards per route run and 1.14 yards per route run respectively. Burton is no longer with the team, but Alie-Cox and Doyle both remain in a position group that also added 4th round rookie Kylen Granson, who could see action as the 3rd tight end as a rookie. 

With Burton gone and being replaced by a rookie, Alie-Cox and Doyle are likely to see more action, which is likely to benefit Alie-Cox more. Not only did Alie-Cox have by far the more impressive yards per route run average last season, but that was nothing new for a player who has averaged 1.88 yards per route run in four seasons since the Colts signed him as an undrafted free agent and converted college basketball prior following the 2017 NFL Draft. Alie-Cox is still very inexperienced and isn’t a guarantee to translate that average to a larger role, but he was PFF’s 7th ranked tight end overall last season in his limited action and could easily have a bit of a breakout year in a larger role in 2021.

Doyle, meanwhile, has a career average of 1.34 yards per route run that is decent for a tight end and he has always earned middling or better grades from PFF throughout the past seven seasons, dating back to his second season in the league in 2014, but he’s going into his age 31 season and is coming off of a down year, so he seems to be on the decline. The Colts would probably benefit by giving Alie-Cox more playing time at Doyle’s expense, but my guess is they plan on using both about equally. There are some promising young players with upside in this receiving corps, but their top receiver is on the decline and one of their top tight ends seems to be as well, so, without any real additions being made to this group this off-season, I would expect this to be a below average unit again in 2021, which could be especially exposed by a much tougher schedule of opposing defenses.

Grade: C+

Edge Defenders

Despite having some needs on offense, the Colts used their first two draft picks both on edge defenders, taking Michigan’s Kwity Paye 21st overall and Vanderbilt’s Dayo Odeyingbo 54th overall. Paye and Odeyingbo are expected to be replacements of veteran free agent departures Justin Houston (608 snaps) and Denico Autry (631 snaps) respectively, who both had solid seasons in 2020. Both have the upside to be significant upgrades long-term, but there is no guarantee that either one isn’t a downgrade as a rookie, especially Odeyinbgo, who tore his achilles in the pre-draft process back in January and is expected to miss the first month or two or the season at least.

The Colts also have other recent high picks in the mix, 2018 2nd round picks Tyquan Lewis and Kemoko Turay and 2019 2nd round pick Ben Banogu, who could all also give the Colts more in 2021 than they did in 2020. Overall, their edge defenders can be split into two types, pure edge defenders and hybrid players who play inside frequently in sub packages. Their two rookies are examples of each type, as the 6-2 261 pound Paye will be replacing Justin Houston, a pure edge defender, while the bigger 6-6 285 pound Dayo Odeyingbo will be replacing Denico Autry, a hybrid player who played inside frequently in sub packages.

Tyquan Lewis is a hybrid player and, with Autry gone and Odeyingbo likely to miss time early in the season, he’s likely to get a big increase in snaps, especially early in the season, after totaling just 415 last season, despite playing in all 16 games. That was actually a career high for him though, as he averaged just 281 snaps per season in his first two seasons in the league. Lewis was a high pick, but his play has been underwhelming thus far in his career and, even though he’s getting a chance at more playing time, he hasn’t exactly earned it with his play thus far in his career and could easily struggle in a larger role. At the same time, he’s still only in his age 26 season and could take a step forward in his 4th season in the league, but his potential is largely theoretical at this point.

Turay and Banogu, meanwhile, are pure edge defenders, as is fellow holdover Al-Quadin Muhammad, a 2017 6th round pick who has carved out a role over the past three seasons, averaging 492 snaps per season. Muhammad has been a solid run defender, but hasn’t gotten much pass rush at all with 5 total sacks, 13 hits, and a 6.9% pressure rate. Turay and Banogu only played 95 snaps and 100 snaps respectively last season due to injury and will almost definitely see significantly more snaps in 2021, along with Paye who will also see significant snaps, so it wouldn’t be a surprise to see Muhammad see his snaps dry up due to his inability to establish himself as a pass rushing threat.

Banogu didn’t play much as a rookie either, despite being highly drafted and playing all 16 games, playing just 272 snaps across those games, so he really hasn’t shown much in his career thus far, especially since he’s struggled mightily in the limited action he’s seen thus far. He could be better in 2021, but that could be largely by default and he could still struggle. Turay, meanwhile, has played just 176 snaps total over the past two seasons due to injury, after showing promise across 383 snaps as a rookie. Like Banogu, he has upside, but has yet to show much yet and he reportedly is not yet fully past his devastating ankle injury from a couple years ago. There is plenty of potential at the edge defender position for the Colts, but with such a young group and several players with concerning injury situations, there is plenty of downside here as well.

Grade: C+

Interior Defenders

With the Colts frequently using one or two edge defenders on the interior in sub packages, they don’t need as much depth at the interior defender position, where they only used a trio of players for significant snaps last season, DeForest Buckner, Grover Stewart, and Taylor Stallworth. Stallworth struggled mightily and hasn’t shown much in his career since going undrafted in 2018, but the Colts added Antwaun Woods in free agency and he should play over Stallworth, who was only their third interior defender anyway. 

Undrafted in 2016, Woods has played 451 snaps per season over the past three seasons and has been solid as an early down run stuffer, but he’s not a pass rush option, with a well below average 3.3% career pressure rate. He won’t see much action unless injuries strike though and is likely to be almost exclusively an early down option, given how often the Colts line up a hybrid edge defender on the interior in sub packages, so his lack of pass rush ability isn’t a huge deal.

Buckner and Stewart remain locked in as the starters, with Buckner being one of the top players in the league at his position. The 7th overall pick in the 2016 NFL Draft by the 49ers, Buckner was an above average starter from the word go and finished 33rd, 21st, 24th, and 14th respectively among interior defenders on PFF across the first four seasons of his career in San Francisco. However, with the 49ers needing to commit money elsewhere, they opted to trade him to the Colts for a first round pick in the 2020 NFL Draft last off-season, ahead of the final year of his rookie deal.

It was a risky move as not only did the Colts give up their first round pick, but they also gave Buckner a 4-year, 84 million dollar extension that makes him the second highest paid interior defender in the league, only behind Aaron Donald. However, at least in year one, the move panned out as Buckner was even better than he was in any season in San Francisco, finishing as PFF’s 4th ranked interior defender. Buckner played the run well, but especially dominated as a pass rusher, with 9.5 sacks, 16 hits, and a 10.6% pressure rate from the interior. 

As impressive as those numbers are, they aren’t that out of line with his career numbers, as he’s totaled 38 sacks, 69 hits, and a 10.0% pressure rate in 78 career games. He’s also been incredibly durable, missing just two games in five seasons, despite playing significantly more snaps per game than an average interior defender, playing about 55.1 snaps per game throughout his career. Still in his prime in his age 27 season, Buckner has a decent chance to continue playing at a high enough level to justify what the Colts invested in him, even if he might not be quite as good in 2021 as he was in 2020. 

Stewart, meanwhile, is mostly a base package player at 6-4 333, but he’s shown more pass rush over the past two seasons, with 3.5 sacks, 6 hits, and a 6.2% pressure rate, after showing almost no pass rush ability in the first two seasons of his career. The 2017 4th round pick has always been a capable run stuffer, but the addition of at least some pass rush ability to his game has turned him from a situational player (275 snaps per game in his first two seasons) to a starter who has seen snap counts of 627 and 581 respectively over the past two seasons. He should remain a solid starting option in 2021, even if he lacks a high upside. DeForest Buckner elevates this group and this defensive line as a whole, but the Colts will also be counting on young edge defenders taking a step forward to give them the depth they need on the edge to mask their lack of depth on the interior.

Grade: B

Linebackers

Along with DeForest Buckner, off ball linebacker Darius Leonard is one of the top players on this defense and when either one was missing last season, the Colts’ defense was noticeably worse. Leonard only missed two games last season and has missed just six games in three seasons since the Colts selected him in the 2nd round in 2018, but he also hasn’t played all 16 games in a season yet and has played so well when on the field that he can’t be replaced when he isn’t. 

Leonard burst onto the scene and won Defensive Rookie of the Year in his first season, while finishing 7th among off ball linebackers on PFF and following that up with 7th and 10th ranked finishes in 2019 and 2020 respectively. He’s also a true every down player, averaging 62.1 snaps per game in his career. He figures to break the bank for the Colts on his next contract and, with him heading into the final year of his rookie deal in 2021, that is likely why the Colts weren’t as aggressive as they could have been in free agency this off-season.

Part of the reason why the Colts miss Leonard so much when he is out is simply that the rest of this linebacking corps isn’t good, so when you take an All-Pro caliber player out of the mix, it’s really noticeable. The Colts didn’t address this position this off-season, so they will instead be counting on young holdovers taking a step forward. They actually let starter Anthony Walker (697 snaps) leave in free agency this off-season, although he’s unlikely to be missed, after finishing 74th ranked out of 99 eligible linebackers on PFF in 2020.

Bobby Okereke, a 3rd round pick in 2019, will likely step in as the #2 linebacker with Walker gone. He played 685 snaps last season, so it won’t be a big jump in playing time for him unless Leonard misses more time with injury, but Okereke also struggled, finishing 72nd out of 99 eligible linebackers. He showed more promise across 472 snaps as a rookie in 2019 and was a relatively high draft pick, but he isn’t a guarantee to ever develop into a capable every down player.

The third linebacker spot is even more questionable, as the rest of their linebackers are very inexperienced and were not high draft picks. Matthew Adams was a 7th round pick in 2018, but he struggled in 320 snaps in his first two seasons in the league and then didn’t play a defensive snap all last season. Zaire Franklin was also a 7th round pick in 2018 and he’s played even less on defense than Adams, totaling 264 snaps in his career, including just 86 in 2020. Jordan Glasgow is a 2020 6th round pick who didn’t play a defensive snap as a rookie. And EJ Speed is a 2019 5th round pick who has seen just 35 career snaps on defense. This is a very thin group behind Darius Leonard, who will have to elevate this group by himself yet again.

Grade: B-

Secondary

The strongest position group on this defense is probably their secondary which, rather than relying on one high level player to elevate them, returns most of an above average and reasonably deep group from a year ago. Kenny Moore has been one of the Colts’ top defensive players for years, excelling on the slot, but also holding up as an outside cornerback, despite his 5-9 190 frame. An undrafted free agent in 2017, Moore didn’t play much as a rookie, but he’s finished above average on PFF in all 3 seasons since, finishing 35th, 18th, and 15th respectively, while playing 42 of a possible 48 games and averaging 59.4 snaps per game. 

When not in the slot in sub packages, Moore will start in base packages opposite Xavier Rhodes, a pure outside cornerback who proved to be a steal on a cheap one-year deal in his first season with the Colts in 2020. A first round pick of the Vikings in 2013, Rhodes showed himself to be a consistent starter early in his career, earning average or better grades from PFF in each of his first five seasons in the league, maxing out at 21st in 2016 and 37th in 2017, but he fell off significantly in both 2018 and 2019, finishing 107th out of 131 eligible cornerbacks and 126th out of 135 eligible respectively, leading to him being released by the Vikings and getting greeted by a cold market last off-season, now on the wrong side of 30 as well.

However, Rhodes not only turned back the clock in Indianapolis in 2020, but arguably had the best season of his career, finishing 12th among cornerbacks on PFF while making all 16 starts. In a normal off-season, Rhodes could have cashed in with a bigger contract elsewhere, but he was greeted by another cold market due to the reduced cap and wound up staying put in Indianapolis on a 1-year, 4.77 million dollar deal, after which he’ll try free agency again in a more normal off-season. 

Rhodes seems to fit well in the Colts’ scheme, so it’ll probably prove to be wise in the long-term for him to stay put rather than trying to get more money elsewhere, but he’s going into his age 31 season with a history of inconsistency, so I would bet against him repeating arguably the best year of his career and it’s possible he drops off significantly, which would hurt this defense significantly, as they are counting on him to be at least a solid starter again.

Moore and Rhodes are locked in as starters, but the #3 cornerback role is very much up for grabs, with Rock Ya-Sin (550 snaps) and TJ Carrie (396 snaps) both seeing action last season and both returning this season. Ya-Sin was a 2nd round pick in 2019 and should have a higher upside than the veteran Carrie, but, after holding up across 853 snaps as a rookie, Ya-Sin surprisingly struggled in 2020, finishing 111th out of 136 eligible cornerbacks, while Carrie actually earned an above average grade, albeit in a limited role. Carrie has mostly been a capable #2/#3 cornerback throughout his career, but he’s going into his age 31 season and could easily be on the decline this season, so the Colts are probably hoping Ya-Sin can bounce back and take this job, pushing Carrie into a reserve role.

At safety, the Colts did not retain Tavon Wilson and Malik Hooker, but the former only played 219 snaps as a reserve, while the latter was limited to 70 snaps in an injury plagued season. 2020 3rd round pick Julian Blackmon and 2019 4th round pick Khari Willis spent most of last season as the starters and are likely to remain in that role in 2021. Blackmon was underwhelming last season, finishing 61st out of 99 eligible safeties on PFF, but he could be better in his second season. Willis, meanwhile, has been an above average starter on PFF across 23 starts in 28 games in 2 seasons in the league, including a 17th ranked finish among safeties on PFF in 2020. He’s the better of the two players, but both have a chance to be solid starters.

Reserve options include Sean Davis, who struggled as a starter earlier in his career with the Steelers and played just 113 snaps over the past two seasons as a reserve, and 2019 5th round pick Marvell Tell, who flashed some potential as a rookie across 254 snaps as both a safety and a slot cornerback, before opting out of the 2020 season. He could continue faring well in a situational sub package role and his versatility is an asset for this defense. This isn’t a great secondary, but they have a good chance to be an above average unit.

Grade: B+

Kicker/Punter

The Colts had above average special teams overall last season, ranking 10th in special teams DVOA, but one aspect in which they struggled was place kicking, finishing negative overall in DVOA. Unlike other aspects of special teams where success depends more on the supporting cast, place kicking success is mostly reliant on the performance of the kicker themselves and, unsurprisingly, Colts kicker Rodrigo Blankenship had an underwhelming season, going 43/45 on extra points and 32/37 on field goals, with just one made field goal longer than 50 yards.

Blankenship was an undrafted rookie last season and seems likely to face a real challenge to his job from free agent acquisition Eddy Pineiro. Undrafted in 2018, Pineiro was the Bears’ kicker in 2019 and, even after an underwhelming season in which he went 27/29 on extra points, 23/28 on field goals, and 5/9 from beyond 40 yards, Pineiro likely would have kept his job in 2020, but he missed the whole season with injury and was let go after the season. He could win this job, but likely would not be an upgrade.

The Colts were middling in kickoff and punting DVOA, which is in part due to the play of their other special teamers, but Blankenship received a middling grade from PFF for his kickoffs, while punter Rigoberto Sanchez only finished slightly above average in punting grade on PFF, while ranking in the bottom third of the league with 4.25 seasons of punt hang time. Sanchez has been better in the past though, with a career 4.35 hang time average and top-10 finishes among punters on PFF in 2017 and 2019, so it wouldn’t be a surprise to see him be better in 2021. Kicker is an unsettled position and an obvious potential weakness, but Sanchez is at least a solid punter.

Grade: B

Return Specialists

The strength of this special teams unit was their return units, as their primary kickoff returner Isaiah Rodgers averaged 28.8 yards per return on 24 returns, including a 101-yard touchdown, while primary punt returner Nyheim Hines averaged 10.0 yards per return on 30 returns. That was somewhat influenced by the play of their supporting casts, but both returners earned above average grades from PFF, suggesting they had a lot to do with it, with Rodgers finishing 4th in kickoff return grade and Hines finishing 8th in punt return grade.

Both players remain for 2021 and there is no reason they shouldn’t stay in their current roles. Rodgers was only a 6th round rookie last season, but he was also a 4-year returner in college, so he’s relatively experienced, while Hines averaged a whopping 31.2 yards per punt return on 9 attempts for the Colts late in the 2019 season, including a pair of touchdowns, which is how he was able to secure the job in the first place. Both players should continue playing well in 2021.

Grade: A

Special Teamers

The Colts special teamers were middling as a group last season, but they were led by a pair of standouts in George Odum (338 snaps) and Jordan Glasgow (266 snaps), who finished 3rd and 5th respectively among special teamers on PFF in 2020. Glasgow was a rookie and Odum is a one-year wonder, but it’s likely both will have strong seasons again in 2021, even if they don’t reach last year’s heights. 

The rest of the group was not as good, but they do bring back Zaire Franklin (353 snaps), TJ Carrie (249 snaps), and EJ Speed (208 snaps) who had solid seasons last year and they add a trio of free agents in Malik Jefferson (232 snaps), Isaac Rochell (229 snaps), and Sean Davis (209 snaps) who all earned above average grades from PFF in 2020. All three had career best years and might not be as good again, but they should be welcome additions to a group that lacked depth last season. The Colts have a very good chance to be better in this group, which should lead to them having even better overall special teams this season, despite their one weakness at kicker.

Grade: A-

Conclusion

The Colts bring back a very similar team to last season, with a few key differences. They are swapping out Philip Rivers for Carson Wentz under center, which gives them a higher upside, but also a higher downside at the position. They parted ways with useful veterans Justin Houston and Denico Autry in free agency and will replace them with young players from the past few drafts. They also lost left tackle Anthony Castonzo to retirement and replaced him with Eric Fisher, who could be an adequate replacement, if healthy, which is far from a guarantee. 

Given all of this, they shouldn’t be much worse than a year ago and they have the upside to even be better, particularly if Carson Wentz can bounce back in a big way now that he is reunited with Frank Reich, but they’re also starting from a lower base point than most realize, as they faced a very easy schedule last season and were a much more middling team than their 11-5 record suggests, finishing 13th in first down rate differential at +0.20%. 

The Colts could play better than a year ago and still not get as many wins, so they’ll probably have a tough time getting a wild card again if they need to, but they also play in the weakest division in the conference in the AFC South, so they have a decent chance to make it back to the post-season as division winners, after losing the division on a tiebreaker to the also overrated Titans a year ago. I will have a final prediction for the Colts at the end of the off-season with the rest of the teams.

8/8/21 Update: The Colts will get a boost from their special teams, which is more predictive than I thought, but they could be without both Carson Wentz and Quenton Nelson for the first month of the season with injuries, which obviously lowers expectations for this team. They could still be in the mix for the division though, with the Titans still being overrated.

9/4/21 Update: The Colts got good injury news ahead of the start of the season and should have both Wentz and Nelson available for week one. I’m not that high on this team, but I have them winning the AFC South over an overrated Titans team.

Prediction: 10-7 1st in AFC South

Jacksonville Jaguars 2021 NFL Season Preview

Quarterback

In 2017, the Jaguars made it all the way to the AFC Championship and came within a 4th quarter collapse of making the franchise’s first Super Bowl. That team finished the season 2nd in first down rate differential at +4.45%, led by a league best defense and supported by an offense that ranked 14th. However, that success was very short-lived. Their defense suffered the fate of many top defenses that have been unable to keep all of their talented players together long-term, while the decent offensive performance they managed in 2017 proved to largely be the result of an easy schedule.

For a variety of reasons, the Jaguars collapsed much quicker than they needed to. One of those reasons was simply that after things started to get bad, the Jaguars basically pulled the plug on the whole thing and embraced a rebuild. It could easily prove to be the right move in the long-term, but in the short-term, it led to the Jaguars entering the 2020 season with one of the worst teams in the league on paper. Just three seasons after their impressive 2017 campaign, the Jaguars no longer had 20 of the 26 players who played at least 400 snaps on either side of the ball in 2017 and, in their place, was a roster of largely unproven young players that had the 2nd lowest average annual salary in the league. 

Sometimes bad teams on paper exceed expectations and it seemed like the Jaguars could be heading in that direction after week one of last season when they beat a Colts team that was expected to make the post-season and ultimately ended up doing so, but that game proved to be a complete fluke, as the Jaguars lost their next 15 games by an average of 12.9 points per game, giving them the league’s worst record at 1-15 and the worst schedule adjusted first down rate differential in the league at -5.85%. 

However, the Jaguars picked a good season to be bad, as the resulting #1 overall pick they received could be used on Clemson quarterback Trevor Lawrence, one of the surest #1 overall picks in NFL history, a likely long-time NFL starter who has the potential to be among the best quarterbacks in the league. No prospect is ever a sure thing, but Lawrence has a great chance to finally lock down the Jaguars quarterback position for years to come. The Jaguars are also hoping to lock down the head coaching position for years to come as well, hiring ex-college coach and NCAA National Champion Urban Meyer.

There are certainly questions about Meyer’s fit as an NFL head coach and Meyer’s track record would seem to suggest that him sticking around for the long-term is probably wishful thinking, but Meyer came into a good situation. Not only do the Jaguars have Lawrence, but their lack of spending on their roster last season led to the Jaguars having the most cap space in the league this off-season. Teams don’t always spend cap space in the best ways, but having a significant amount of money to play with in free agency is a good way to build a team up quickly and in fact is how the 2017 Jaguars team was largely built, with free agent signings like AJ Bouye and Calais Campbell standing out.

The Jaguars have also accumulated draft capital in recent years, in part due to their own struggles and in part to trading veteran players for draft picks, and they have some promising young players as a result, with nine draft picks over the past three drafts falling in the top-45, including four in 2021. Again, teams don’t always use draft capital in the best ways, but accumulating a significant amount of young, cheap talent at once is also a good way to build a team up quickly. That’s especially true if you can get a cheap young franchise quarterback like Trevor Lawrence could easily be, as that allows the Jaguars to continue being aggressive adding veterans in free agency to supplement their cheaper young players. 

Since the salary cap era began, just 7 of 27 Super Bowl champions have had quarterbacks take up more than 10% of their cap space, with more than half of Super Bowls being won by quarterbacks who took up less than 7% of cap space. The 7 exceptions were all Hall of Famers, so history shows that you either need a reasonably priced quarterback or a very high level quarterback to win the big game. If Lawrence is as advertised, he could potentially be both and, even if he is merely a solid starter, the Jaguars have four cracks at a Super Bowl with him on a cost controlled rookie deal.

The Jaguars were somewhat aggressive adding free agents with their cap space this off-season and now have the 20th highest average annual salary in the league, a metric that correlates heavily with winning, but they also still have the flexibility to add a lot more in the future, with among the most projected cap space in the league over the next two off-seasons as well. The Jaguars could easily prove to be at least a year away still in 2021, but things are looking up for this team, in large part due to their exciting new quarterback.

The Jaguars still have 2019 6th round pick Gardner Minshew, who is essentially their incumbent quarterback and hasn’t looked horrible across 20 career starts, with his 7-13 record actually being pretty decent all things considered. Overall, he’s finished 21st and 27th among quarterbacks on PFF over the past two seasons respectively, hardly the worst in the league. There was speculation that the Jaguars would try to move Minshew this off-season to a team that viewed him as a low cost starting option, but he remains on the roster and, while he could still be moved later if a team loses their quarterback to injury and wants Minshew as a replacement, the Jaguars didn’t add a better backup this off-season, so this should still Minshew’s job for the time being.

The Jaguars did sign ex-49ers backup quarterback CJ Beathard, but his career 81.1 QB rating leaves something to be desired and he’s gone just 2-10 in his career with more talent around him with the 49ers than Minshew has had with the Jaguars. The Jaguars also have 2020 6th round pick Jake Luton in the mix, but he struggled mightily in limited action last season and the regime that drafted him is gone and now replaced by one that has drafted another quarterback and added a veteran in free agency, so he has a really uphill battle to even make this final roster as a 3rd quarterback. 

One of Minshew or Beathard is likely to be the backup, with Minshew seemingly the favorite unless he gets traded before the season begins. Beathard could be kept regardless though, as the 2-year, 5 million dollar deal this off-season guaranteed him 2.5 million. Regardless of who the backup is, the Jaguars aren’t even pretending they’re going to make Lawrence compete for the starting role, so they would only see action in case of an injury. Lawrence could easily have growing pains as a rookie, but he should easily be an upgrade for this team at the game’s most important position and he is probably the favorite to win Offensive Rookie of the Year.

Grade: B

Receiving Corps

One of the Jaguars’ big additions this off-season was to add ex-Lions wide receiver Marvin Jones on a 2-year, 12.5 million dollar deal to give Trevor Lawrence a proven target to throw to. Jones has been a reliably consistent wide receiver over the past eight seasons, dating back to his second season in the league. He’s only once topped 1000 yards as mostly a secondary receiving option, but he’s averaged a 64/923/8 slash line per 16 games across a total of 101 games, with a 1.63 yards per route run average as well and above average grades from PFF in every season. Jones is going into his age 31 season, but he hasn’t shown any signs of decline and even if his decline begins this year, I would still expect him to remain a solid starting option.

The Jaguars lost Chris Conley and Keelan Cole this off-season and they gave this team decent production (40/471/2 and 55/642/5 respectively), but they should more than make up for that with the addition of Jones, along with second year wide receivers Laviska Shenault (2nd round) and Collin Johnson (5th round) seeing more playing time after averaging 1.55 yards per route run and 1.60 yards per route run respectively as rookies. Shenault has the greater potential for a second year breakout, but Johnson flashed more upside than you’d expect out of a fifth rounder in his rookie season. 

The Jaguars also still have DJ Chark, who was their nominal #1 receiver last season, leading the team in receiving with a 53/706/5 slash line and in targets with 93. I say nominal because, while Chark played like a #1 receiver in 2019, posting a 73/1008/8 slash line with a team leading 1.69 yards per route run and finishing as PFF’s 27th ranked wide receiver, that was not the case in 2020, when his yardage dropped significantly and his per route run average dropped to 1.48. 

That wasn’t just because of bad quarterback play either, as Johnson, Shenault, and Conley all had higher averages and Chark fell all the way to 58th among wide receivers on PFF as well. Chark is still young in his age 25 season and is a former 2nd round pick (2018), so he has bounce back potential and could post career best numbers with the best quarterback he’s ever had, but his 1.49 yards per route run average for his career is in line with what he did last season and it’s not a guarantee he improves drastically.

While Jones was a nice addition at wide receiver, it’s surprising the Jaguars didn’t make a significant addition at tight end, where they had just 69 receptions last season, 36 of which went out the door with veteran free agent Tyler Eifert this off-season. James O’Shaughnessy had 28 of those catches and remains on the team as the de facto starter, but he’s been a blocking specialist for most of his career and a mediocre one at that. Now in his 7th season in the league with just a 1.04 yards per route run average, it’s very unlikely he suddenly becomes a receiving threat.

The Jaguars off-season additions at tight end include blocking specialist Chris Manhertz, who is a solid blocker, but has averaged just 0.51 yards per route run in his career, 5th round rookie Luke Farrell, who could factor into the mix as a receiver by default, and the wild card of the group, former first round pick Tim Tebow. Tebow was famously drafted as a quarterback, 25th overall by Denver in 2010, and went on an improbable run as the Broncos starting quarterback in 2011 that culminated with a post-season victory over the Pittsburgh Steelers, only to fall back to earth in a big way the following week against the New England Patriots.

Despite being 9-7 as a starter with the Broncos, Tebow’s issues as a passer showed and his 4.9 average margin of victory contrasted badly with his 20.6 average margin of defeat, leading the Broncos to search for a more consistent option, finding an obvious one in Peyton Manning, leading to Tebow being traded from Denver. Tebow first went to the Jets where he only ever backed up Mark Sanchez and he ended up never making another start again, despite stints with several different teams who gave him a chance.

Tebow’s athleticism made him a threat on the ground which allowed him to have the success that he did have, but his lack of accuracy as a passer doomed his career as an NFL quarterback. His combination of size and speed always made him an intriguing option as a tight end, but Tebow refused a position switch and opted to play minor league baseball for several seasons, before finally deciding to give playing tight end a shot in Jacksonville this off-season, with his former college head coach Urban Meyer.

The problem is not only has Tebow never played tight end before, but he’s going into his age 34 season and it’s hard to say if he’ll have the same athleticism as before, even though he’s remained a professional athlete. Reports suggest Urban Meyer is serious about Tebow making this roster and, even if he plays more of a Taysom Hill wildcat/hybrid role, he could still have value for this offense as a short yardage option. Anything more than a dozen catches from him would be a surprise though, as I don’t expect him to play significant snaps as a pure tight end. The tight end position figures to be even less of a focus on the passing game this season compared to last, but the Jaguars do cover for that somewhat with a solid group for wide receivers.

Grade: B-

Running Backs

The Jaguars also used a first round pick on another Clemson offensive player, taking Trevor Lawrence’s college backfield partner Travis Etienne. It was a surprising pick, as investing a first round pick in a running back is rarely worth it and the Jaguars didn’t seem to have a big need at the position, with incumbent starter James Robinson averaging 4.46 YPC with 7 touchdowns on 240 carries last season as a mere undrafted rookie and veteran backup Carlos Hyde being added behind him in free agency. Hyde has never been a receiving back (0.61 yards per route run, 5.67 yards per target) and, while James Robinson had a decent 49/334/3 slash line last season, it came on an average of 1.20 yards per route run and 5.73 yards per target, so there was a need for a receiving back, which Etienne will provide, but they played a steep price for him.

Because of that steep price, Etienne also figures to get a lot of carries as well, at the expense of James Robinson. Robinson was not a guarantee to repeat last season’s performance and it’s not unnoteworthy that the entire league, including the Jaguars, didn’t think he was worth drafting just a year ago, but the Jaguars didn’t really need to find an early down upgrade on him. It’s unclear how the Jaguars will split up the carries, but Etienne and Robinson should form a solid tandem, with Robinson serving as a more powerful between the tackles runner and Etienne being a speed and space back.

Carlos Hyde seems to be buried on the depth chart behind Etienne and Robinson now, but he could still get a few carries per game. Hyde is now in his age 31 season and his 4.10 YPC for his career is underwhelming, but it wouldn’t be a surprise to see him step in and be a serviceable #2 running back if either of their top-2 backs got injured. Overall, this is a solid backfield, albeit one where the Jaguars somewhat unnecessarily used a high draft pick this off-season.

Grade: B+

Offensive Line

The Jaguars also used a second round pick on another offensive player, taking Stanford’s Walker Little 45th overall. Little probably won’t play much as a rookie barring injuries ahead of him, with the Jaguars having a pair of other recent first round picks in Cam Robinson (2017) and Jawaan Taylor (2019) locked in as the starting tackles, after making all 16 starts in 2020. Robinson was franchise tagged as a free agent this off-season though and Little’s selection seems to suggest he’s not getting a long-term deal.

Even Robinson being franchise tagged was a bit of a surprise, as he’s never played at a level to justify the 13.754 million guarantee he is set to take home in 2021. Robinson has been a starter on the left side since day one, but finished 79th out of 90 eligible offensive tackles on PFF as a rookie in 2017 and 75th out of 86 eligible in 2019, with a lost year due to a 2018 torn ACL sandwiched in between those two disappointing seasons. Robinson had the best year of his career in 2020, but still only earned a middling grade from PFF. 

Capable left tackles don’t grow on trees and Robinson at least was that last season, but the Jaguars franchise tagged him like they were afraid they wouldn’t be able to find a cheaper replacement or upgrade. With Little being added to the mix, Robinson’s days seem numbered, barring a breakout 2021 campaign. Still only going into his age 26 season, it’s possible that could happen and that 2021 will be his best season yet, but he could just as easily regress to his pre-2020 form when he was a consistently below average starter.

Jawaan Taylor didn’t play all that well either last season, actually finishing 79th out of 89 eligible offensive tackles on PFF. He showed himself to be a more capable starter as a rookie and already has 32 starts under his belt, while not even turning 25 until later this year, so he has the upside to be better going forward, but him breaking out as an above average starter is definitely far from a guarantee. This is an unspectacular young duo, barring one of them breaking out, but the Jaguars at least can expect there to not be much dropoff if one misses games this time around, with Walker Little now the swing tackle.

While both of the Jaguars’ starting tackles avoided injuries in 2020, they were not so lucky at other positions on the line, most notably center, where Brandon Linder was limited to 530 snaps in 9 games. Not only that, but Linder is probably their best offensive lineman when healthy, ranking 3rd among centers on PFF last season, his 5th straight finish in the top-7 among centers, since switching to the position in 2016. A 3rd round pick in 2014, Linder also was PFF’s 12th ranked guard as a rookie, so he’s been a consistently high level player throughout his career. 

The one concern is injuries, as Linder missed most of 2015 with injury and also was limited to 9 games in 2018, before last year’s injury plagued year. Still in his late prime in his age 29 season, Linder has bounce back potential if he can stay on the field, but that’s not a guarantee. The Jaguars brought back reserve Tyler Shatley as a free agent and he was solid in Linder’s absence last season, but the 7-year veteran has been middling at best in 25 career starts and now is in his age 30 season, so he would obviously be a downgrade if he had to see significant action again in 2021.

At guard, Andrew Norwell and AJ Cann seem locked in on the left side and the right side respectively, giving the Jaguars the same starting five upfront as they had last season. Both played well in 2020 too, finishing 23rd and 19th among guards on PFF in 13 starts and 15 starts respectively. For Norwell, this is nothing new, as the 2014 former undrafted free agent has finished in the top-23 among guards on PFF in all seven seasons in the league (94 starts), with his best seasons coming in 8th ranked finishes in 2015 and 2017. His age is a slight concern, going into his age 30 season, but he doesn’t have much of an injury history and could easily continue being an above average starter for another couple seasons.

Cann, meanwhile, played a little out of the ordinary last season. Cann also finished 32nd among guards on PFF in 2016 and has made 90 starts in 6 seasons in the league since being selected by the Jaguars in the 3rd round in 2015, but he’s largely been a middling starter and, now going into his age 30 season as well, I wouldn’t expect him to repeat the best season of his career again in 2021. He should remain a capable starter at least, but he’ll probably take a little bit of a step back. Only 2020 4th round pick Ben Bartch (219 mediocre rookie year snaps) is on the depth chart behind Norwell and Cann, so both are locked into starting roles. This group looks very similar to a year ago, but they weren’t a bad group, they should be healthier on the interior this season, and, if their tackles aren’t as healthy as they were last season, now they have better insurance.

Grade: B

Edge Defenders

The Jaguars didn’t make any big additions at the edge defender position, but that was to be expected, as they have a pair of recent first round picks at the position who they are expecting more out of in 2021. They also added 4th round pick Jordan Smith to the mix and he could compete for a role in year one. They also added Jihad Ward, a rotational player who has played 315 snaps per season in five seasons in the league, while earning largely mediocre grades. If he makes the final roster, he could earn a role as well.

However, the big reason for optimism is the presence of the two recent first round picks. Josh Allen was selected 7th overall by the Jaguars in 2019 and has played pretty well in two seasons in the league, earning slightly above average grades from PFF in both seasons and totaling 13 sacks, 23 hits, and a 11.2% pressure rate, but he missed 8 games with injury last season and has the potential to be a lot better than he’s been. If he can stay healthy in 2021, it wouldn’t be a surprise at all to see him take a big step forward in his third season in the league.

K’Lavon Chaisson, on the other hand, started his career off with a dud, being selected 20th overall by the Jaguars, but finishing his rookie season 118th out of 124 eligible edge defenders across 569 snaps. Chaisson was seen as a potential liability against the run as a prospect, but he was horrendous in that aspect of the game and didn’t rush the passer nearly well enough to make up for it, finishing with 1 sack, 8 hits, and a 8.6% pressure rate. He was very much part of the problem for this Jaguars defense last season, especially after Josh Allen got hurt, but it wouldn’t be a surprise to see him be a lot better in his second season in the league. Even if he doesn’t suddenly become an above average starter, it wouldn’t be hard for him to be better than he was last season and, at least as a pass rusher, he does have a very high upside.

With Allen missing time and Chaisson struggling, the Jaguars were led in snaps played on the edge by Dawuane Smoot (665 snaps) and Adam Gotsis (579 snaps). Smoot led the team with 5.5 sacks, but that isn’t an impressive total and the Jaguars had just 18 sacks as a team, second fewest in the NFL. Smoot also had just a 7.9% pressure rate on the season and earned a below average grade from PFF overall across 665 snaps. Smoot was retained on a 2-year, 10 million dollar deal as a free agent this off-season and was originally selected by the Jaguars in the 3rd round in 2017, but he wasn’t much better across 82 snaps total in his first three seasons in the league and is unlikely to take a big leap forward in 2021.

Gotsis, meanwhile, got even less pass rush than Smoot, with 0 sacks, 3 hits, and a 4.1% pressure rate, but the converted defensive tackle played primarily in base packages. He wasn’t as good against the run as his 6-4 287 frame would suggest though and his lack of pass rush was a major concern. Both Smoot and Gotsis should play fewer snaps on the edge this season, especially Gotsis, who should see more action on the interior with the Jaguars transitioning to a 3-4 base defense. Gotsis has been a middling player at best across an average of 428 snaps per game in 5 seasons in the league and is unlikely to play a big role or make a big positive impact regardless of where he lines up though. This group should be better by default in 2021 and they have the upside to be significantly better if their recent first round picks take big steps forward.

Grade: B-

Interior Defenders

The Jaguars spent more resources on the interior this off-season, which makes sense because, unlike the edge, where they have two promising young players, the Jaguars had a big need on the interior, especially moving to a 3-4 base defense in which they’ll be using three interior defenders at once in base packages. Their two big moves were to trade for Malcom Brown from the Saints, taking on Brown’s contract, which was restructured to 11 million over 2 seasons, for a late round pick in what amounted to a salary dump, and to sign ex-Bear Roy Robertson-Harris to a 3-year, 23.4 million dollar deal. The Jaguars also used a 4th round pick on USC’s Jay Tufele, although he might not factor into the mix much in his first year.

Robertson-Harris should be the best pass rusher of this group, adding a much needed element to this defense. Robertson-Harris might have been a little bit of an overpay given the market this off-season, as he’s averaged just 339 snaps per season over the past four seasons, while never topping 544 snaps in a season. Those 544 snaps came in 2019 and he was on pace for a similar total in 2020, with 245 snaps in 8 games before getting hurt, so he’s been a heavy rotational player for each of the past two seasons and his limited snap counts have primarily been due to him being a mediocre run stuffer, while the Bears have had other options. As a pass rusher though, he’s seen regular action and, while he’s only totaled 7.5 sacks, he’s added 25 hits, and a 8.9% pressure rate in 52 games over the past four seasons combined. He should be a similar player in his new home in Jacksonville.

Malcom Brown, meanwhile, will be the nose tackle and primarily focus on stuffing the run on early downs. A first round pick by the Patriots in 2015, Brown never lived up to expectations, in large part due to his underwhelming pass rush ability, as he has a career 5.8% pressure rate and, in large part due to that, has never played more than 595 snaps in a season in his career, as primarily a base package player. 

However, he has been an effective run stuffer, so he should fit the role the Jaguars need from him well. Brown has earned an above average grade from PFF for his run defense in five of six seasons in the league, maxing out at 12th among interior defenders in run defense on PFF in both 2016 and 2017 and also finishing 16th in 2020, while playing 345 total snaps in 13 games with the Saints. Still young in his age 27 season, I would expect more of the same from him in 2021, which will make him a useful player.

Along with Brown and Robertson-Harris, the Jaguars will also be hoping to get more out of young holdovers. One of those key holdovers is 2018 1st round pick Taven Bryan. Bryan showed potential in his first two seasons in the league, but that came in snap counts of just 301 and 481 respectively, on a much better Jaguars defensive line. In 2020, the Jaguars leaned on Bryan for more and he didn’t respond well, finishing 87th out of 139 eligible interior defenders on PFF. Bryan’s snap count of 511 wasn’t much higher than when he was a reserve, but he saw 387 of those snaps in the first 9 games of the season, before being benched for ineffectiveness down the stretch. 

Bryan is still only going into his age 25 season and should still have upside as a former first round pick who showed promise earlier in his career, so there is a good chance he’ll be better in 2021 than 2020, especially if he plays a more limited rotational role, but it’s far from a guarantee that he ever lives up to his draft status or his early career promise. The Jaguars also used a 3rd round pick on a defensive tackle in 2020, taking Davon Hamilton, but he proceeded to struggle across 408 rookie year snaps. The potential is obviously there for him to be better in his second season in the league, but he would have to take a big step forward to become a solid starter. 

The Jaguars also have Doug Costin, who, despite going undrafted in 2020, played better across 456 rookie year snaps than his higher drafted teammates in Bryan and Hamilton and by season’s end was playing more than both Bryan and Hamilton.  Costin didn’t show much pass rush last year, but he played the run well and earned a slightly above average overall grade from PFF for his efforts. However, he’s still pretty unproven and it can’t yet be ignored that the whole league let him go undrafted a year ago. He could be a useful rotational player for this team, but I wouldn’t expect more from him. This is a deeper group than a year ago, but they still lack a high end talent, relying more on a rotation of 4-5 players to get to likely middling play.

Grade: B-

Linebackers

The Jaguars didn’t make any big additions at linebacker, but they already have a pair of highly paid players every down options in Myles Jack (4-year, 57 million dollar contract) and Joe Schobert (5-year, 53.75 million dollar contract). It’s questionable whether either one is worth that though. Jack has earned an above average grade from PFF in four of five seasons in the league since being selected by the Jaguars in the 2nd round in 2016, including a 15th ranked finish in 2020, but he’s never finished higher than he did in 2020 in his career, while his down season came in 2019, when he finished just 89th out of 100 eligible linebackers. He’s a solid every down player at his best, but I’m not sure if that’s worth his contract and he comes with some downside as well.

Schobert, meanwhile, signed with the Jaguars as a free agent last off-season, after being selected in the 4th round in 2016 by the Browns and spending his first four seasons in Cleveland. He became an every down starter in his second season with the Browns, ranking 30th among off ball linebackers on PFF that season and then improving to 10th the following season in 2018, before seeing that fall to 57th among 100 eligible in his contract year in 2019. The Jaguars took a chance that his contract year struggles were a fluke, but he continued to underwhelm in 2020, finishing 53rd among 99 eligible off ball linebackers. Schobert is still young in his age 28 season and has bounce back potential, but he might not be better than a middling player in 2021 even if he bounces back.

Jack and Schobert are locked into every down roles, but if injuries strike, replacement options are underwhelming. Those options include 2018 7th round pick Leon Jacobs, who flashed potential across snap counts of 146 and 325 respectively in 2018 and 2019, but then saw just 33 snaps in last season, 2020 4th round pick Shaq Quarterman, who didn’t play a snap on defense as a rookie, 2019 3rd round pick Quincy Williams, who struggled mightily across 494 rookie year snaps and then saw just 89 snaps last season, 2019 7th round pick Dakota Allen, who struggled mightily in the first 103 snaps of his season last season, and veteran Damien Wilson who might be their best option by default. 

Wilson has struggled over the past two seasons across snap counts of 709 and 531 respectively though and he wasn’t much better earlier in his career as a reserve, so he would be an underwhelming option as well. Jack and Schobert aren’t a great starting duo, even if they are being paid like one, but the Jaguars need them to remain healthy because their lack of depth would almost definitely be exposed if one of them were to get injured.

Grade: B-

Secondary

The secondary is the group that the Jaguars invested the most in this off-season and, at the cornerback position, that goes back to last off-season as well, when they used the 9th overall pick on CJ Henderson, who became a week one starter. Henderson’s rookie year got off to a good start, but he struggled as the season went on and ultimately ended up with a below average grade from PFF, before going down for the season with injury after just 474 snaps in 8 games. Henderson still has a huge upside though and could easily take a step forward in year two if he’s healthy.

This off-season, the Jaguars also added veteran Shaq Griffin in free agency on a 3-year, 40 million dollar deal to start opposite Henderson and they also used a 2nd round pick on Georgia’s Tyson Campbell, who could easily earn a role in three cornerback sets as a rookie. Henderson has good upside and Campbell does as well for that matter, but Griffin should be the Jaguars top cornerback. A 3rd round pick of the Seahawks in 2017, Griffin has made 53 starts in 57 games in four seasons in the league, earning above average grades from PFF in three of four seasons, including a career best 11th ranked finish in 2019. He’s not quite an elite cornerback, but he’s at least an above average starter and, only in his age 26 season, it’s possible he still has untapped upside.

Tre Herndon led this group with 1,017 snaps played last season, but he struggled mightily and doesn’t figure to factor into the mix much this season. The more intriguing holdover is Sidney Jones, who flashed potential across 303 snaps, but missed much of the season with injury, playing just 9 games total. Injuries have been a big problem for Jones dating back to a torn achilles suffered during the pre-draft process that dropped a likely top-15 pick down to the 43rd overall pick in the 2017 NFL Draft, selected by the Eagles. 

Jones returned to play a little at the end of his rookie year, but that started a 3-year stretch where injury and inconsistency plagued him, as he played just 643 snaps in 22 of a possible 48 games, leading to the Eagles releasing him before the final year of his rookie deal last off-season. The Jaguars took a flyer on him and were rewarded with solid play while he was on the field, but once again injuries limited his availability. 

Jones showed the Jaguars enough for them to bring him back this off-season and, still only going into his age 25 season, he has the upside to continue playing at an above average level if he can stay healthy, but he’s been very tough to rely on thus far in his career. He also has an uphill battle for a role in a much more talented cornerback group. With Henderson and Griffin likely locked in as starter, that leaves Jones to compete with rookie Tyson Campbell for the #3 cornerback job. 

Counting to add to their secondary, the Jaguars also signed a safety and drafted a safety this off-season, just like they did at the cornerback position. The free agent acquisition was ex-Charger Rayshawn Jenkins, who comes over on a 4-year, 35 million dollar deal and third round rookie Andre Cisco. Jenkins’ salary should lock him into an every down starting role, but the Jaguars also bring back Jarrod Wilson (765 snaps) and Andrew Wingard (461 snaps) who weren’t bad in their playing time last season, so this is a decently deep position, meaning Cisco is unlikely to see a big role as a rookie.

Like most of the Jaguars’ free agent signings this off-season, Jenkins is not a high level player, but he should be a solid starter for them, as he was the past two seasons with the Chargers. Selected in the 4th round in 2017, Jenkins hardly played in his first two seasons, limited to 175 defensive snaps total, but he flashed potential and, since then, he’s made 31 of 32 starts over the past two seasons, while earning a slightly above average grade from PFF in both seasons. Still in his prime in his age 27 season, that should continue with his new team.

Wilson and Wingard, meanwhile, are likely to compete for the other starting job, with Wilson likely the favorite. Undrafted in 2016, Wilson also played sparingly early in his career, playing 305 snaps total in his first three seasons in the league, but he also flashed potential and then translated that into being a capable starter over the past two seasons, making 28 of 32 starts total. Wingard, on the other hand, has played just 646 snaps in two seasons since going undrafted in 2019 and, while he’s shown potential, he hasn’t proven much yet. This secondary lacks high end talent, but they’re solid overall and have decent depth.

Grade: B

Kicker/Punter

The Jaguars had overall middling special teams last season, ranking 18th in special teams DVOA, but their one glaring weakness was their place kickers. The Jaguars cycled through six different kickers last season who combined to make just 85.7% of extra points and 72.0% of field goals. Aldrick Rosas and Josh Lambo were the best of the bunch, combining to make 89.5% of extra points and 81.3% field goals, and they will compete for the starting role in 2021, with no outside competition being added.

Lambo has been the Jaguars’ kicker for four seasons and was much better prior to his injury plagued 2020 season, combining to make 93.8% of extra points and 94.7% of field goals from 2017-2019, while never finishing worse than 9th among kickers on PFF. Assuming he’s healthy, he has a good shot to bounce back in 2021 and should be considered the favorite for this role, even if Aldrick Rosas is likely to give him a real competition.

Rosas was the Giants kicker for three seasons from 2017-2019, including a dominant 2018 campaign in which he was PFF’s 1st ranked kicker, but he followed that up by finishing 35 out of 38 eligible kickers in 2019 and in total he made just 91.5% of his extra points and 82.7% of his field goals in those three seasons. If he beats out Lambo, it’s probably going to be more because Lambo struggled than Rosas impressed. Either way, it would be hard for the Jaguars to not have significantly improved kicker play in 2021 compared to 2020.

Punter Logan Cooke wasn’t terrible last season, but he wasn’t good either, finishing 26th out of 34 eligible punters on PFF. The Jaguars punt DVOA was their best of any special teams aspect, but that was mostly due to the play of their other special teamers. Cooke was their primary kickoff specialist last season as well, but he especially struggled in that aspect, finishing 37th out of 38 eligible on PFF.

However, the Jaguars still finished slightly above average in DVOA on kickoffs, also in large part due to the play of their other special teamers. It’s possible Cooke could concede kickoff duties to Lambo or Rosas, who have both been capable in that aspect in their careers and would both likely be upgrades on Cooke. The Jaguars aren’t going to have one of the best kicker/punter duos in the league, but they could easily get decent play from both spots.

Grade: B

Return Specialists

The Jaguars also finished above average in punt return DVOA and they averaged an above average 11.4 yards per punt return last season, but 91 yards came on one return touchdown from Keelan Cole where the supporting cast did most of the work and they averaged just 6.7 yards per return on their other punt returns, while their kickoff return specialists combined to average just 20.5 yards per return. Cole is also no longer with the team, leaving the Jaguars to find a new punt return specialist and new kickoff return specialist this off-season.

The Jaguars did so by signing Jamal Agnew, who has been one of the better return men in the league over the past four seasons since being selected in the 5th round by the Lions in 2017, averaging 11.6 yards per punt return on 74 attempts and 25.8 yards per kickoff return on 64 attempts, while scoring five touchdowns. He should continue that strong play in 2021 with his new team in Jacksonville, upgrading both spots for the Jaguars. If the Jaguars can continue getting strong play from their supporting cast, they could have a very explosive return game and even if they don’t, Agnew should give them above average production.

Grade: A-

Special Teamers

As I mentioned the Jaguars got strong play from their other special teamers last season and the good news is they’ve retained their top-10 in snaps played from a year ago, with the best performances coming from Daniel Thomas (190 snaps), Doug Middleton (189 snaps), and Dare Ogunbowale (202 snaps), who finished 9th, 29th, and 48th respectively among special teamers on PFF. Dakota Allen (251 snaps) and Brandon Rusnak (371 snaps) led the unit in snaps played and also earned above average grades from PFF.

There are some concerns though, as all five of those players are coming off by far the best special teams seasons of their careers and might not be as good in 2021, while the Jaguars also will be changing special teams coordinators from Brian Schneider to Nick Sorensen, which could hurt their continuity. This should at least be a solid group again, but they might not be as good as a year ago. 

Grade: B+

Conclusion

The Jaguars only won a single game a year ago, but teams are almost never that bad two seasons in a row and the Jaguars had a lot of the signs of a team that could be significantly improved at the end of the off-season. They had one of the most valuable #1 overall picks of all time, along with another three picks in the top-45, after selecting five times in the top-45 in the previous two drafts, and they also had the most cap space in the league in an off-season when most teams couldn’t afford to spend big in free agency due to a reduced salary cap. 

However, I don’t think they improved as much as they could have. They sat on a lot of that cap space, which will benefit them when they roll it forward to future years, but it doesn’t help them this season. The select free agents they did bring in were more in the solid to good range, rather than high level impact players. They used one of their other high draft picks on a running back, which is normally ill-advised even if you do have a big need at the position, which the Jaguars did not, and then they used another one of those picks on an offensive tackle, who could start in 2022 and beyond, but is unlikely to make an impact in year one. 

The Jaguars may be viewing this as a 2-3 year rebuild, which could prove to be smart, even if many of their signings this off-season could have been seen as overpays, but either way I don’t think this team is going to be overly competitive this season. They’ll win more games, but they still seem to be in the bottom third of the league on paper. I will have a final prediction for the Jaguars at the end of the off-season with the rest of the teams.

8/8/21: Not much has changed for the Jaguars, who are unlikely to get a significant impact either way from their special teams unit.

9/4/21 Update: I didn’t love the Travis Etienne pick, but there is no doubt this team will miss him with him out for the season, particularly in the passing game, where they lack capable pass catching backs and tight ends and will be very reliant on their wide receivers. This team will be better in 2021, but they should be at least a year away from getting back to the post-season.

Prediction: 6-11 3rd in AFC South

San Francisco 49ers 2021 NFL Season Preview

Quarterback

In 2019, the 49ers were one of the best teams in the league, going 13-3 in the regular season, making the Super Bowl, and coming within a few minutes of holding on for the win over the Kansas City Chiefs. It’s tough to be that good in the NFL in back-to-back years and, as a result, most teams that win 13 games and lose in the Super Bowl regress the following season. The 49ers didn’t have the obvious risk factors for a big regression though. 

They didn’t benefit from an unsustainably high turnover margin (+4). They weren’t overly reliant on winning close games (5-3 in one score games). They didn’t stay unsustainably healthy, actually having the 6th most adjusted games lost to injury. They also avoided major personnel losses last off-season, with the 4th most snaps returned in the league and all of the key members of their coaching staff returning. In terms of first down rate differential, which is one of the most predictive stats year-to-year, the 49ers finished the 2019 season ranked 4th at +3.66%. However, the 49ers still fell off significantly, finishing just 6-10, in dead last in the NFC West.

What happened? Well, even though the 49ers were not unsustainably good in any of the aforementioned metrics in 2019, that didn’t mean they couldn’t be unsustainably bad in all of them in 2020, even if something like that would have been unlikely. That is, unfortunately, exactly what happened though. They didn’t have a terrible record in close games, going 3-5 in one score games, but their -14 point differential suggests they should have won a game or two more. 

A bigger issue was their turnover margin, which ranked 2nd worst in the league at -11. Beyond that, they had a -4 return touchdown margin which cost them at least a couple games (Washington and Philadelphia) by itself, as well a loss to Dallas in which they were -4 in turnovers and -24 in points off turnovers. Turnover margin is one of the least predictive stats on a year-to-year basis, so I’m not concerned their turnover issues will carry into 2021. 

The 49ers won the first down rate battle by a wide margin in all three of those games and could have easily finished 9-7 had just a few things gone differently and that’s in just those three games. On the season, the 49ers actually ranked 4th in schedule adjusted first down rate differential at +3.32%, not even that far behind where they were when they won 13 games in 2020. It’s not hard to see how the 49ers could have won 10-11 games last season with an even turnover margin.

That’s despite arguably the 49ers’ biggest issue last season, which was injuries. I mentioned earlier that the 49ers had among the most adjusted games lost to injury in the league in 2019, but that was nothing compared to 2020, when they not only led the league in adjusted games lost to injury, but had the second most adjusted games lost to injury of any team in the past two decades. It was arguably even worse than that suggests, as those injuries seemed to disproportionately affect their most important players.

That includes quarterback Jimmy Garoppolo, who suffered an ankle injury early in the season, didn’t play as well upon his return, and then re-aggravated the injury and was shut down for the season. Through his first two games before the injury, Garoppolo completed 67.3% of his passes for an average of 8.00 YPA, 4 touchdowns, and 0 interceptions, but he saw that drop to 67.0% completion, 7.76 YPA, 3 touchdowns, and 5 interceptions after the injury. Even worse, backup quarterbacks Nick Mullens and CJ Beathard combined to complete 64.4% of their passes for an average of 7.50 YPA, 18 touchdowns, and 12 interceptions.

Acquiring Garoppolo from the Patriots for a 2018 2nd round pick midway through the 2017 season was a pivotal moment in the 49ers’ rebuild and he set expectations high from the start, going 5-0 to close out the 2017 season, with a team that previously was just 1-10. That earned him a 5-year, 137.5 million dollar extension that solidified him as the 49ers’ franchise quarterback, but his 2018 season was also an injury plagued one, as he tore his ACL in week 3 and missed the rest of the season, leading to the 49ers finishing among the worst teams in the league that season.

Garoppolo did play all 16 games in the 49ers’ 13-3 season in 2019, completing 69.1% of his passes for an average of 8.36 YPA, 27 touchdowns, and 13 interceptions, while finishing as PFF’s 13th ranked quarterback, but that is not only the lone season of his career in which he made all 16 starts, but those 16 starts also are half of his career total, as he’s somehow still only made 32 career starts, between backing up Tom Brady early in his career and frequently getting injured in his tenure with the 49ers. Garoppolo also missed time with injury when he had the opportunity to start in 2016 in place of a suspended Tom Brady and hurt his shoulder six quarters in, further adding to his reputation as an injury prone player.

One benefit of the 49ers’ losing season last year was they got the 12 overall pick out of it, but that wasn’t enough for the 49ers, who made a radical move up the draft board with the Miami Dolphins to #3 overall to select a franchise quarterback of the future. The move didn’t come cheap, as they had to part with their first round picks in both 2022 and 2023, as well as a third rounder in 2022, to move up from #12 to #3. 

It might seem like a bit of a head scratching move from the 49ers and it’s definitely a risk, but the 49ers clearly believe that they’ve seen the best that Garoppolo has to offer and that his injury history is a real concern. With Garoppolo’s 25.5 million dollar salaries for 2021 and 2022 both being unguaranteed, the 49ers could move on from him whenever they like, while whichever quarterback they selected at 3 would be on a cheap rookie deal, allowing them to spend more on the rest of this roster. That quarterback ultimately ended up being North Dakota State’s Trey Lance, an inexperienced quarterback with a massive upside.

Giving up a total of three first round picks is a steep price to pay for Lance, but winning a Super Bowl with a highly paid quarterback who is not elite is nearly an impossible task and, in fact, no team has won the Super Bowl since the start of the salary cap era with a quarterback taking up more than 10% of their cap unless that quarterback was a future Hall of Famer. The 49ers nearly pulled it off in 2019, but clearly they didn’t love their chances of doing that again with Garoppolo and think that they would be better off with a cheaper young quarterback with more money invested on the rest of this roster, especially as talented players at other positions start needing to be extended on deals that are a significant pay increase.

Of course, Garoppolo still remains on this roster, but that is something that can change at any point up until final cuts without the 49ers having to pay him a dime in 2021. There has been a lot of speculation about Garoppolo’s future. Many expected the 49ers would move Garoppolo right after moving up for a quarterback, which came a couple months before the draft, as the 49ers need to recoup some draft capital and were unlikely to leave the quarterback they paid such a steep price to draft on the bench, while Garoppolo’s salary was obviously significantly more than a typical backup.

However, the 49ers came out shortly after moving up for a quarterback and said they were not moving Garoppolo and that they were planning to do what the Chiefs did with Alex Smith and Patrick Mahomes, sitting the rookie for a year behind Garoppolo. That metaphor was never perfect though, as the Chiefs gave up significantly less to draft Mahomes and were paying significantly less to Alex Smith than the 49ers are for Garoppolo, and, as draft day came closer, the 49ers stance seemed to shift from not moving Garoppolo to being willing to move him for the right deal. However, that deal never came and Garoppolo is still in town.

Not moving him when they had the chance to potentially get something substantial for him could prove to be a mistake. At this point in the off-season, with most teams reasonably satisfied with their quarterback situation, there doesn’t seem to be an obvious suitor for Garoppolo, let alone one that would be willing to pay him his scheduled salary and give up a draft pick. That could change if someone gets hurt before the start of the season, but if that doesn’t happen, the 49ers may wind up either having to release Garoppolo for nothing or having to keep him at his expensive salary.

Despite the 49ers mentioning the Smith/Mahomes situation in regards to their own quarterback situation, I still expect that they’re hoping that Lance can win the week 1 starting job, which would not only be a good sign for their young quarterback’s development, but would also save them significant cap space that they can roll forward if they let Garoppolo go and replace him with a cheaper veteran backup, which they can still find in free agency. 

Lance also gives them the higher upside at quarterback as well, though obviously he comes with a big downside as well. Ultimately, whether the 49ers’ decision to acquire Lance will come down to whether or not he develops and there is certainly a lot of risk here, but it’s understandable why they did what they did, given that the alternative is continually paying a middling injury prone quarterback at a high level. Regardless of which quarterback starts this season, the 49ers figure to win a lot more games than last season, but whether or not they can take the next step depends on how quickly Lance develops.

Grade: B

Receiving Corps

Even with Garoppolo missing significant time and backup quarterbacks playing the majority of the season, the 49ers’ biggest offensive injury was still arguably tight end George Kittle, who is one of the top offensive players in the league at his best. A 5th round pick in 2016, Kittle burst onto the scene with a dominant 2018 season, putting up a 88/1377/5 slash line despite mostly playing with backup quarterbacks, dominating as a run blocker, and finishing as PFF’s #1 ranked tight end overall. 

Kittle hasn’t matched those numbers since, but it’s not because he dropped off. In 2019, he saw his targets and routes drop on a more run heavy team and also missed a pair of games with injury, but his 85/1053/5 slash line was still very impressive considering everything and his yards per route run average increased from the previous season’s already impressive total. After leading all tight ends with 2.82 yards per route run in 2018, in 2019 Kittle led all pass catchers (including wide receivers) with 3.12 yards per route run, en route to a second straight season as PFF’s #1 overall ranked tight end. 

Kittle once again led all tight ends with 2.84 yards per route run in 2020, 2nd among all pass catchers only behind Davante Adams, once again showing he is capable of producing at a high level, regardless of who is under center. Unfortunately, his overall numbers (48/634/2) were severely limited by the fact that he was held to 443 snaps played in 8 games. Still, he finished as PFF’s 4th ranked tight end and, when on the field, proved himself to still be the same dominant player he has been for several years now. 

Kittle has somewhat of a concerning injury history and has only played all 16 games once in four seasons in the league, but he’s still very much in his prime in his age 28 season, so there is no reason not to expect him to be one of the offensive players in the league once again in 2021 and, as long as he can stay reasonably healthy, he could easily have the most impressive season by any tight end in the league. Kansas City’s Travis Kelce gets more attention than him because of his receiving totals, but Kelce plays on a much pass heavier offense with arguably the best quarterback in the league, averages fewer yards on a per route basis, and is not nearly as good as Kittle as a blocker. 

Kittle wasn’t the 49ers only key injury in the receiving corps either, as Deebo Samuel and Brandon Aiyuk were expected to be their top two wide receivers, but they were limited to just 305 snaps in 7 games and 728 snaps in 12 games respectively by injury. Both players are still young with a lot of upside though and still have bright futures ahead of them. Samuel was the 49ers’ 36th overall pick in the 2019 NFL Draft, selected at the top of the second round, while Aiyuk was selected in the first round, 25th overall, in the 2020 NFL Draft.

Samuel took some time to get into the starting lineup as a rookie, but he finished with a 57/802/3 slash line and a 2.04 yards per route run average (15th among wide receivers), which seemed to predict more from him in year two, but Samuel’s second season in the league hardly got off the ground. He still showed an impressive 2.26 yards per route run average though (10th among wide receivers), suggesting that he still has the upside to breakout as a legitimate #1 wide receiver if he can stay healthy and in the starting lineup all season.

Aiyuk, meanwhile, still led this team with a 60/748/5 slash line, despite the missed time, as he averaged 1.73 yards per route run, and finished the season as PFF’s 23rd ranked wide receiver. Development of talented young players is not always linear and, even if Aiyuk develops into one of the better wide receivers in the league over the next few seasons, that isn’t a guarantee that he takes a big step forward in year two, but even if he doesn’t, he’s shown enough promise already in limited action that the 49ers should benefit just by hopefully having him around for most of the season.

With Aiyuk and Samuel both missing time last season, 3rd receiver Kendrick Bourne saw more playing time and finished with a career best 49/667/2 slash line (1.49 yards per route run), but he signed with the Patriots this off-season, leaving the #3 receiver job up for grabs. Top reserve holdover Richie James, a 7th round pick in 2018, is in the mix and saw more significant playing time for the first time in his career last year, due injuries ahead of him on the depth chart, but he’s earned just middling grades overall from PFF and his 1.53 yards per route run average isn’t overly impressive either. Still, it wouldn’t be a surprise to see him win the #3 receiver job and, with three other very talented pass catchers on this offense, James won’t be counted on for much, barring another improbable rash of injuries.

The 49ers also signed veteran Mohamed Sanu, who will likely be James’ primary competition for the role. At his best, Sanu was a solid #2/#3 receiver with the Falcons, averaging a slash line of 68/757/4 per 16 games in 53 games in Atlanta from 2016-2019, but he got hurt shortly after being traded mid-season in 2019 to the Patriots and has caught just 31 passes in 16 games since, while bouncing from the Patriots to the Lions to the 49ers late last season, with whom he played just 40 snaps in 3 games. 

Now going into his age 32 season, Sanu’s best days are definitely behind him, but he could have enough left in the tank to be a decent depth option for the 49ers if he’s past his injuries, although he might have just as good of a chance of not making the team and being completely finished. One wild card option for the 49ers at wide receiver could be Jalen Hurd, who the 49ers clearly had expectations for when they selected him in the 3rd round in 2019, but they have yet to see him play a regular season snap due to multiple injuries. He could still have upside, but it’s hard to know what to expect, if anything, from him in 2021.

Depth is a bit of a concern at tight end as well. Last year, they were actually decently equipped to handle Kittle’s absence, as they had veteran tight end Jordan Reed, who turned the clock back a little bit and averaged a 1.31 yards per route run average in limited action, but Reed retired this off-season, leaving the 49ers with some underwhelming options. Ross Dwelley actually led this position group with 502 snaps played last season, with Kittle missing time and Reed only being a passing down option, and Dwelley played 360 snaps in 2019 as well, but the 2018 undrafted free agent is primarily a blocking specialist, has averaged just 1.03 yards per route run as a receiver, and isn’t all that good of a run blocker either.

Charlie Woerner, a 6th round pick in 2020, is also an option, as they could be expecting him to take a step forward in year two, after 119 mediocre rookie year snaps. Their best option as a pure blocker would be free agent addition MyCole Pruitt, who has been a consistently above average run blocker over the past few seasons, but he’s not much of a receiver, with 32 catches in 62 career games. Needless to say, the 49ers will need Kittle to stay healthy this year, even more so than last year when Reed was a decent insurance policy. Depth is a concern across this receiving corps, but their top-3 options have a huge upside together, assuming they can stay healthier than last season, when they combined to miss 21 games, which they almost definitely will. That will be a huge boost to this team.

Grade: A-

Running Backs

The 49ers’ running backs had injury issues last season as well. Expected lead back Raheem Mostert was limited to just eight games (104 carries) and, with him missing significant time, Jeff Wilson led the team in carries with 126 carries, but even he missed four games with injury. Ironically, Jerick McKinnon was their only running back to play all 16 games, after he missed all of 2018 and 2019 with injury, but the passing down specialist was not an effective runner, averaging 3.94 yards per carry, and his passing down work (1.19 yards per route run and 5.50 yards per target) left something to be desired as well.

Mostert and Wilson, meanwhile, averaged 5.01 YPC and 4.76 YPC respectively, so if the 49ers can have both of them healthy for most of this season, that should be a boost to this running game. Unfortunately, that already seems unlikely with Wilson, who suffered an off-season injury that could cost him the first month or two of the season. Wilson is probably the less important of these two backs though as, even though he was impressive last season, he otherwise has just 93 carries for 3.99 YPC in three seasons in the league since going undrafted in 2018.

Mostert is also a former undrafted free agent and took a few years to get established as a runner, spending his first four seasons in the league from 2015-2018 as primarily a special teamer who had totaled just 41 carries. However, Mostert was given a chance during the 49ers’ run in 2019 and made the most of it. Including the post-season, Mostert averaged 5.83 YPC on 190 carries and rushed for 13 touchdowns. Even though he missed time with injury, Mostert’s impressive average in 2020 showed that his 2019 season wasn’t a complete fluke so, while he doesn’t have the biggest track record, he should remain an effective lead back in 2021 and hopefully one who can stay healthier.

The 49ers also upgraded the rest of this backfield this off-season, letting go of McKinnon and fellow veteran Tevin Coleman, who was the most injured of this group with just 28 carries in 8 games, and replacing them with free agent Wayne Gallman and third round rookie Trey Sermon, who could both prove to be upgrades. Sermon projects as a potential future starter, while Gallman played better than his numbers suggest from his first 4 seasons with the Giants, who selected him in the 4th round in 2017. 

Gallman has averaged just 4.28 YPC on 338 carries in his career, but he played on consistently below average offenses and he picked up 68.9% of his yardage after contact, with only 19.0% coming on carries longer than 15 yards, meaning his average isn’t inflated by a couple long runs. He’s only topped the 100 carry mark twice in his career, but one of those instances was last season, when he averaged 4.64 YPC with 78.2% coming after contact and a 54% carry success rate that ranked 14th in the NFL. He also finished with PFF’s 26th highest rushing grade for a running back. He definitely could hold the rookie Sermon off for the #2 running back job behind Mostert, but Sermon has high upside as well.

The 49ers don’t throw all that often to their running backs, with 137 targets going their way in 2020 and just 103 targets in 2019, when the 49ers were more run heavy because of their strong defense and when passing down back Jerick McKinnon was hurt. Now without McKinnon and with a healthier defense, that number should go down closer to the 2019 mark and there will be even fewer targets up for grabs for running back than that suggests, as fullback Kyle Juszczyk has averaged 34 targets per season in his four seasons with the 49ers and has been probably their most effective receiver out of the backfield, with 1.53 yards per route run and 7.94 yards per target.

Of their running backs, Raheem Mostert (1.26 yards per route run in his career) seems to be the best passing down option, as Jeff Wilson (1.06 yards per route run), and Wayne Gallman (1.01 yards per route run) have not impressed in passing situations in their careers, while the rookie Trey Sermon could still be raw in the passing game in year one. Overall, passing the ball to their running backs is not going to be a part of this offense, as they should be able to effectively run the ball and move the ball in the air to their downfield receivers.

Grade: B+

Offensive Line

As injury plagued as they were last season, the 49ers didn’t have an outbreak of injuries in every unit last season. Their offensive line fortunately mostly avoided significant injuries and was the single biggest reason for this team still finishing 14th in first down rate over expected at +0.58%, despite all of the injuries at other positions. Expected starting center Weston Richburg did miss the entire season with injury, but he was probably their worst starter anyway and their other four projected starters all made at least 14 starts, with three of them making 16 starts. 

Richburg retired this off-season, so the 49ers won’t get the benefit of getting him back, but the 49ers did add veteran starter Alex Mack in free agency, who they are expecting can be an upgrade at their only position of weakness upfront last season. Mack is going into his age 36 season, so his age is obviously a concern, but he was one of the best centers in the league in his prime, starting his career with eleven straight seasons in the top-15 among centers on PFF, including a 2nd ranked finish as recently as 2017 and a 4th ranked finish as recently as 2018. 

Mack has clearly started to decline, but he still finished last season as PFF’s 18th ranked center, after finishing 8th the year before, and it wouldn’t be a huge surprise to see Mack hold it together as a capable starter for another year or two. The rest of this offensive line returns around Mack, so they should once again have an above average unit upfront. If Mack struggles, the 49ers’ likely plan will be to shift right guard Daniel Brunskill inside to center, where he made his final eight starts of last season, and then plugging 2nd round rookie Aaron Banks in at Brunskills’ old spot at right guard. 

A 2017 undrafted free agent, Brunskill didn’t play an offensive snap in his first two seasons in the league, but he flashed on 474 snaps in 2019, before earning a middling grade as a season-long starter in 2020. He might never be better than a middling starter, but he does have impressive versatility, making 1 start at left tackle, 4 starts at right tackle, 10 starts at right guard, and 8 starts at center in his brief career.

Aside from Richburg missing the whole season, only left tackle Trent Williams missed any time last season and one of his two missed games was due to the COVID protocols. Williams actually sat out all of the 2019 season in a dispute with his old team in Washington over their mishandling of a medical situation, before Washington ultimately granted his wish for a trade and sent him to the 49ers for a 3rd and 5th round pick last off-season. Williams was one of the better left tackles in the league prior to sitting out the 2019 season, as the 2010 4th overall pick went on to make 119 starts in 9 seasons in Washington, finishing in the top-20 among offensive tackles in each of his final 9 seasons in Washington, including four seasons in the top-7 and two #1 overall finishes.

Despite that, acquiring Williams was not a slum dunk move. Not only had he sat out the whole previous season, but the 2020 season was his age 32 season, he had just one-year, 12.5 million left on his contract, and the 49ers had to give up a couple picks to acquire him. However, it worked out as not only did Williams turn back the clock and have one of the best seasons of his career, finishing 1st among offensive tackles on PFF, but the 49ers were able to keep him this off-season, albeit on a 6-year, 138.06 million dollar deal that makes him the highest paid offensive tackle in the league and that guarantees him 41.5 million over the first two years. 

It’s a risky contract because Williams isn’t getting any younger, now in his age 33 season, but he really hasn’t shown any signs of decline yet and when he starts to decline, it’ll be from a high basepoint, so he could remain an above average starter for at least another couple seasons. I wouldn’t expect him to be quite as good in 2021 as his dominant 2020 season, but he should still be a major asset for this offensive line and this offense in general.

Right tackle Mike McGlinchey remains locked in at right tackle opposite Williams. The 9th overall pick in the 2018 NFL Draft, many expected he would move over to left tackle long-term, but the Williams acquisition and extension ensures he’ll remain on the right side, where he has generally performed at a high level. McGlinchey had a down second season in the league in 2019, in part because of injuries that cost him 4 games and limited him in others, but he still earned a slightly above average grade from PFF that season, which is sandwiched in between a 23rd ranked finish as a rookie in 2018 and a 20th ranked finish in 2020, in seasons where McGlinchey made all 16 starts. Still very much in his prime in his age 27 season, he should remain an above average right tackle for years to come.

Left guard Laken Tomlinson rounds out this offensive line and is also a former first round pick in his own right, but that selection was made by the Lions, 28th overall in 2015, while the 49ers only paid a fifth round pick to acquire him after two inconsistent seasons in Detroit. The Lions proved to have moved on from him too quickly, as Tomlinson has made 63 of 64 starts for the 49ers in four seasons since they acquired him, earning an above average grade in all 4 seasons, including a 29th ranked finish on PFF in 2019 and an 8th ranked finish in 2020. Tomlinson is a one-year wonder in terms of playing at the level he played at last season, so I wouldn’t expect him to be quite as good as 2020, but he should also remain an above average starter in 2021.

The 49ers should have at least three starters who are above average, possibly well above average, in Trent Williams, Laken Tomlinson, and Mike McGlinchey, and they should have an above average offensive line overall, but needless to say if injuries strike this group more than last season, that would be a concern. Fortunately their depth situation isn’t bad, especially on the interior. Aside from second round rookie Aaron Banks, they have a pair of experienced, if underwhelming journeymen in Tom Compton (37 career starts) and Senio Kelemete (42 career starts). 

However, the swing tackle role is more questionable, with expected swing tackle Justin Skule tearing his ACL earlier this off-season. Without him, the swing tackle role looks likely to be left up to 2020 5th round pick Colton McKivitz (0 rookie year snaps), 5th round rookie Jaylon Moore, or veteran Shon Coleman, who saw significant action earlier in his career, but struggled and hasn’t played a snap since 2017. It’s possible they could move Banks outside if an injury happened to a starter there and Compton and Kelemete have a little bit of experience at tackle as well. Overall, this is an above average group, but they have a couple questionable spots and their depth could be a concern if the starters don’t all stay mostly healthy again next season.

Grade: A-

Edge Defenders

On defense, the 49ers’ biggest injury absence last season was edge defender Nick Bosa, who won Defensive Rookie of the Year in 2019, after being selected 2nd overall by the 49ers, ranking 11th among edge defenders on PFF and totaling 9 sacks, 19 hits, and a 16.3% pressure rate, only to see his second season end with a torn ACL suffered early in week 2, after just 68 snaps played. Bosa should be able to make a full recovery and, even if he isn’t quite as good as he was as a rookie, he should still be a big re-addition for this team. He also has the upside to be even better than his rookie season if he’s fully past his injury. He could easily add a Comeback Player of the Year award to his trophy case and he has the long-term potential to someday add a Defensive Player of the Year.

Bosa’s return overshadows the return of Dee Ford from injury, but Ford has the potential to make a huge impact as an edge rusher if he’s fully past his injuries and able to perform at the level he played at previously. In his career, Ford has 37 sacks, 45 hits, and a 12.3% pressure rate in 79 games in 7 seasons in the league, with his best season coming in 2018, when he had 13 sacks, 19 hits, and a 13.9% pressure rate, while finishing the season as PFF’s 10th ranked edge defender.

That enticed the 49ers to not only trade for him after he had been franchise tagged by the Chiefs the following off-season, giving up a 2nd round pick, but also to extend him on a deal worth 85.5 million over 5 years. However, that deal hasn’t gone according to plan. He had an impressive 14.4% pressure rate in his first season with the 49ers and was very effective when on the field for a dominant defense, but he was limited to just 226 snaps and then in 2020 he saw his season end after 46 snaps in just one game played. 

The 49ers could have opted to move on from Ford this off-season, ahead of what would have been a non-guaranteed 16 million dollar salary, but instead they renegotiated a heavily reduced contract with him and will be paying him just 7 million this season instead. That could prove to be a steal if he’s at his best and, the 49ers have a deep enough rotation on the edge that Ford won’t have to play much on early downs, where he can struggle, and instead can just focus on getting after the passer in obvious passing situations, but he’s now going into his age 30 season and the 30 games he’s missed over the past four seasons are obviously concerning. 

The 49ers also have Arik Armstead, who has played a big role on this defensive line in each of the past two seasons, averaging 763 snaps per season, while playing all 16 games in both seasons, primarily playing on the edge. That’s surprising for a number of reasons. For one, Armstead is 6-7 292 and was drafted primarily to play on the interior as a defensive end in a 3-4 defense, which is where he saw a lot of early career action, after being selected by the 49ers in the first round in 2015. On top of that, Armstead had significant injury issues early in his career, missing 18 games over his first 3 seasons combined, and looked like something of a bust up until a couple of seasons ago. 

Armstead always flashed potential early in his career and showed signs of being the player the 49ers were expecting when they selected him with a high draft pick, as he had a 12.7% pressure rate over those first 3 injury plagued seasons and then in his 4th season he played all 16 games and had his best season to that point in his career, only managing 3 sacks, but adding 9 hits, and a 11.3% pressure rate while playing strong run defense and finishing as PFF’s 29th ranked edge defender overall. 

However, even that didn’t seem to predict how well Armstead would play in 2019, when he had 10 sacks, 9 hits, and a 12.5% pressure rate, dominated against the run, and finished as PFF’s 3rd ranked edge defender. He fell off a little bit in 2020, but still finished 18th among edge defenders on PFF, making it three straight above average seasons for him, while not missing a single game over that stretch. He should play at a similar level in 2021, still in his prime in his age 28 season. With Ford and Bosa both back and healthy, it’s possible Armstead sees more action on the interior than he’s seen over the past couple seasons, but he’s a force on this defensive line regardless of where he plays.

Aside from Arik Armstead, Kerry Hyder played the most among 49ers edge defenders in 2020, playing 722 snaps and faring pretty well across those snaps, but he’s no longer with the team. The 49ers also no longer have Dion Jordan (375 snaps), who they signed as a mid-season reinforcement, and, on top of that, rotational player Jordan Willis (183 snaps), who was also a mid-season reinforcement, is suspended for the first six games of the season and probably won’t see a significant role at any point in 2021.

The 49ers do have depth options though, signing Arden Key and Samson Ebukam, who have some experience as rotational players. Key was a 3rd round pick in 2018, but he’s disappointed with a 8.6% pressure rate in his career and was cut by the Raiders before the end of his rookie deal. The Raiders might have given up on him a little early though, as he’s just now going into his age 25 season and has at least some experience under his belt, averaging 419 snaps per season. It wouldn’t be a surprise if he was better with his second team.

Ebukam, meanwhile, doesn’t have the same ceiling, but also has a higher floor. He’s largely been a middling player since being selected by the Rams in the 4th round in 2017, but he’s played in all 64 games in 4 seasons in the league, averaging 30.8 snaps per game and totaling 14 sacks, 14 hits, and a 10.1% pressure rate. Neither Ebukam nor Key will see more than a rotational role unless significant injuries strike again, but they do provide solid depth at a position group that has a massive upside if everyone stays healthy. As good as they were in 2019, Bosa was just a rookie and Ford wasn’t healthy most of the season. It’s conceivable they could be even better than that dominant group if things go right in 2021.

Grade: A

Interior Defenders

One key player missing from the 49ers’ dominant defensive line is DeForest Buckner, who ranked 14th among interior defenders in 2019, but the 49ers used the draft pick they acquired in exchange for him on a replacement in Javon Kinlaw and avoided having to pay Buckner the 4-year, 84 million dollar extension the Colts gave him, allowing the 49ers to keep Arik Armstead on a 5-year, 85 million dollar deal as a free agent last off-season. Kinlaw was not a good replacement for Buckner in year one, finishing just 100th among 139 eligible interior defenders across 547 snaps, but he has the upside to be a lot better in year two. 

The 49ers also added to their interior this off-season with a couple of great, cheap signings in Maurice Hurst and Zach Kerr. Hurst was a 5th round pick by the Raiders in 2018 and showed a lot of promise across his first two seasons in the league, earning above average grades from PFF in both seasons, averaging 497 snaps per season, and especially impressing as a pass rusher, with 7.5 sacks, 4 hits, and a 8.1% pressure rate. That seemed like it could precede a third year breakout year, but instead Hurst was limited to 277 snaps in 11 games, primarily due to injuries.

Hurst still played well in his limited action though, finishing a career best 21st among interior defenders on PFF, and, only going into his age 26 season this season, he seemed like he could still have that breakout year in 2021 if he stayed healthy. Instead, the Raiders cut him to save a little bit of cap space this off-season. Hurst leaves something to be desired against the run, but it was a surprising move that seemed to make little sense. The 49ers could easily be a big beneficiary of that, as Hurst could now have his breakout year in San Francisco. Even if he doesn’t, he should still play well as a heavy rotational player, as he’s been whenever he’s been healthy in his career.

Kerr, meanwhile, doesn’t have the same track record as Hurst and is not as young, now heading into his age 31 season, but he excelled as a rotational player with the Panthers last season, finishing as PFF’s 10th ranked interior defender across 390 snaps. The big 6-2 335 pounder is unsurprisingly a good run stuffer, but he also showed some pass rush ability last season with 2 sacks, 8 hits, and a 8.5% pressure rate. 

Kerr has never surpassed 394 snaps in a season in seven seasons in the league and his career 6.6% pressure rate is not as impressive as last year’s pass rush production, but he’s been a consistently solid run stuffer and, if he can add a little pass rush as well, that is just a bonus. I wouldn’t expect him to be as good as arguably the best season of his career last season, but unless he drops off significantly, he should still be an above average rotation player.

DJ Jones (420 snaps), Chris Givens (387 snaps), and Kentavius Street (380 snaps) all saw significant action last season and are still with the team, but they will see smaller roles with Hurst and Kerr being added this off-season. A 6th round pick in 2017, Jones struggled early in his career, but he’s developed into a capable rotational player over the past two seasons, earning middling grades over a combined 724 snaps over the past two seasons. He is the most likely of the trio to continue having a role. 

Givens and Street are a 2019 undrafted free agent respectively and a 2018 4th round pick and both struggled in the first significant action of their career last season, finishing 84th and 138th respectively out of 139 eligible interior defenders. It’s possible they still have some upside, but the 49ers won’t need to rely on them for a role. This group should be much improved this season, with the additions of Kerr and Hurst and Kinlaw going into his second season in the league. This isn’t as talented of a group as their edge defenders, but this is an above average group overall. 

Grade: B+

Linebackers

The 49ers linebackers were relatively healthy last season. Kwon Alexander suffered an ankle injury early in the year, but he was traded to the Saints upon his return in what amounted to a salary dump, so he won’t factor into the mix this season. The 49ers also lost Dre Greenlaw for 3 games, but he was a middling linebacker, so that wasn’t a huge loss. Most importantly, stud every down linebacker Fred Warner didn’t miss a game, in a dominant 2020 season that saw him finish as PFF’s #1 ranked off ball linebacker. In a season where this defense was otherwise ravaged by injury, Warner had a Defensive Player of the Year caliber season to elevate a group that still finished 6th in first down rate allowed over expected at -2.65%.

Warner is a one-year wonder in terms of playing at that level, but he’s been an every down player since entering the league as a 3rd round pick in 2018 and he earned above average grades from PFF in his first two seasons in the league as well, including a 28th ranked finish among off ball linebackers in 2019. That’s a far cry from his dominant 2020 season, but he’s only going into his age 25 season and, given that he has somewhat of a track record prior to last season, there is plenty of evidence that he can remain a top off ball linebacker in 2021 and beyond. 

Warner might not be quite as good as he was in 2020 and there is always a possibility he isn’t able to play in all 16 games this time around, despite having yet to miss a game in his career, but he should remain a huge asset for this defense and it shouldn’t be a surprise if he contends for the Defensive Player of the Year award again. The 49ers would be wise to lock him up long-term now, ahead of the final year of his rookie deal in 2021, rather than waiting another year when the cap will be significantly higher and Warner’s value is likely to be higher as well.

Dre Greenlaw remains as the 49ers’ second off ball linebacker, after finishing 38th among off ball linebackers across 700 snaps in 13 games in that role last season. Greenlaw also finished 39th among off ball linebackers across 725 snaps in 2019, despite being a mere 5th round rookie. Greenlaw’s draft status makes me wonder if he has any more upside than what he’s shown thus far, but he should remain at least a solid starting linebacker and he has the versatility to play every down.

The 49ers play a 4-3 defense and will play three off ball linebackers together in base packages, so, even though they don’t play many base packages, they will still need to find a third linebacker. Azeez Al-Shaair played 305 snaps as primarily an injury replacement last season and held his own, but the 2019 undrafted free agent also struggled mightily across 174 rookie year snaps, so he’s hard to depend on. 

The 49ers added competition for him this off-season by signing ex-Eagle Nathan Gerry. He has experience as an every down player and, while he hasn’t played all that well in extended action, he could be a better fit for a smaller role, which is all the 49ers will need from him barring an injury to one of their starters. Fred Warner elevates this group by himself, but Greenlaw isn’t a bad starter either and the 49ers have some decent depth options.

Grade: B+

Secondary

The 49ers’ secondary was yet another injury ravaged group last season. Going into the season, Richard Sherman, Akhello Witherspoon, K’Waun Williams, and Emmnauel Moseley were the 49ers’ top-4 cornerbacks. They played 5 games, 9 games, 8 games, and 12 games respectively. Sherman was the biggest loss, as he was a huge part of the 49ers’ defensive success in 2019, when he was PFF’s 2nd ranked cornerback. The 49ers had a bunch of free agent cornerbacks this off-season, but managed to bring back everyone except Sherman and Witherspoon, the former of whom is still available as a free agent and could still re-sign with the team before training camp, for what would be his age 33 season.

Ironically, the 49ers healthiest cornerback last season was free agent addition Jason Verrett, who was an under the radar signing, as a result of having missed 73 games in 7 seasons in the league, including a 4-year stretch from 2016-2019 where he played just 6 games total. However, Verrett stayed mostly healthy in 2020, playing 803 snaps in 13 games, earning PFF’s 9th highest grade for a cornerback, and providing needed stability at an otherwise injury plagued position.

Verrett’s performance didn’t come out of nowhere, as the 2014 1st round pick finished 6th among cornerbacks on PFF as a rookie (albeit in 223 snaps in yet another injury plagued season) and then finished 2nd across 720 snaps in 2015, in the only somewhat full season of his career prior to last season, which at the time made him seem like one of the most promising young players in the league. However, Verrett isn’t a young promising player any more after all that missed time, now heading into his age 30 season, and his history of injuries can’t be ignored. He should remain an asset for this team if he can stay healthy, but I wouldn’t bet on him having the impact he had last season.

With Moseley and Williams being brought back this off-season, I would expect them to play in three cornerback sets with Verrett. Moseley could be an every down player opposite Verrett, but he could struggle in that role. An undrafted free agent in 2018, Mosley showed some potential across 577 snaps in 2019 in his first career action, but struggled across 499 snaps last season, perhaps due to nagging injuries. He could bounce back, but he’s a former undrafted free agent who has been pretty inconsistent in his career, so it’s far from a guarantee that he ever develops into a consistent starter. 

With only third round rookie Ambry Thomas as a legitimate alternative behind him on the depth chart, the 49ers will be counting on Moseley to not be a position of weakness on this defense. The 49ers also have veteran Dontae Johnson, who saw action earlier in his career with the 49ers, but struggled and has played just 314 snaps in three seasons since, joining the 49ers for a second stint in the process. He might not even make this final roster and, even if he does, I wouldn’t expect him to see a significant role. Now in his age 30 season, he would be very unlikely to play well in extended action.

K’Waun Williams, meanwhile, is by far their best slot cornerback, so he should be locked into that role, even if he isn’t a legitimate option to play on the outside. Williams missed significant time last season with injury, which has been a recurring theme for him, as he’s never played all 16 games in a season and has missed 35 games over 7 seasons in the league combined. When healthy, he’s one of the better slot cornerbacks in the league though, earning an above average grade from PFF in every season in which he’s seen action, maxing out at 4th among cornerbacks across 350 snaps in 2014 and ranking 10th across 734 snaps as recently as 2019. He could easily bounce back to that level in 2021 if he’s healthy, although his injury history is a concern, as is his age, going into his age 30 season.

Continuing the theme of injuries, safety Jaquiski Tartt was limited to 374 snaps in 7 games last season. That’s nothing new for a player who has missed 30 games in 6 seasons in the league and has never played all 16 games in a season. Tartt plays well when healthy though, as the 2015 2nd round pick got past some early career struggles and has ranked an average or better grade from PFF in all four seasons, maxing out at 16th among safeties in 2017, albeit across 595 snaps in yet another injury plagued season back. He’s almost a sure bet to miss at least some time, but the 49ers should have him for more than they had him last season and he should remain a solid starter when on the field.

Fellow starting safety Jimmie Ward also missed some time, but he still played 851 snaps in 14 games. Injuries have been a recurring theme for him in his career as well, to the point where last season was actually the most snaps he’s ever played in a season. He did play in all 16 games in 2015, but he played just 732 snaps and overall he has missed 34 games in 7 seasons since the 49ers selected him in the 1st round in 2014. 

Most of his missed time was earlier in his career though, as he also had 806 snaps in 13 games last season, which was previously his career high in snaps. Ward was also highly inconsistent earlier in his career, but has finished 7th and 16th among safeties on PFF in the past two seasons respectively, the two best finishes of his career. Going into his age 30 season, with a significant injury history, there is downside here, but Ward could continue playing at a high level for another season.

With the starters missing time last season, Marcell Harris (348 snaps) and Tavarius Moore (541 snaps) saw significant action as reserves, but most struggled. A 6th round and 3rd round pick in 2018 respectively, they both still theoretically have some upside, but the 49ers upgraded their depth this off-season with veteran Tavon Wilson, who will probably play over either of the young players. Wilson is going into his age 31 season and played just 219 snaps last season as a reserve with the Colts, but he has made 45 starts in 9 seasons in the league (125 games) since being selected in the 2nd round in 2012 and has always earned average or better grades from PFF when he’s played. 

Wilson is very much in the reserve stage of his career, but that’s all the 49ers will need him for and, if he has to make a few starts, he should be able to hold his own. This is a pretty talented secondary, but they could have a weakness at the #2 cornerback spot if Moseley doesn’t bounce back and they have several over 30 starters who are injury prone. They could add Richard Sherman back to this group, which would give them a boost, but he obviously would also fit the description of injury prone and over 30.

Grade: B+

Kicker/Punter

The 49ers ranked 23rd in special teams DVOA last season and were mostly mediocre across the board. Starting kicker Robbie Gould hit 36/38 extra points and 19/23 field goals, while finishing 18th among kickers on PFF, before missing some time with injury late in the season, when replacement Tristan Vizcaino hit 2/2 extra points and 3/3 field goals. Gould remains as the 49ers’ starting kicker and the only kicker on this roster, but he is a bit of a shaky option. He was once one of the better kickers in the league and has made 86.6% of his field goals for his career, but he’s seen that fall to 77.8% over the past two seasons and now heads into his age 39 season, so his best days are almost definitely behind him. It’s also possible he could continue declining further.

The 49ers’ punting game is the one special teams aspect in which they finished above average on DVOA and that was largely due to the play of punter Mitch Wishnowsky, who ranked 6th among punters on PFF. A 4th round pick in 2019, Wishnowsky was not quite as good as a rookie, but it wouldn’t be a surprise if he permanently turned a corner and will remain an above average punter for years to come. Wishnowsky also fared well on kickoffs, one of the few punters to also handle those duties for his team, but he wasn’t quite as good as he was on punts and the 49ers finished below average in kickoff DVOA, in large part due to their supporting cast. Wishnowsky should remain a solid punter, but the same can’t be said of Robbie Gould at kicker.

Grade: B+

Return Specialists

The 49ers struggled in both return games, averaging 9.1 yards per punt return (16th in the NFL), 19.3 yards per kickoff return (29th in the NFL), and finishing below average in both kickoff and punt return DVOA. The problem was equal parts the returners and the supporting cast. Jerick McKinnon struggled as their most frequently used kickoff returner, averaging 19.9 yards per return on 12 attempts, but he’s no longer with the team, leaving Richie James (18.3 average on 4 returns) and JaMycal Hasty (19.0 average on 3 returns) as the most likely options to start over as the starter.

Hasty was a rookie last season and doesn’t have much of a track record as a collegiate returner, averaging 20.8 yards per return on 16 attempts, so James seems like the more likely option to win the job, having averaged 23.4 yards per return on 43 attempts, including a 97-yard touchdown, as the 49ers’ primary kickoff returner in 2018 and 2019, before seeing a more limited role in 2020. He didn’t show much in 2020, but could easily bounce back in a larger role in 2021.

James is also a candidate to be their primary punt returner, as his 6 punt returns in 2020 were 2nd on the team behind the departed Trent Taylor and he has a history of seeing an even bigger role as a punt returner, returning 50 punts between 2018 and 2019. His career average of 7.3 yards per punt return is nothing to write home about, but he’s not a bad option either. He’ll primarily face competition from River Cracraft (5 returns for 8.0 yards per attempt) and Brandon Aiyuk (2 returns for 13.0 yards per attempt), but James should be considered the favorite to win both jobs. He’s not a bad option, but isn’t a high upside one either and will need better play from his supporting cast.

Grade: B-

Special Teamers

The 49ers have a chance to get better play out of their supporting special teamers this season and they certainly seemed to view getting reinforcements in this group as a priority this off-season, signing four free agents, Samson Ebukam (219 snaps), Trent Sherfield (220 snaps), Nsimba Webster (254 snaps), and Tavon Wilson (203 snaps) who all surpassed 200 special teams snaps last season, despite not losing any of their significant special teamers from a year ago. 

Ebukam and Wilson have been underwhelming special teamers in their career though, so they might not necessarily be an upgrade if they can earn a significant role and, while Nsimba Webster and Trent Sherfield are coming off of above average years, neither one has a proven history of success, so they might not continue that into 2021. Still, added depth gives this group more options and it wouldn’t be a surprise to see this group be better, even if only by default.

Marcell Harris (262 snaps), Charlie Woerner (226 snaps), and Azeez Al-Shaair (252 snaps) were their only significant special teamers to play significant snaps last season and earn an above average grade, though Harris did particularly excel, finishing 29th among special teamers on PFF. However, none of them have been quite as good in the past, so it’s possible they could take a step back, even if they all remain above average players.

Joe Walker (274 snaps), Dontae Johnson (253 snaps), Tarvarius Moore (230 snaps), Demetrius Flannigan-Fowles (194 snaps), Ross Dwelley (176 snaps) all played significant snaps and struggled last season, though Walker, Dwelley, and Moore have at least been somewhat better in the past and could bounce back if they can earn a significant role again in a more crowded group. This isn’t likely to be a great group of supporting special teamers, but they could be at least decent, which would be an upgrade.

Conclusion

The 49ers are the probably surest bet in the NFL to have a significantly higher win total in 2021 as compared to 2020. All of the talent they are returning from injury is obvious, but this team was a lot better than their record last season, as they ranked 4th in schedule adjusted first down rate differential at +3.66% and could have easily won 9-10 games if not for an unsustainably poor turnover margin and terrible return touchdown luck. Add in the fact that this was legitimately one of the best teams in the league two years ago and you have a team that looks like it should be one of the best in the league once again. Even in the loaded NFC West, the 49ers should be divisional favorites and they may be the best team in the NFC outside of the defending Super Bowl Champion Tampa Bay Buccaneers.

That being said, this team is a little different than it was a couple years ago, most notably at the quarterback position. New franchise quarterback of the future Trey Lance gives the 49ers a higher ceiling than Jimmy Garopppolo ever did and could easily be the piece to get them over the hump after coming so close in 2019, but he also gives them a lower floor and, even if they were to stick with Jimmy Garoppolo for another year, it’s far from a guarantee that he can stay healthy for the whole season like he did in 2019. Their quarterback situation will obviously be one to monitor in training camp and the pre-season. I will have a final prediction for the 49ers at the end of the off-season with the rest of the teams.

8/8/21: Special teams was a problem for the 49ers in 2020, but that seems likely to improve in 2021, which is yet another reason this team should win significantly more games this season.

9/4/21 Update: Most expect the 49ers to bounce back significantly, but I still think they are underrated, as they are starting from a higher base point than most realize. Their defense won’t be quite as good as 2019 because their secondary isn’t as good, but their offense could be much more explosive than 2019’s, if the trio of Deebo Samuel, George Kittle, and Brandon Aiyuk all stay relatively healthy. That would especially be true if Trey Lance could take the starting job by mid-season and be an upgrade over Garoppolo. Even in a tough NFC West, I have the 49ers winning the division and being one of the top contenders in the NFC.

Prediction: 12-5 1st in NFC West

Arizona Cardinals 2021 NFL Season Preview

Quarterback

With the #1 overall pick in the 2019 NFL Draft, the Cardinals had a big decision to make. They had just traded up for a quarterback in the first round the previous year, selecting Josh Rosen 10th overall, but he struggled mightily in a rookie year that saw the Cardinals finish dead last in first down rate and finish with the worst record in the league at 3-13, leading to that #1 pick. Top picks are usually used on a quarterback, but teams selecting quarterbacks in the first round in back-to-back years is very rare, with the previous instance coming from the 1982 and 1983 Colts, who lost their 1982 first round pick Art Schlichter to a gambling suspension. 

Beyond that, there wasn’t a clear top quarterback in the 2019 NFL draft, which was mostly noted for top defensive talents like Nick Bosa and Quinnen Williams, so those two were seen as the early favorites to the Cardinals with the top pick, barring a trade. However, throughout the pre-draft process, buzz grew that new Cardinals head coach Kliff Kingsbury, hired to replace Steve Wilks after a terrible single season on the job, was infatuated with Oklahoma quarterback Kyler Murray, an undersized quarterback (5-10 207) who many thought was going to play professional baseball, after being selected in the top-10 by and signing with the Oakland A’s the previous year, but who was also reconsidering that decision after a Heisman winning season.

Murray ultimately decided to focus on football, paying back his 5 million dollar signing bonus to the A’s, perhaps in part because of the growing buzz around him possibly going #1 to Kingsbury’s Cardinals. That buzz turned into something of a known fact by draft day, when the Cardinals did ultimately select Murray, sending Josh Rosen to the Miami Dolphins for the 62nd overall pick in the process. It was an unorthodox move, in part because of Murray being an unorthodox prospect, but it has paid off for this team. 

Rosen proved to be a complete bust with the Dolphins and has bounced around three different teams since being traded from Arizona, never earning a starting opportunity with any of them. Murray, meanwhile, has proven to be not only the best quarterback from an overall underwhelming quarterback class that included Daniel Jones, Dwayne Haskins, and Drew Lock, but he’s also proven himself to be one of the more promising young quarterbacks in the league. 

The Cardinals didn’t win many games in Murray’s first year, going 5-10-1, but a defense that ranked 31st in first down rate allowed was mostly to blame, as Murray quickly turned around an offense that was the worst in the league the year prior, finishing 17th in first down rate, despite an underwhelming supporting cast around the quarterback. Murray won Offensive Rookie of the Year for his efforts, completing 64.4% of his passes for an average of 6.87 YPA, 20 touchdowns, and 12 interceptions, while rushing for 5.85 YPC and 4 touchdowns on 93 carries.

Things got even better in 2020. Murray’s supporting cast on offense was improved, as was Murray himself, completing 67.2% of his passes for an average of 7.12 YPA, 26 touchdowns, and 12 interceptions, while rushing for 6.16 YPC and 11 touchdowns on 133 carries and finishing as PFF’s 12th ranked quarterback on the season. As a result, the Cardinals shot up to 5th in first down rate over expected at +2.14%. However, they still fell short of the post-season at 8-8.

That was a big step forward from the season before, but it was disappointing, given how well the Cardinals offense played, as a 18th ranked defense in first down rate allowed over expected at +0.75% held them back, as did a tough divisional schedule, and a 4-8 record in games decided by 11 points or less, including a week 17 loss to the Rams that eliminated them from post-season contention in which Kyler Murray got hurt early in the game and could not return. As disappointing as not making the post-season was, however, they have a lot of good things to take away from last season.

Their 12th ranked finish in first down rate differential at +1.39% already suggests they were better than their record last season, but there are reasons to believe the Cardinals can be better than that in 2021. The obvious is that Kyler Murray could take another step forward in year three, but there is also a good chance they’ll be improved on defense. Not only are they more talented on that side of the ball this season, which I’ll get into later, but defensive performance tends to be much more inconsistent year-to-year than offensive performance, which is much more easily influenced by the presence of one player, the quarterback, which tends to be pretty steady year-to-year. 

Only in his age 24 season, the Cardinals very much seem to have that quarterback and if they’ve added enough talent to the rest of this roster, they could take a big step forward in 2021. They also upgraded their backup quarterback spot a little bit this off-season, adding Colt McCoy in free agency, giving them an experienced (30 starts in 11 seasons in the league), if unspectacular (78.1 career QB rating) backup who struggled in limited action last season and now is going into his age 35 season, but who ultimately should be an upgrade over CFLer Chris Streveler, who looked lost in relief of an injured Murray in their critical week 17 loss to the Rams. The Cardinals are obviously hoping McCoy never needs to see the field, but they’re probably better for having him on the roster.

Grade: A-

Receiving Corps

The biggest reason for the Cardinals’ offensive supporting cast being improved from Kyler Murray’s rookie year in 2019 to last season was the addition of #1 wide receiver DeAndre Hopkins in an absolute fleecing of a trade with the Houston Texans. Not only was it strange that the Texans, who were otherwise going all-in by trading away premium draft picks to improve the roster, would want to trade away a 28-year-old player who was owed just 39.9 million over the next three seasons and who had averaged a slash line of 99/1328/9 per 16 games and 2.17 yards per route run over the previous six seasons, despite very inconsistent quarterback play, cementing himself as one of the top wide receivers in the league, but the Texans almost definitely could have gotten more draft compensation from another team had Hopkins seen shopped around properly.

The Buffalo Bills traded away a first round pick (#22) around the same time for Stefon Diggs, who was generally seen as a slightly lesser player than Hopkins, and it’s hard to see the Texans not being offered a first round pick for Hopkins had the league known he was available. The only reason it seems that the Cardinals were able to not only acquire him at all, but for the price of just the 40th pick in the 2nd round, was that the Texans, for some reason, highly desired overpaid Cardinals starting running back David Johnson, who had a strong season a few years back, but had dropped off significantly since and was likely viewed as a negative asset around the league because of the guaranteed money on his contract. 

If Hopkins had been valued at let’s say the same 22nd overall pick that the Vikings got for Diggs, the trade of Hopkins for Johnson and the 40th pick only makes sense if Johnson is valued at about the 62nd overall pick, an absurd valuation for a player whose team was likely hoping to just dump him on someone for nothing. The Texans made a variety of head scratching moves under Bill O’Brien, who was ultimately fired just 4 games into the 2020 season, but the Hopkins trade stands out as their most head scratching and the Cardinals benefited greatly.

In Hopkins first season in Arizona, it was more of the same, as he finished with a 115/1407/6 slash line in 16 games, averaged 2.25 yards per route run (11th in the NFL), and was PFF’s 7th ranked wide receiver, his 5th season in the top-7 in the past six seasons. The Cardinals had to add another 54.5 million over 2 years to his contract to keep him happy long-term, something the Texans apparently had balked at, but all in all, the Cardinals are paying him just 84.4 million over 5 seasons, an average of 16.88 million per year that ranks 11th in the NFL in average annual salary by a wide receiver. Still in his prime in his age 29 season, with no major injury history (2 games missed in 7 career seasons), there is no reason to expect anything different this season from Hopkins, who should continue being well worth Arizona’s investment.

Hopkins’ addition was something of a changing of the guard for the Cardinals, whose top receiver for years had been Larry Fitzgerald, dating back to his selection 3rd overall in the 2004 NFL Draft. Fitzgerald had been obviously slowing down in the years before Hopkins’ arrival, but he still led the team with a 75/804/4 slash line in Murray’s first season in 2019 and his last 1000 yard season was as recently as 2017, which just shows you how good he was for so long, becoming just the 8th player ever to top 1000 yards receiving in their 14th season in the league or later. In total, Fitzgerald topped 1000 yards in nine seasons and was a top-16 ranked wide receiver on PFF in ten seasons, in a career that will almost definitely land him in the Hall of Fame.

Fitzgerald seemed to be legitimately at the end of his line in 2020 though, finishing with a 54/409/1 slash line, despite significant opportunity, averaging just 5.68 yards per target and 0.92 yards per route run on an otherwise effective offense. In all, Fitzgerald was PFF’s 100th ranked wide receiver out of 112 eligible, a reminder that even elite skill position players can only fight off time for so long. Fitzgerald is not technically retired, but the Cardinals seem to have moved on and it seems unlikely he’ll sign elsewhere.

Fitzgerald was directly replaced in free agency by another fading former Pro Bowl wide receiver AJ Green. Green isn’t as old as Fitzgerald, heading into his age 33 season, and would have been an exciting addition as recently as 2018, when he had a 46/694/6 slash line in just 9 games, but Green’s injury problems continued into 2019, when he missed the entire season, and then, upon his return in 2020, Green was a shell of his old self, finishing with a 47/523/2 slash line, averaging 1.02 yards per route run and 5.03 yards per target, and earning just a middling grade from PFF, after 7 straight seasons in the top-14 among wide receivers on PFF prior to his lost 2019 season. 

It’s possible Green’s struggles last season had more to do with him being unmotivated, playing on the franchise tag for a Bengals team that was in a rebuilding process he didn’t want to be a part of, but it also seems like his injuries have gotten the best of him, understandable from a player who missed 29 games in a 4-year span from 2016-2019. The 1-year, 6 million dollar deal the Cardinals gave Green this off-season may seem low risk, but 6 million is a lot on a one-year deal this off-season, given the shrunken cap, and Green could block more promising players from getting playing time, while the upside on the deal is limited by the fact that he would likely command more money in free agency next off-season on the off chance that he does bounce back.

Green played all 16 games last season and could bounce back a little bit, a year removed from the injuries, in a better situation, but wide receivers tend to lose it for good regardless of injuries around Green’s age anyway, as 1000 yard seasons drop off about 75% from age 29 to age 33. The Cardinals drafted Purdue’s Rondale Moore in the second round as a long-term successor for Green, who could be one and done in Arizona, and it wouldn’t be a surprise to see Moore even push Green for playing time by season’s end.

The Cardinals also used a 2nd round pick on a wide receiver in 2018, taking Christian Kirk, who many saw as the long-term successor for Fitzgerald before the Hopkins deal. Kirk hasn’t been bad in his three seasons in the league, but he hasn’t nearly been what Fitzgerald was or what Hopkins is, averaging just a 53/640/4 slash line per season on 1.41 yards per route run and earning middling grades from PFF overall, while missing 9 games in 3 seasons due to injury. Perhaps most concerning is that his best year is still his rookie year when he earned his highest grade from PFF and averaged a career best 1.72 yards per route run. 

Still only going into his age 25 season, I wouldn’t rule out him breaking out in his 4th year in the league in 2021, also the final year of his rookie deal, but it doesn’t seem terribly likely. With Hopkins already making significant money opposite him, the Rondale Moore selection could also be a sign that the Cardinals don’t intend to keep Kirk long-term, unless he takes a team friendly deal. In the meantime, he’s likely to be a solid, but unspectacular #2/#3 wide receiver in this offense in 2021. The Cardinals like to spread out the defense with three and four wide receivers, so likely all of the Cardinals top four wide receivers will see at least somewhat significant action, including the rookie Moore.

With the Cardinals frequently using three and four wide receivers at a time, the tight end position is understandably not a big part of this offense, with just 48 completions going to tight ends last season, a number that is almost definitely going to drop in 2021, as Dan Arnold, who had 31 of those catches and led the position with 469 snaps played, is no longer with the team and was not replaced. Instead, the Cardinals will likely give more playing time to blocking specialists Maxx Williams (325 snaps) and Darrell Daniels (366 snaps), who have averaged just 1.08 yards per route run and 0.59 yards per route run in their careers respectively. 

Daniels isn’t even much of a blocker either, though Williams is actually one of the better blocking tight ends in the league, ranking 14th among tight ends in run blocking grade last season and earning an above average grade as a run blocker in all six seasons in the league, maxing out as PFF’s highest rated run blocking tight end in 2019. The presence of DeAndre Hopkins elevates this whole receiving corps, but the swap out of Larry Fitzgerald for AJ Green might not be the upgrade they’re expecting in a group that still has questions beyond Hopkins.

Grade: B+

Offensive Line

The Cardinals’ offensive upgrades this off-season were primarily concentrated on their offensive line. They got solid play overall from their offensive line last off-season and had three of five starters earn above average grades from PFF, but right guard and center were positions of weakness, with right guard JR Sweezy finishing 73rd among 86 eligible guards on PFF and center Mason Cole finishing 32nd among 38 eligible centers. The Cardinals responded by finding upgrades at both spots and, with their other three starters remaining, this should be an improved unit in 2021. Their biggest addition was center Rodney Hudson, who the Cardinals acquired in a trade centered around this year’s 3rd round pick. 

Hudson was weirdly almost released by the Raiders, ahead of the remaining non-guaranteed money left on his contract, but upon realizing there was a trade market for the veteran center, they opted to take that route instead and got somewhat of a premium draft pick for him. It might seem like a lot to give up for a well paid center who is heading into his age 32 season and whose former team thought about releasing for nothing, but Hudson was one of the better centers in the league in his prime, finishing in the top-6 among centers on PFF in 3 straight seasons from 2016-2018 and earning an above average grade from PFF in every season of his career in which he’s been a starter, and he hasn’t dropped off much, finishing 11th among centers on PFF in 2019 and 8th in 2020.

It’s possible Hudson’s drop off could come this season and could come suddenly, but centers tend to age a little better than other positions, so he could easily have another couple solid seasons left in the tank. At the very least, he should be an obvious upgrade on Mason Cole, but he has the upside to be one of the better centers in the league if he can continue evading father time, which would be a big boost for this offense. The Cardinals also agreed to a new 3-year, 30 million dollar deal with Hudson this off-season, lowering his cap hit in the short-term and likely ensuring he will be with the Cardinals beyond 2021.

New right guard Brian Winters isn’t as impressive, but it wouldn’t be hard for him to be an upgrade over Sweezy and he’s generally been a capable starter in his career, in 88 starts in 8 seasons in the league. Winters is going into his age 30 season and is coming off of the lowest rated season of his career, finishing 69th among 86 eligible guards across 618 snaps in 2020, so he could be on the decline, but at the very least, I wouldn’t expect him to be a downgrade from Sweezy and he wasn’t expensive, signing for 1.21 million over just 1 year. Even in the worst season of his career last year, WInters still had a better year than Sweezy.

Of their three remaining starters, right tackle Kelvin Beachum is probably the shakiest, not just ranking the lowest of the three at their position on PFF, but also going into his age 32 season. Beachum never lived up to his early career heights, finishing 10th among offensive tackles in 2014 with the Steelers, but tearing his ACL the following season and never finishing higher than 37th at his position again. He’s always been at least an average starter though, across 115 starts in 9 seasons in the league. He might drop off somewhat in 2021, but it wouldn’t be a surprise to see him remain a solid starter.

One concerning theme on this offensive line is most of their starters are getting to the age where they may start to decline and the same is true of left guard Justin Pugh, who ranked an above average 38th among guards on PFF in 15 starts last season, but now heads into his age 31 season. Pugh also has a concerning injury history, missing 27 games in the past 7 seasons, while playing all 16 games just once over that stretch. Earlier in his career, Pugh was one of the best guards in the league, finishing 12th and 15th among guards on PFF in 2015 and 2016, but he missed 17 of 32 games from 2017-2018 and was never the same, with his best season since those dominant early career seasons being his 21st ranked finish in 2019. He could decline further in 2021 or get hurt again, but he could also remain a solid starter.

The youngest member of this group is left tackle DJ Humphries, who is also the best of the bunch, coming off of a dominant 2020 season in which he ranked 5th among offensive tackles on PFF. Humphries was a first round pick in 2016 and is still in his prime in his age 28 season, but he’s also a one-year wonder in terms of playing at that level. Humphries showed promise early in his career, but was limited to 25 starts in his first 4 seasons in the league by injury and then in 2019, when he finally stayed healthy and made all 16 starts, he ranked just 49th among offensive tackles on PFF. It’s possible he’s permanently turned a corner as a player and it’s good that he hasn’t missed a game due to injury in two seasons, but I wouldn’t expect him to be quite as good as he was last season, even if he still is one of the better left tackles in the league.

The Cardinals have their starting five locked in, but depth is somewhat of a concern. Justin Murray is a versatile reserve who can play both inside and outside and he played 602 snaps last season, but he struggled and has never been better than middling in his career, in 19 starts in 5 seasons in the league. Josh Jones was selected by the Cardinals in the 3rd round in 2020, but struggled across just 54 rookie year snaps and is no guarantee to be better in 2021. 

Lamont Gaillard, a 2019 6th round pick, remains the backup center, but he struggled across the first 217 snaps of his career last season. The Cardinals also have guard Max Garcia, who was a solid starter earlier in his career with the Broncos, but has since settled in as a reserve, playing 309 snaps over the past 3 seasons combined. They’re not bad depth options, but the Cardinals will definitely have to hope their aging and somewhat injury prone starting five offensive linemen hold up. If they do, this should be an above average group, but that’s not a guarantee.

Grade: B+

Running Backs

The Cardinals lost lead back Kenyan Drake this off-season, watching him sign a 2-year, 11 million dollar deal with the Raiders. Drake was acquired midway through 2019 in a trade with the Dolphins and showed a lot of promise in his first half season with the team, rushing for 5.23 YPC and 8 touchdowns on 123 carries in 8 games, leading to the Cardinals keeping him on the transition tag and paying him 8.482 million for the 2021 season, but he did not live up expectations, averaging just 3.99 YPC with 10 touchdowns on 239 carries, so the Cardinals didn’t pay to keep him this off-season.

Drake will be replaced by free agent addition James Conner, but Conner might not see as many carries as Drake received last season, as the Cardinals seem to want to get #2 running back Chase Edmonds more involved. A 4th round pick in 2018, Edmonds has shown promise in his career, averaging 4.42 YPC on 217 carries in 3 seasons in the league. The 97 carries he had last season were a career high, but I would expect him to exceed that in 2021 and he could be something of a 1b to Conner’s 1a. 

Edmonds also figures to remain the Cardinals’ primary passing down back, a role in which he saw significant usage last season, with a 53/402/4 slash line on 67 targets, a 1.32 route run average, and PFF’s 9th best receiving grade by a running back. Conner, meanwhile, will mostly be an early down between the tackles and short yardage runner, which was mostly the role he played in his first 4 seasons in the league, all with the Steelers, who selected him in the 3rd round in 2017. 

In total, Conner has rushed for 4.33 YPC and 22 touchdowns on 532 carries, while averaging 1.17 yards per route run and earning slightly above average grade from PFF overall. He’s shown more promise than his overall numbers, but durability has been a concern, as he’s never topped 215 carries or 14 games in a season, missing 14 of 64 career games and being limited in countless others, which have hurt his efficiency. He has the upside to be better than his career numbers if he can stay healthy for a full season, but at this point, he probably just is who he is. Still, he was a smart, cheap (1-year, 1.75 million) addition who will pair well with Chase Edmonds and make a solid tandem.

Grade: B+

Interior Defenders

As I mentioned earlier, I would expect the Cardinals to be better on the defensive side of the ball in 2021. Not only is defensive play much less consistent than offensive play year-to-year, but the Cardinals also should be more talented on this side of the ball. The biggest reason for that is the off-season addition of JJ Watt, a future Hall of Famer who parted ways with the rebuilding Houston Texans this off-season after a dominant 10-year stretch with the team. 

Watt had some injury plagued seasons, but ultimately played in all 16 games seven times, including six seasons of more than 900 snaps played, and his production overall was off the charts, as he totaled 101 sacks, 204 hits, and a 12.9% pressure rate in 128 games, while dominating against the run, and winning three Defensive Player of the Year awards, tied for the most all-time. He also finished in the top-2 at his position on PFF in 5 seasons and, while his age is becoming a concern in his age 32 season and his 5 sacks last season was the lowest of his career in a full season, he was still PFF’s 2nd ranked edge defender in 2018, 5th in 2019 before getting hurt, and 7th in 2020, when his underwhelming sack total was largely the result of being the most double teamed player in the league on a terrible Houston defense.

Probably the best part of the Cardinals acquiring Watt is he came without draft compensation, as Watt asked out of the rebuilding Texans ahead of the final year of his contract and, rather than trying to find a taker for his 17.5 million dollar salary, they cut him outright. The Cardinals got a slight discount on an annual basis with a 2-year, 28 million dollar deal, but they also guaranteed most of his 2022 salary, suggesting they may have wanted to acquire Watt enough that they would have surrendered at least some draft compensation in a trade for him, but instead he arrives as a true free agent.

Earlier in Watt’s career, he played almost exclusively on the interior, but he was athletic enough that the Texans turned the 6-5 288 pounder into an edge defender later in his career, with the shift starting in his 4th season in the league in 2014. The Cardinals need the most help on the interior though, as they didn’t have a single interior defender earn an above average grade from PFF last season, and Watt could really benefit from a move back to his natural position. 

It sounds weird to say that JJ Watt has been playing out of position for years because he’s been able to dominate regardless of where he plays, but he’s performed better in his limited action on the interior in recent years and, as he ages and starts to lose a step, he will likely find it easier to disrupt offensive lines from the interior going forward. There is always the possibility that Watt drops off completely at his age or suffers another injury, but the most likely outcome of his season is that he is one of the top interior defenders in the league, for a Cardinals team that might have had the worst interior defender group in the league last season.

Watt was their only real addition to this group this off-season though, so the Cardinals will be counting on holdovers taking a step forward around Watt. The player the Cardinals are probably most expecting to be better this season compared to last season is interior defender Jordan Phillips, who was signed on a 3-year, 30 million dollar deal last off-season and proceeded to play just 266 snaps in 9 games and finish as PFF’s 99th ranked interior defender out of 139 eligible. Phillips’ contract guaranteed 4.5 million of his salary for 2021, but the Cardinals could have still saved 5.5 million by moving on from him this off-season, so they seem to have some hope he can bounce back.

That being said, Phillips’ contract was an overpay to begin with and, even if he bounces back, it won’t be to the player the Cardinals were expecting when they acquired him. Phillips had 9.5 sacks with the Bills in 2019, but that was largely the result of being in the right place at the right time on a dominant defense, as he earned just a middling grade from PFF and managed just a 7.7% pressure rate. Even that season stands out as an outlier in his career though, as he’s received below average grades from PFF in his other six seasons in the league, in which he has totaled just 7.5 sacks in 69 games with just a 6.8% pressure rate, while consistently struggling against the run. He’ll most likely continue to be below average in 2021. The Cardinals probably should have just admitted their mistake, cut their losses, and spent the money on a replacement and upgrade.

The Cardinals also have some young players they are hoping can take a step forward. Leki Fotu and Rashard Lawrence were both 4th round selections in 2020 and, though they both struggled in 284 snaps and 166 snaps respectively as rookies, they could still have the upside to get better going forward. Zach Allen, a 3rd round choice in 2019, is another option. He’s primarily played on the edge in his career, but the 6-4 280 pounder has also seen some action on the interior and could see more action there this season, as it seems to be a thinner spot for this defense. Allen has also been mediocre in his 649 career snaps, primarily playing as an edge defender, so he could benefit from seeing more action inside, although that isn’t a guarantee. The JJ Watt addition elevates this group in a big way, but they will need other players to step up as well.

Grade: B-

Edge Defenders

The Cardinals lost their sacks leader from a year ago, Haason Reddick (12.5 sacks), in free agency this off-season, but they’ll get their 2019 sacks leader, Chandler Jones (19 sacks, 2nd in the NFL), back from an injury that limited him to just 286 snaps in 5 games in 2020, which could easily prove to be an upgrade. Reddick added 8 hits and a 13.6% pressure rate to his sack total last season, but he’s a one-year wonder, while Jones had been one of the more productive pass rushers in the league for years prior to last year’s injury plagued campaign. From 2013-2019, Jones totaled 90 sacks, 71 hits, and an 11.1% pressure rate, while coming off the field as infrequently as any edge defender in the league (62.7 snaps per game) and missing just 7 games total due to injury. 

Jones isn’t the best run stuffer, but he earned an above average overall grade from PFF in all seven of those seasons, including four seasons in the top-23 among edge defenders, three seasons in the top-17, and a 15th ranked finish in his most recent healthy season in 2019. Jones is now going into his age 31 season and seemed to be slowing a little bit before last year’s injury, but that was such a small sample size and, even if he is on the decline after last year’s lost year, he should still remain an above average starter and one of the better edge rushers in the league. It also seems unlikely he’ll suffer another injury, given his history of durability.

Other than Reddick, the Cardinals are bringing back all their notable edge defenders from a year ago. Devon Kennard (362 snaps) and Markus Golden (416 snaps) are likely to both see rotational roles, regardless of which one is the nominal starter opposite Jones. Both players would have seen higher snap counts last season had they not been limited to 13 games and 9 games respectively, but Kennard missed three games with injury, while Golden was only acquired mid-season from the Giants after Jones’ injury.

For Golden, this is his second stint with the Cardinals, who originally selected him in the 2nd round in 2015. For the first two years of his career, Golden looked like he would form a dangerous edge defender duo with Chandler Jones for years to come, totaling 16.5 sacks, 23 hits, and a 13.0% pressure rate, while finishing 29th and 36th among edge defenders on PFF. However, Golden suffered a torn ACL after 231 snaps in 4 games in his third season in 2017, struggled mightily across just 393 snaps in 11 games upon his return in 2018, and was allowed to walk as a free agent the following off-season, when he signed with the Giants. 

Golden has bounced back pretty well over the past two seasons though, totaling 13 sacks, 35 hits, and a 13.7% pressure rate, prompting the Cardinals to reacquire him from the rebuilding Giants, who were likely to lose him for nothing at the end of the season and who were strangely barely playing him (175 snaps in 7 games), despite a strong season from him the year prior. With the Cardinals, he continued his 2019 form and the Cardinals were also able to retain Golden on a very team friendly 2-year, 5 million dollar deal this off-season. Even though he’s going into his age 30 season and has always left something to be desired against the run, he should remain a valuable edge rusher for this team in 2021.

With Golden being more of a sub package player, Kennard’s role is likely to be as an early down player, which is where he fits best anyway. His 9.7% career pressure rate is underwhelming for an edge defender, while his run defense has drawn above average grades from PFF in six straight seasons. He may also decline a little bit in 2021, also in his age 30 season, but he should remain a capable early down player for this defense, focused on stopping the run.

The Cardinals also have Zach Allen, who I mentioned in the interior defender section, as an option on the edge, although his play at that position has left something to be desired and may suggest he would be best on the interior long-term. Dennis Gardeck could also be in the mix, coming off of a truly strange 2020 season. A 2018 undrafted free agent who had played just 3 snaps on defense prior to last season, Gardeck was only on the roster for special teams purposes, but ended up finishing second on the team with seven sacks last season. That alone isn’t that strange, but he did that despite hardly seeing any playing time, playing just 89 snaps total on defense. 

Most of those snaps (79) were pass rush snaps, but when you add in the 3 hits and 8 hurries he had, he was still around the quarterback on 22.8% of his pass rush snaps. Despite that, Gardeck never saw any significant playing time until week 15 when he played 25 snaps and promptly was placed on injured reserve the following week with an injury he picked up in that game. Gardeck is undersized for an edge defender at 6-0 232 and would be highly unlikely to be as efficient as he was last season in a larger role and the Cardinals seem to prefer having him focus on special teams, but he’s worth mentioning as he could factor into the mix at this position. With Chandler Jones returning from injury as essentially a replacement for the departed Haason Reddick, this should once again be an above average group.

Grade: B+

Linebackers

The Cardinals used their first round pick on the defensive side of the ball, adding Tulsa’s Zaven Collins with the 16th overall pick. Collins’ combination of size (6-4 259) and athleticism had many seeing him as an edge defender at the next level, but the Cardinals will keep him as primarily an off ball linebacker, which was his primary position in college. He’s actually the second straight first round pick the Cardinals have used on a player who will primarily play as an off ball linebacker, after taking Isaiah Simmons 8th overall in 2019.

Simmons is also a player who came into the league with some question about where he would play, as the 6-3 237 pounder also saw action off the edge, on the slot, and at safety in college and has the athleticism to play those positions on passing downs in the NFL, despite his size. Early on, Simmons wasn’t playing much of anywhere, even though the Cardinals invested a premium pick in him, playing just 57 snaps in the first 5 games of the season and struggling in the limited action he played, but he wound up playing 376 snaps on the season and finished as PFF’s 38th ranked off ball linebacker, while earning PFF’s 27th highest off ball linebacker grade from week 6 on, including their 7th highest grade in coverage.

Simmons was never an every down player and played almost exclusively in passing situations, with just 29.8% of his passes coming on run plays, but he showed his unique talents by lining up on the edge on 20.5% of his pass plays, as an off ball linebacker on 51.9%, and on the slot on 27.7%. He also pressured the quarterback at a 19.0% rate, while allowing just 1.16 yards per route run, including just 0.94 yards per route run on the slot. 

The Cardinals obviously drafted him to be an every down player and with their top linebacker from a year ago De’Vondre Campbell (880 snaps) no longer with the team, Simmons should see a much bigger snap count in year two. His upside is very high and the way he ended last season was very much promising, but it wouldn’t be a surprise to see him continue having issues on running plays and even if he someday develops into one of the better linebackers in the league, that doesn’t necessarily mean he’ll have a big leap in year two.

Two off-seasons ago, the Cardinals added former Eagles linebacker Jordan Hicks on a 4-year, 36 million dollar deal in free agency. Hicks had some injury issues in his first four seasons in the league with the Eagles, who selected him in the 3rd round in 2015, missing 43 of 64 possible games in those four seasons, but he played at a high level when on the field, finishing 11th among off ball linebackers in 2015, 3rd in 2016, and 13th in 2018, and looked like a potential steal for the Cardinals in free agency.

Instead, Hicks dropped off significantly, finishing 50th among off ball linebackers on PFF in 2019 and 70th out of 99 eligible in 2020. Hicks has actually stayed healthy, playing and starting all 32 games over those two seasons, but it’s possible his early career injuries sapped his abilities. With the Cardinals adding off ball linebackers in the first round in back-to-back years, Hicks no longer has a starting role for this defense, and, having already taken a pay cut down to 3 million to stay on the roster this season, Hicks now reportedly wants to be traded to a team where he can start, a request the Cardinals seem to be willing to accommodate and one they’ll likely be able to fulfill, as Hicks is would still be an upgrade for several teams as a starting off ball linebacker and is not highly paid.

If Hicks happens to remain on this roster in 2021, he’ll only be a depth player, but with Simmons and Collins both having the ability to play in other spots, he could still have a situational role in this linebacking corps. Now going into his age 29 season, going on three seasons removed from his last impressive season, Hicks seems unlikely to bounce back to his old form, but even at his worst, he’s still above average depth. If he’s moved, career special teams Tanner Vallejo and Ezekiel Turner would be their top reserves, in which case depth would be a concern. Either way, with back-to-back first round picks in this group, the upside is obviously there for a big season from the starters.

Grade: B+

Secondary

The Cardinals’ secondary largely was neglected this off-season, relative to other positions of need they addressed. They added some cornerbacks, but they needed to replace a significant amount of snaps lost from Patrick Peterson (1,096 snaps) and Dre Kirkpatrick (750 snaps) and the cornerbacks they added are an unspectacular bunch. Fortunately, neither Peterson nor Kirkpatrick will be missed much, particularly Kirkpatrick, who was a massive liability last season, ranking 113rd out of 128 eligible cornerbacks on PFF. 

Peterson, on the the hand, had been one of the better cornerbacks in the league throughout his 10 years with the Cardinals, after being selected 5th overall in 2011, but had earned back-to-back middling grades from PFF in 2019 and 2020 and, now heading into his age 31 season, the Cardinals were probably smart to let him walk on a 1-year, 8 million dollar deal that he signed with the Vikings this off-season. Instead, the Cardinals signed Malcolm Butler to a 1-year, 3.25 million dollar deal, not only saving some money, but potentially finding an upgrade on what Peterson has been over the past couple seasons.

Butler is also in his age 31 season, but he hasn’t quite shown the decline that Peterson has. The Titans released him this off-season ahead of the final 24.55 million non-guaranteed over two seasons left on the 5-year, 61.25 million dollar deal that the Titans gave him to come over from the Patriots after the 2017 season, but that was a move driven by the Titans’ cap issues rather than Butler struggling, as his 2020 campaign was probably the best of his three in Tennessee. 

In his first season, he was just middling across 836 snaps and was benched down the stretch, before an injury plagued 2019 campaign in which he played just 579 middling snaps, but in 2020, he made all 16 starts and was PFF’s 24th ranked cornerback, his best finish of his three seasons in Tennessee. Butler also finished 25th and 6th among cornerbacks on PFF in 2015 and 2016 respectively in his prime with the Patriots and, while his best days are very likely behind him, it wouldn’t be a surprise to see him remain an above average starter, or at least a capable one, which is all Peterson was last season.

Butler will start opposite Byron Murphy, the 33rd overall pick in the 2019 NFL Draft, who has been a starter for this team since week one of his rookie year. Murphy struggled as a rookie though, finishing 122nd among 129 cornerbacks on PFF and, while he was more middling in 2020, that’s not a guarantee that he will continue improving going forward. He has the upside to breakout as an above average starter, but it’s far from a guarantee that he will do so in 2021.

Aside from Butler, none of the other Cardinals free agent additions at cornerback are guaranteed a role, so the third cornerback job is up for grabs. Darqueze Dennard was an under the radar signing, but he’s an experienced slot cornerback, averaging 627 snaps per season over the past four seasons and he’s earned average or better grades from PFF in all four seasons. Even now in his age 30 season, he could remain a capable slot cornerback if he wins the job.

The Cardinals drafted a pair of cornerbacks, but they were 4th rounder Marco Wilson and 6th round Tay Gowan, who are unlikely to factor into the mix much in year one, so Dennard’s primary competition for the #3 cornerback job is fellow veteran Robert Alford. Alford was signed by the Cardinals to a 3-year, 22.5 million dollar deal in free agency two off-seasons ago, but he proceeded to miss each of the past two seasons with two different season ending injuries and was forced to take a pay cut down to the league minimum this off-season.

The Cardinals couldn’t have foreseen that Alford would miss two full seasons, but that was an ill-advised contract from the start. In what is still his most recent action, Alford finished 112nd among 131 eligible cornerbacks with the Falcons in 2018 and, with Alford over 30, it was an easy decision for the Falcons to release him after that season, ahead of the final 17 million non-guaranteed on his contract over the 2019 and 2020 seasons.

However, despite Alford’s age and recent struggles, the Cardinals felt it was appropriate to essentially guarantee Alford almost the same amount that the Falcons made the easy decision not to pay him, guaranteeing him 15 million over 2019 and 2020. Even if he hadn’t gotten hurt, most of that would have probably been money down the drain anyway. Now on a minimum deal, Alford’s salary isn’t a problem, but, now in his age 33 season, he’s very unlikely to make a positive impact, two seasons removed from his last playing time and three seasons removed from his last above average season from PFF in 2017.

The best member of this secondary is safety Budda Baker, who finished last season as PFF’s 10th ranked safety. A 2nd round pick in 2017, Baker also finished 39th at his position as a rookie and 33rd in 2019 and, still only going into his age 25 season, he could keep getting better going forward. He’s been better against the run than in coverage, finishing in the top-17 among safeties against the run on PFF in all 4 seasons in the league, including 3 seasons in the top-7, but his coverage ability also has improved in every season in the league, leading to above average coverage grades in back-to-back seasons. At the very least, he should remain the player he’s been, but he has the upside for more.

Baker locks down one safety spot, but the other safety spot is up for grabs, as it was for most of last season, with Chris Banjo (436 snaps), Deionte Thompson (332 snaps), and Jalen Thompson (232 snaps) all seeing action. All three players remain and will compete for the starting role. Jalen Thompson was the best of the bunch last season and, though that came in very limited action, he also held his own across 607 snaps (9 starts in 12 games) as an undrafted rookie in 2019. 

Thompson’s limited action last season was also mostly the result of injury and he likely would have gotten an extended chance to start and play every down had he not gotten hurt. He’s a projection to a season long starting role and it certainly wouldn’t be a surprise if the former undrafted free agent didn’t develop into a capable full-time starter, as most undrafted free agents don’t, but he’s probably the favorite for the starting role this season if he’s past last year’s injuries.

Chris Banjo wasn’t bad either last season, but the 9-year veteran is a career special teamer, never surpassing 193 defensive snaps in a season prior to last season. Now going into his age 31 season, it would be a surprise to see him suddenly become a defensive starter. Deionte Thompson probably is more likely than Banjo to challenge for the starting role, but the 2019 5th round pick has been mediocre across 584 snaps in his career and he would need to take a big step forward to hold up as a starter.

The Cardinals did make one addition in free agency this off-season, signing veteran Shawn Williams, who had previously spent the first eight years of his career with the Bengals. Williams used to be a solid starter, but he finished 88th among 99 safeties on PFF in 2019 and subsequently lost his starting job for 2020, playing just 87 snaps total. Now going into his age 30 season, he would likely struggle again in a starting role, but he could be in the mix to start at a very unsettled position. This isn’t a bad secondary overall, but there are weak spots.

Grade: B

Kicker/Punter

Zane Gonzalez was a solid kicker for the Cardinals in 2019, making 34/35 extra points and 31/35 field goals, but he struggled in 2020, making just 16/22 field goals, before going down with a back injury. He was replaced by veteran Mike Nugent, who was 7 of 8, but he didn’t attempt anything from long distance and was not considered a long-term option, now going into his age 39 season. Gonzalez and Nugent were both not retained this off-season, with the Cardinals opting instead to go with free agent signing Matt Prater, previously of the Detroit Lions.

Prater was better last season than Gonzalez, but he is a bit of a reclamation project for the Cardinals, after a 21/28 field goal season in 2020, including just 10 of 17 from 40+ yards. Prior to last season, Prater hadn’t dipped below 80% field goal in a season since 2011 and, in his prime he was one of the better kickers in the league, finishing in the top-5 among kickers on PFF in four of the past eight seasons, including as recently as 2019. He’s been impressive on deep attempts, making 59/79 from 50+ in his career, and he’s also reliable on extra points, never missing more than three in a season.

Prater fell to 19th among kickers on PFF in 2020 and he’s going into his age 37 season, but kickers can kick well into their late 30s, so he has some bounce back potential and it wouldn’t be hard for him to be an upgrade on Zane Gonzalez. Andy Lee, meanwhile, returns as the punter for the 6th straight season, but he’s going into his age 40 season and is coming off career worst marks in punt average, net punt average, hangtime, and PFF grade, finishing 28th among 34 eligible punters on PFF. Lee has had an impressive career, but his past two seasons have been underwhelming and he’s unlikely to be better in 2021. 

The Cardinals did bring in some competition for him, signing Tyler Newsome, but the 2019 undrafted free agent has never punted in a regular season game and is unlikely to unseat Lee, whose salary is guaranteed. Lee also has only kicked off 12 times in his career, meaning Matt Prater, who hasn’t kicked off more than 19 times in a season since 2013, will likely be the kickoff specialist for the Cardinals, which could be an issue because he’s struggled in that aspect in his career. With an aging kicker and punter, this is an underwhelming duo, but Prater isn’t totally over the hill for a kicker and has at least some bounce back potential.

Grade: B

Return Specialists

Christian Kirk (23 punt returns) and Chase Edmonds (18 kickoff returns) were their primary return men in 2020, but both had underwhelming averages at 6.0 yards per and 23.2 yards per respectively and Edmonds is expected to have a bigger role on offense as well, so it’s very possible neither one remains in their returner role from 2020. Replacement options include 2nd round rookie wide receiver Rondale Moore, who had 42 kickoff and 17 punt returns in 20 collegiate games, reserve running back DJ Foster, who has just 11 career kickoff returns, and reserve wide receiver Andy Isabella, who has just 7 kickoff returns and 1 punt return in his career. Moore has some upside because of his athleticism, but his averages of 19.4 yards per kickoff return and 6.9 yards per punt return in college leave a lot to be desired, so the Cardinals are unlikely to get much help from their returners.

Grade: C+

Special Teamers

The Cardinals might not have generated much in the return game last season, but they did a good job of stopping opponents’ returns, particularly kickoff returns, ranking 5th with 19.5 yards per kickoff return allowed. That was in part due to good coaching from Jeff Rodgers, a long-time NFL special teams coordinator who also holds the total of Cardinals assistant head coach, but it was also due to some standout special teamers. 

Charles Washington (253 snaps) and Ezekiel Turner (344 snaps) finished 9th and 14th respectively among special teamers in the entire league on PFF and Dennis Gardeck (311 snaps), Tanner Vallejo (283 snaps), Trent Sherfield (220 snaps), Jonathan Ward (173 snaps), and Chris Banjo (172 snaps) all finished average or better or PFF, with only Kyle Fitts (225 snaps) playing more than 150 snaps and finishing below average. 

Sherfield is no longer with the team, but the rest of the bunch will return and Banjo is expected to see more special teams snaps, after playing 282 in 2019, 311 in 2018, and 365 in 2017 and only seeing his special teams snap count drop in 2020 because he had to play more defense, which he likely won’t have to do in 2021. They’ll also likely get some special teams contributions from free agent signee Shawn Williams, who has been a capable, if unspectacular special teamer in his career when he hasn’t been a starting safety, including 297 special teams snaps played with the Bengals in 2020.

Washington, Turner, Gardeck, and Vallejo are the standouts of the bunch and with the exception of Vallejo, who has struggled more in the past, all of them are multi-year special teamers with multiple seasons of 200+ special teams snaps with above average grades from PFF. The same is true of Banjo, who has made a living on special teams in his 9-year career. Williams hasn’t reached the same heights, but is experienced and has largely held his own. This group should remain strong in 2021 and, if they can get even a little bit better play from their kickers, punters, and returners, the Cardinals have a good chance to have above average special teams in 2021.

Grade: A-

Conclusion

The Cardinals should once again have one of the top offenses in the league, led by budding young quarterback Kyler Murray and an improved offensive line. If their offense continues playing at a high level, they should win more games in 2021 even without defensive improvement, as both their schedule adjusted first down rate differential (+1.39%) and their point differential (+43) suggest they should have won another game or two, but their defense should also be improved as well, due in large part to the addition of JJ Watt.

Teams with talented quarterbacks on rookie deals are always a candidate to go on a long run as they have the ability to spend significantly more around the quarterback than teams with highly paid veterans, which is why 20 of 27 Super Bowl winner since the start of the salary cap have had their quarterback accounting for less than 10% of their cap and more than half (14 of 27) have had their quarterback account for less than 7%.

The Cardinals, who have been aggressive in adding talent around Murray over the past couple off-seasons, definitely fit the mold. They haven’t always spent their money in the best ways, but this is still a legitimately talented roster with a quarterback who has the upside to be one of the best in the league this season. They rank 7th in average annual salary, which correlates heavily with winning, and that is despite having a quarterback making significantly less than market value.

One thing that hurts them is they are in the toughest division in the NFL in the NFC West, where all four teams are legitimate playoff contenders (and more), but the Cardinals have as much upside as any team in that division and, whether they get into the post-season as a wild card or a division winner, they could go on a run that sees them win a couple playoff games and contender for a Super Bowl. They might be a year away, but their upside is up there with some of the best. I will have a final prediction for the Cardinals at the end of the off-season with the rest of the teams.

8/8/21 Update: The Cardinals should have above average special teams in 2021, which only helps their chances. They also may have been better defensively last season than I thought, ranking 8th in yards per play allowed, which tends to be more predictive than first down rate allowed. The Cardinals have a good chance to be above average in all three phases in 2021, something not a lot of teams can claim, and they are one of my top Super Bowl sleepers.

9/4/21 Update: The Cardinals’ secondary takes a hit from losing Malcolm Butler likely for the season for personal reasons, especially since the Cardinals have other injuries to cornerbacks that further thins them at that position. However, I still have them as a playoff qualifier, even in a loaded division.

Prediction: 11-6 3rd in NFC West

Los Angeles Rams 2021 NFL Season Preview

Quarterback

No team has been more aggressive in pursuit of a Lombardi Trophy over the past few years than the Rams, dating back to their selection of quarterback Jared Goff with the #1 overall pick in the 2016 NFL Draft. Having not made the post-season in over a decade and with four straight seasons with either six or seven wins, the Rams made a big move up the draft board from #15  to #1, giving up their 2017 first round pick, a pair of 2016 second round picks, and a 2017 3rd round pick to get the deal done. Goff did not live up to expectations in year one, sitting on the bench for most of the first half of the season and then showing why when he eventually got a chance to play, leading to the Rams finishing at 4-12 and sending their #5 overall pick to the Titans to complete their trade up for Goff, which was quickly looking like a potential disaster.

Fortunately, despite their recent issues and their lack of a first round pick, the Rams were still able to land promising young head coach candidate Sean McVay, who instantly turned things around for this team, most especially Goff, en route to a 11-5 finish and an eventual first round playoff loss. The Rams didn’t really make aggressive personnel moves during McVay’s first off-season, aside from sending a 2018 second round pick to Buffalo for wide receiver Sammy Watkins and his expiring rookie contract, but Watkins was largely a bust and was not the reason for this team’s big turnaround, which was almost exclusively due to improved coaching bringing out the best in existing young players and targeted free agent moves that worked out well, most notably #1 wide receiver Robert Woods and left tackle Andrew Whitworth.

However, the Rams were not going to be satisfied with losing in the first round and, now with a young, cheap starting quarterback locked in, the Rams got even more aggressive in adding to the rest of this roster and trying to maximize their championship window. They were already without their second round pick from the Watkins trade, but Watkins didn’t stay and the Rams were again in need of a wide receiver, so they also sent away their 2018 1st round pick, acquiring Brandin Cooks from the New England Patriots, another player in the final year of his rookie deal.

Cooks was actually extended, but he didn’t come cheap, signing a 5-year, 81 million dollar deal. The Rams also extended cornerstone players on both sides of the ball, Todd Gurley and Aaron Donald, to contracts worth 57.5 million over 4 years and 135 million over 6 years respectively.

The Rams weren’t done trading draft picks either, despite not having a first or second round pick in 2018, trading away a 2019 2nd round pick to the Chiefs for cornerback Marcus Peters, who was also heading towards the end of his rookie year, another short-term, win now move, and then made a similar move mid-season for edge defender Dante Fowler of the Jaguars, sending a 2019 3rd round pick to the Jaguars as compensation. 

The moves paid off and added to a talented existing core from the season before, leading to the Rams making it all the way to the Super Bowl in their second post-season appearance under McVay, but there the Rams were defeated and somewhat embarrassed by a New England Patriots team that held their high powered offense out of the end zone completely and managed to win a game in which Tom Brady at least resembled a 41-year-old quarterback, with the final score being just 13-3.

The following off-season was relatively quiet, aside from a somewhat predictable 4-year, 134 million dollar extension that the Rams gave to Jared Goff as he was heading towards the end of his rookie deal and, while the Rams didn’t pick in the first round in the 2019 NFL Draft either, it was due to a trade down from their 31st overall pick, which is where they were originally picking after their Super Bowl defeat. However, when the next season got off to a disappointing start, the Rams decided to change some things up at the trade deadline, trading away Marcus Peters for a late round pick in what amounted to a salary dump for a player in the final year of his rookie deal, and using their new found cap space to acquire cornerback Jalen Ramsey for the Rams for the price of their 2020 and 2021 1st round picks. 

The Ramsey trade did not lead to the Rams turning their season around significantly, as they missed the post-season at 9-7, but the defense was not to blame, as suddenly Sean McVay’s Jared Goff led offense started to struggle. Losses on the offensive line, as a consequence of the Rams spending significant capital elsewhere, were somewhat to blame, but the problem was deeper than that. Goff had not played as well as he had in recent years and highly paid skill position players Todd Gurley and Brandin Cooks were also not living up to expectations, so the Rams got aggressive in a different kind of way.

Rather than waiting for Gurley and Cooks to rebound, the Rams moved on from both of them. Gurley was released outright when the Rams could not find a trade partner, meaning the Rams moved on from him having already paid him 20 million on an extension on which he never actually played a snap, and, while Cooks was able to recoup the Rams a second round pick in a trade with the Texans, the Rams had already paid him 34 million on an extension on which he played just one season. In total, the Rams took 41.8 million in dead cap between the two, with 33.4 million of that hitting the cap during the 2020 season, which significantly hampered their ability to do anything else aggressive last off-season, but gave them more financial flexibility going forward.

The Rams didn’t seem to miss either one much as they were able to make it back to the post-season in 2020, despite not having a first round pick in the 2020 NFL Draft and using their two second round picks on replacements for Cooks and Gurley. However, they once again were not able to make much noise in the post-season, falling short in the divisional round after a good, but not good enough 10-6 season and their defense once again compensated for a disappointing offensively performance. 

Even with Cooks and Gurley mostly off the books this off-season, the Rams still lacked financial flexibility in a cap shrunken year and, without a first round pick, it seemed unlikely that the Rams would be able to make any aggressive moves to improve their offense this off-season. However, the Rams got creative and they actually combined a couple of their aggressive strategies together in one move to make a significant offensive upgrade. 

The Rams moved on from Jared Goff, eating 24.7 million in dead cap for the 2021 season in the process and once again moving on from a player who was paid significant money (30 million) on any extension and never ended up playing for the team on it, but they didn’t just trade him away for a draft pick, sending him to the Lions with the Rams’ 2022 and 2023 first round picks to acquire veteran quarterback Matt Stafford, who wanted out of Detroit after many years with a losing organization and who is clearly viewed as a significant upgrade on Goff by Sean McVay and the Rams. Most of Stafford’s contract has already been paid out by the Lions and the 43 million over 2 seasons he’s owed is below market value, but the Rams will likely have to give him a top of the market extension in the next year or so to keep him around long-term, so he won’t be cheap from a salary standpoint either. 

Overall, the Rams obviously have a ton invested in Stafford. Not only will they not have seven straight first round picks from 2017-2023, barring something changing, but the Rams aren’t in good financial shape for the next few off-seasons either. They couldn’t do anything this off-season after taking Goff’s cap hit and adding Stafford, aside from re-signing edge defender Leonard Floyd on a 4-year, 64 million dollar deal that borrows a ton of future cap space to make it work. Beyond that, they are one of three teams that is already over next year’s cap, even as the cap is set to rise back up significantly, and they rank in the bottom-5 in projected cap space in each of the next three off-seasons.

So far, this aggressive strategy has mostly worked out for the Rams, who have managed to avoid the bottom falling out. How they’ve done it is by drafting well. Despite their recent lack of first round picks, half of the 26 players who played at least 450 snaps on either side of the ball last season are home grown, from the 2015-2019 drafts, outside of the first round. That doesn’t include the 2020 draft, which saw 6th round pick Jordan Fuller make 12 starts as a rookie and 2nd round pick Cam Akers emerge as a feature back down the stretch.

History suggests the draft is more of a crap shoot than anything. The Pete Carroll/John Schneider Seahawks were known for finding late round gems in the early 2010s, but a look at their recent drafts clearly shows their hit rate has regressed to the mean and then some. Bill Belichick’s Patriots found arguably the greatest quarterback and tight end of all-time, both outside of the first round, along with a #1 receiver and Super Bowl MVP in the 7th round and several other draft steals, but even his record has some clear misses on it, especially in recent years.

To the Rams’ credit, they seem to understand the value of trading back on draft day as much as any team, including New England, treating the draft as the largely unpredictable event that it is and going with a quantity over quality approach in terms of draft picks, maximizing their chances of finding a steal. The Rams might not have selected in the first round since 2016, but they still selected 36 times overall from 2017-2020 and they’ve benefitted from that. They might not continue quite having the draft success they’ve had, but they’ve proven they are as good at identifying and developing young talent as any team in the league.

Whether this team can not only continue avoiding the bottom falling out, but also finally capture a Super Bowl victory, rests very much on the arm of Matt Stafford. Stafford has been an above average starting quarterback throughout his 12-year career with the Lions, who selected him #1 overall in 2009, but I’m not sure if he’s shown himself to be good enough to justify the Rams’ investment in him. Overall, he’s completed 62.6% of his passes for an average of 7.25 YPA, 282 touchdowns, and 144 interceptions, which is impressive when you consider that he usually had underwhelming supporting casts.

However, he’s never finished higher than 7th among quarterbacks on PFF in a season in his career and he’s only finished in the top-10 three times, so, while he’s also never dropped lower than 22nd in 10 straight seasons and gives the Rams a low floor at the position, he might not have the elite quarterback upside that the Rams are essentially committing to him as if he has. He’s finished higher than Goff in four of the past five seasons and should overall be an upgrade, but Sean McVay and company are really betting on being able to coach Stafford up into a better quarterback than he’s shown himself to be for over a decade. 

It may beat the alternative of being locked into Goff’s massive deal for the foreseeable future, but that doesn’t mean it is going to result in the Rams finally getting a Super Bowl victory. It’s just another way for the perpetually aggressive Rams to continue trying to extend their Super Bowl window and borrowing against the future to do so. This offense should be better than their 21st ranked finish in first down rate over expected (-0.86%) from a year ago, but they will need to be noticeably better just to remain in playoff contention, as their defense is likely to take a big step backwards after leading the league in first down rate allowed over expected (-4.90%). 

I’ll get into this more later, but not only is defense the tougher side of the ball on which to be consistent dominant, the Rams also, despite keeping top edge defender Leonard Floyd, lost a lot of talent on defense this off-season, with three of their top-8 in snaps played from a year ago no longer with the team and brilliant young coordinator Brandon Staley also no longer around, becoming the head coach of the crosstown Chargers this off-season. This offense is going to need to take a big step forward just to compensate for a likely big step back on the other side of the ball.

The Rams also would be in worse shape than most teams if they lost their starting quarterback to injury, which has been a growing concern for Stafford, who has either missed time with and/or played through serious injuries in each of the past three seasons and now heads into his age 33 season. John Wolford is likely to remain the backup, but the 2018 undrafted free agent didn’t show much in his first career 44 pass attempts last season in place of an injured Jared Goff last season, while off-season addition Devlin Hodges was one of the worst starting quarterbacks in the league in his only extended action in 2019 with the Steelers, when he finished dead last among eligible quarterbacks on PFF in 6 starts in place of an injured Ben Roethlisberger. Either option would likely struggle if Stafford missed significant action.

Grade: B+

Receiving Corps

Without their first round pick this year (and for the next two years), the Rams had a big decision to make with their second round pick this year and surprisingly decided on Louisville wide receiver Tutu Atwell. Not only was the very undersized Atwell (5-9 165) expected by many to go in the 4th round or later, but wide receiver seemed like one position where the Rams did not have a need and, to the extent they did, they have already proven they develop wide receivers well and don’t need to spend premium resources on adding depth at the position.

Robert Woods and Cooper Kupp are already signed long-term on big extensions worth 65 million over 4 years and 47.25 million over 3 years respectively. The Rams also used a 2nd round pick last year on wide receiver Van Jefferson and, while they lost Josh Reynolds in free agency this off-season, they were expected to give Jefferson a bigger role and even signed veteran wide receiver DeSean Jackson on an overpaid 1-year, 4.5 million dollar deal to presumably be the #4 wide receiver in the short-term, so it’s unclear where Atwell fits, either short-term or long-term.

Woods and Kupp should remain the 1a and 1b receivers in some order in 2021 and beyond and they are the best example of this team developing wide receivers well. Woods was a second round pick in 2013, but had never topped 700 yards in a season in four seasons with the Bills, with whom he averaged just 1.32 yards per route run, prior to joining the Rams in the 2016 off-season. However, Woods proved to be well worth the 5-year, 34 million deal that the Rams signed him to, having averaged 1.90 yards per route run and a 87/1104/8 slash line per 16 games across 59 games in 4 seasons with the Rams. 

Woods’ worst season was actually in 2020, when he still finished with a 90/936/6 slash line in 16 games and earned an above average grade from PFF, and, still in his prime in his age 29 season, there is no reason to expect this to be any sort of permanent decline. The Rams had to sweeten his deal to keep him happy, but even at an increased salary, he’s a valuable member of this team and should be a good bet to see his production improve in 2021 with better quarterback play.

Kupp, meanwhile, joined this team as just a 3rd round pick in 2017 and has been about as productive as Woods, averaging 2.05 yards per route run and a 85/1058/7 slash line per 16 games, while also finishing in the top-31 among wide receivers on PFF in all four seasons with the Rams, including a 21st ranked finish in 2020. Kupp was an old rookie and is already in his age 28 season, but he should remain an above average starting wide receiver for at least another couple years and he’s also well worth his new increased salary.

Jefferson will have to compete for the #3 wide receiver role, but he showed enough promise in limited action as a rookie (1.43 yards per route run) that he should be considered the heavy favorite to hold off his competition and the #3 wide receiver role is near an every down player in this offense, so Jefferson will have the opportunity to play a significant role. Jackson, meanwhile, is no more than a flyer, despite what the Rams paid him this off-season. 

In his prime, Jackson was one of the best deep threats in the game, but he’s going into his age 35 season and has played a total of just eight games over the past two seasons due to a variety of injuries. His 2.34 yards per route run average over those eight games suggests he might have something left if he can stay on the field, but he’s tough to project to a significant role given his age and recent injury history. He figures to slot in as a depth receiver and situational deep threat. The same should be true of Atwell, a similar player, but obviously younger. 

The Rams also used a 4th round pick on tight end Jacob Harris, although that is more understandable than their selection of a wide receiver in the 2nd, given that the Rams lost backup tight end Gerald Everett this off-season to the Seahawks in free agency this off-season. There is no guarantee that Harris will be able to replace Everett though, as Everett produced more than most backup tight ends, averaging 1.42 yards per route run with a 33/364/2 slash line per 16 games. Harris will also likely face competition for playing time from holdovers Johnny Mundt, who has played just 381 snaps in 4 seasons with the Rams as a deep reserve, and Brycen Hopkins, a 2020 4th round pick who saw just 2 offensive snaps as a rookie.

With Everett gone and no proven option to replace him, it wouldn’t be a surprise to see the Rams give more playing time and targets to starting tight end Tyler Higbee. A 4th round pick in 2016, Higbee has been a solid starter for the Rams over the past four seasons, earning average or better grades from PFF in all four seasons, impressing as a run blocker, while also averaging 1.69 yards per route run and a 42/501/3 slash line per 16 games. I wouldn’t expect him to see too many targets though, even with Everett gone, as the wide receivers are obviously the focus of this offense, given how many of their resources they have concentrated at the position.

Grade: A-

Running Backs

The Rams have also spent multiple relatively high draft picks on running backs in recent drafts, trying to find a replacement for what Todd Gurley used to be for this offense. They first selected Darrell Henderson in the 3rd round in 2019 when they still had Gurley, hoping he could take the load off Gurley, but Henderson managed just 39 rookie year carries and the Rams went back to the draft for another running back the following year after releasing Gurley, using a 2nd round pick on Cam Akers. 

Akers and Henderson split carries about evenly last season, totaling 145 and 138 respectively, but the Rams seemed to commit to Akers over Henderson down the stretch, giving 132 carries to Akers over his final 6 games, including the post-season. Henderson was out for three of those games, but Akers still out-carried him 65 to 6 in the final three games before Henderson got hurt, so Henderson’s injury was not the catalyst for Akers taking over the feature back role.

Henderson was actually a little bit more effective on the season, averaging 4.52 YPC and a 55% carry success rate, while Akers averaged 4.31 YPC and a 48% carry success rate, but the Rams may view him as more of a change of pace back going forward at 5-8 208, with Akers as the feature back at 5-10 217. That could change depending on who has the hot hand, however, but all in all, they’re a decent running back duo and both players have the upside to be better than they’ve been.

The one area the Rams might like to see Akers and Henderson take a step forward the most might be as pass catchers, as neither have shown much in that aspect in their careers (1.15 yards per route run and 1.06 yards per route run respectively). All in all, the Rams threw just 73 times to running backs last season, with 33 of those going to Malcolm Brown, who also led Rams running backs in routes run, but who is no longer with the team. 

The Rams probably won’t throw many times more to running backs in 2021, given their talent in the receiving corps, but they would probably like to see Akers and Henderson be more effective on their opportunities, especially since that was an aspect in which Gurley excelled when he and their offense were at their best. They should get solid production on the ground from their running back duo, but the passing game is more questionable.

Grade: B+

Offensive Line

With the Rams concentrating a lot of their resources into offensive skill position players, one group that has been somewhat neglected has been their offensive line. Fortunately, they have gotten the most out of a lot of their additions. Their biggest addition was signing ex-Bengal Andrew Whitworth during the 2017 off-season, which somewhat not so coincidentally lined up with when this offense and this franchise turned around significantly. 

Whitworth was getting up in age, so he was a risky signing on a 3-year, 33.75 million dollar deal, but he had finished in the top-12 among offensive tackles on PFF in 7 of his previous 8 seasons prior to the Rams signing him and he hasn’t shown many signs of slowing down, finishing 7th, 6th, 26th, and 4th respectively in four seasons with the team. There seemingly is speculation every off-season that he is going to hang them up, but he’s re-signed with the Rams on another three year deal, worth 30 million, which takes him through the next two seasons. 

Whitworth could continue playing at a high level, but he’s in his age 40 season now, making him the oldest player in the league aside from quarterbacks and kickers, so his projection is going to be shaky every year from here on out. I wouldn’t put it past him to continue playing at a high level, but he also could drop off significantly, which would have a noticeable negative impact on this offense. The Rams’ insurance policy for him and possible long-term replacement is 2018 3rd round pick Joe Noteboom, who held his own in Whitworth’s absence last season, but also performed much worse in 376 snaps in 2019 and has yet to show himself as anything more than a decent spot starter.

Along with Whitworth’s age, another concern upfront for this group is the loss of center Austin Blythe, who was PFF’s 13th ranked center in 16 starts last season, but signed with the Chiefs this off-season. He will either be replaced by Brian Allen or Bobby Evans, a pair of inexperienced young offensive linemen. Allen is a natural center and the 2018 4th round pick made 9 starts at center in 2019, but he struggled, finishing 27th out of 37 eligible centers, and then went down for the year with a devastating knee injury that ultimately ended up keeping him on the bench for all of 2020, as the Rams did not trust him enough to put him back into the lineup. Another year removed from that injury, that may have changed, especially with the Rams now having a big need at the center position, but it’s worth noting he wasn’t playing at a high level even before the injury.

Evans, meanwhile, was a 3rd round pick in 2019 and was originally drafted as a right tackle, but he struggled there in 472 rookie year snaps and was converted to guard in 2020. Evans only played 1 snap last season, but he’ll have an opportunity to earn a starting role in 2021, in which case the Rams would shift right guard Austin Corbett inside to center. Corbett is another one of the good values the Rams have found in recent years, acquiring a player who the Browns selected 33rd overall in 2018 for just a late round pick in the middle of the 2019 season and watching him break out as PFF’s 13th ranked guard in 16 starts in 2020. 

Corbett is a complete one-year wonder who played just 556 mediocre snaps prior to last season and, while he theoretically has the versatility to move to center, that isn’t a guarantee that he will be as good there as he was at guard last season, but he was highly drafted and he wouldn’t be the first talented young player to shake off a couple rough years and develop into a consistently above average starter. I wouldn’t expect him to be quite as good in 2021 as he was last season, especially if he has to move inside to center, but he should remain at least a capable starter.

Left guard David Edwards has also been a good value for the Rams, who selected him in the 5th round in 2019. Edwards was solid in 10 rookie year starts and took a step forward in his second season, making 14 starts and finishing as PFF’s 15th ranked guard on the season. He might not be quite that good again, but he could also keep developing into a consistently above average starter. He should be locked into his starting role. 

Right tackle Rob Havenstein rounds out this offensive line and is the longest tenured member of this group, being selected in the 2nd round in 2015, back when the Rams were not a competitive team. Havenstein has been a starter since his rookie season, making 84 starts in six seasons in the league and finishing above average on PFF in five of those seasons. The exception was 2019, when Havenstein finished 79th among 86 eligible offensive tackles, but that stands out as an obvious outlier in his career, especially when you consider that season is surrounded by a 3rd ranked finish in 2018 and a 16th ranked finish in 2020. 

Havenstein has been somewhat inconsistent in his career and isn’t guaranteed to play as well as he did in 2018 in 2020, but he’s still in his prime in his age 29 season and should be at least a solid starter once again. This group looks shakier than last year with Blythe gone, Whitworth another year older, and players like Edwards, Havenstein, and Corbett who might not match last year’s performance, but it could once again be a solid group.

Grade: B

Interior Defenders

As I mentioned earlier, the Rams led the league last season with a first down rate allowed over expected of -4.90%, but I wouldn’t expect them to be that good again in 2020 and they could drop off significantly. High level defensive play tends to be much tougher to sustain year-to-year than high level offensive play because so much of offensive play is determined by quarterback play, while a defense needs 7-9 starters playing at a high level to play at a high level as a unit, which gets tough to keep together long-term, due to injuries and increased financial expectations. 

The Rams felt the squeeze of the cap on their defense this off-season, losing cornerback Troy Hill, safety John Johnson, and interior defender Michael Brockers, who were three of their most important players a year ago and none of whom did the Rams properly replace this off-season. They also won’t have the benefit of defensive coordinator Brandon Staley, who was so good in his one year on the job that he became the Chargers head coach this off-season.

Brockers was probably the least important of the trio of departed players, but he still earned an above average grade from PFF across 625 snaps, providing solid play against the run and adding 5 sacks, 4 hits, and a 7.4% pressure rate. The Rams also lost Morgan Fox, an effective pass rush specialist with 6 sacks, 3 hits, and a 9.8% pressure rate in a part-time role (403 snaps on the season), who signed with the Panthers this off-season. Their only addition to the interior defender position this off-season was 4th round pick Bobby Brown, who could see a significant role as a rookie. Aside from him, the Rams will also be hoping their existing players can take a step forward.

The best candidate to do that would be A’Shawn Robinson, who was signed to a 2-year, 17 million dollar deal in free agency last off-season, but was a disappointment in year one, struggling across 111 snaps in 8 games. Robinson probably would have been let go this off-season if he didn’t have guaranteed money on his contract for 2021, but he has a similar profile to Brockers if he can get past last year’s down season, which may have been caused by a mysterious early season injury. At his best, he’s primarily a run stuffer, but also adds some pass rush as well, with a 6.2% pressure rate from 2017-2019. He’s also a former 2nd round pick who is only in his age 26 season, so he has plenty of bounce back potential.

Sebastian Joseph-Day and Greg Gaines are younger options who could take on larger roles, but they are both projections to that role. Joseph-Day has been solid across 481 snaps and 412 snaps over the past two seasons respectively, but he might not have more upside than that, as only a 6th round pick in 2018. Gaines, meanwhile, was a 4th round pick in 2019 and has shown promise in two seasons in the league, but that’s across a total of just 384 snaps. 

The Rams, of course, still have Aaron Donald, who is not only the best defensive player in the league, but one of the best of all-time, if you look at the consistent dominance across his whole career. Unfortunately, Donald alone doesn’t guarantee the Rams will be a dominant defense, as evidenced by the fact that the Rams ranked 4th, 8th, 9th, 12th, 21st, and 11th in first down rate allowed in 6 seasons with Donald prior to last year’s league best finish. 

Still, it’s hard to ignore the dominance of a player who has finished in the top-2 among interior defenders on PFF in all 7 seasons in the league since being selected 13th overall in 2014, including 6 straight #1 finishes at his position. Not only a dominant pass rusher, with 85.5 sacks, 114 hits, and a 15.3% pressure rate in 110 games, despite frequently being double teamed on the interior, but he’s also one of the best run stopping defensive linemen in the league as well. He’s in his late prime in his age 30 season, but I wouldn’t expect him to drop off significantly. As he should be every season, Donald should be considered the favorite to win Defensive Player of the Year this season, which would give him a record 4 DPOY awards if he does in fact win it. He significantly elevates a group that takes a hit with the loss of Michael Brockers this off-season.

Grade: B+

Edge Defenders

The Rams did retain top edge defender Leonard Floyd in free agency, but, at the price of 64 million over 4 years, the Rams might have been better off letting him walk and using that money elsewhere. Even with most of his cap hits pushed out beyond 2021, the Rams still had to move Brockers to keep Floyd and his cap hits are set to count for a combined 58.5 million from 2022-2024. Floyd’s sack total of 10.5 last season was impressive, but he had never done anything like that in the first four seasons of his career with the Bears (18.5 sacks total in 54 games) and he wasn’t as good as his sack total suggested last season. 

Floyd finished the season ranked just 40th among edge defenders on PFF and managed just a 9.1% pressure rate overall, with many of his sacks coming as a result of being in the right place after Aaron Donald disrupted the play on the interior. Floyd is a former first round pick, selected 9th overall by the Bears in 2016, but his pressure rate last season was in line with his career 10.0% pressure rate and I don’t see that suddenly improving going forward, so it’s hard to justify giving Floyd the kind of money they did in an off-season where most players had to settle for below market deals. 

Floyd could post an impressive sack total again as a result of Donald’s continued presence on the interior, but the Rams could have found a much cheaper option who could have done essentially the same thing, which is what they did last off-season when they added Floyd in the first place to replace Dante Fowler, who signed a big contract with the Falcons and quickly proved to be a bust with Donald no longer around. They seemed to understand they didn’t need to pay top edge rusher money to get sack production off the edge last off-season, but for some reason changed their mind on that this off-season, even with plenty of cheaper plug and play options available.

One other position the Rams could have addressed with the savings from not re-signing Floyd was simply the other edge defender spot which, despite Donald’s presence, did not have a player surpass 4.5 sacks all season and then saw that player with 4.5 sacks, Samson Ebukam, sign elsewhere this off-season. With only a 4th round pick, Earnest Brown, and a 7th round pick, Chris Garrett, being added to the mix this off-season, the Rams will be hoping for more out of holdovers Justin Hollins (349 snaps), Ogbonnia Okoronkwo (158 snaps), and Terrell Lewis (124 snaps). 

Lewis should have the most upside of the bunch, as he was a relatively high pick, selected in the 3rd round in 2020, and he showed some promise as a rookie in an overall injury plagued rookie season. It’s not a guarantee he ever develops into a starter, but he definitely has a good chance to take a step forward in year two. Okoronkwo was a 5th round pick in 2018, but has played just 273 nondescript snaps in his career and would almost definitely struggle in a bigger role. Hollins has the most experience of the bunch by default, but the 2019 5th round pick has played just 615 snaps in two seasons in the league and was so underwhelming in 266 rookie year snaps that his original draft team, the Denver Broncos, let him go as part of final cuts in 2020, after just one season. 

The Broncos might have given up on Hollins too soon, as he was better in 2020 after being claimed off waivers by the Rams, but his value comes more from his versatility as a run stopper and coverage linebacker, rather than his pass rush ability, as his mediocre 7.3% pressure rate in 2020 actually matched his rookie year mark. He’ll play a role in a thin position group, but he’s not someone to expect a big sack total from, even with Aaron Donald’s presence on the interior. Led by an overrated player in Leonard Floyd, this is a concerning position group.

Grade: B-

Linebackers

The Rams’ off ball linebackers were their worst defensive position group last season and, without a significant upgrade made to this group this off-season, this will likely remain a position of weakness. A trio of players, Micah Kiser, Kenny Young, Troy Reeder, played significant snaps in this group last season, playing 559 snaps, 472 snaps, and 423 snaps respectively and all three remain on this roster, but it’s unclear if the Rams will get better play for them this season. 

Kiser and Young were the worst of the bunch, finishing 92nd and 89th respectively among 99 eligible off ball linebackers on PFF and, while Reeder was solid, that was a big surprise as the 2019 undrafted free agent struggled mightily across 298 rookie year snaps and might not be able to repeat his solid 2020 campaign in 2021. Kiser and Young don’t have much of a track record either, with Kiser, a 2018 5th round pick, playing just 1 snap in his career prior to last season, and Young, a 2018 4th round pick, playing just 470 nondescript snaps.

The Rams’ only addition to this group this off-season was 3rd round rookie Ernest Jones from the University of South Carolina, who could play a significant role in this group even as a rookie. He’ll compete with the aforementioned trio of holdovers in a very thin position group and, though he could easily struggle in a big way as a rookie, he probably has the most upside of the group by default and could develop into an every down player long-term. His addition marginally improves this group.

Grade: C

Secondary

This defensive front led by Aaron Donald was one of the reasons for the Rams’ defensive success last season, but arguably a bigger reason was their secondary, which was possibly the best in the entire league overall last season. However, they lost two key players this off-season, safety John Johnson, who ranked 3rd among safeties on PFF in 2020, and cornerback Troy Hill, who ranked 18th among cornerbacks. Not only that, but they didn’t do much to replace either one and will be relying on getting more from players already on this roster. Even if those existing players do give them more, however, it’s hard to expect anyone to play at the level of the players the Rams lost this off-season.

Cornerback was their bigger position of strength last season and, even without Hill, they could still have a pair of talented cornerbacks, but after having three cornerbacks finish in the top-18 among cornerbacks on PFF in 2020, the Rams’ projection going into 2021 is much shakier. Not only is Hill gone and set to be replaced either 2019 3rd round David Long, who has played just 225 career snaps, or 4th round rookie Robert Rochell, who could easily be overmatched in year one, but the Rams also got an improbable year from Darious Williams last season, which might not happen again, especially if the Rams defensive coaching isn’t as good as it was last season with Brandon Staley.

Williams was PFF’s 6th ranked cornerback across 824 snaps last season, but the 2018 undrafted free agent has played just 225 snaps aside from that in his career and is in his age 27 season already. He probably won’t fall off completely and should remain an above average starter, but I would bet against him matching last year’s dominant performance, which will be a noticeable impact on this defense, especially with Troy Hill also gone. Fortunately, the Rams should be able to count on at least one of their cornerbacks playing at a high level, as Jalen Ramsey has largely been worth the steep price tag the Rams paid to acquire him during the 2019 season, not just the two first round picks, but also the 5-year, 100 million dollar extension they ultimately gave him. 

Ramsey had some inconsistent play earlier in his career in Jacksonville, but he was PFF’s 17th ranked cornerback in 2019 once acquired by the Rams and then finished last season ranked 7th. Even in his inconsistent play in Jacksonville, he still managed a dominant second season in the league in 2017, finishing 2nd among cornerbacks, and he never ranked lower than 31st at his position overall. A former 5th overall pick, still only in his age 27 season, he’s one of the surest bets at the cornerback position in the league.

While the Rams’ cornerbacks should still be good, even if not as good as last season, safety is a little bit more concerning as the Rams will be going with a full youth movement to try to replace one of the best safeties in the league in John Johnson. Taylor Rapp was originally drafted in the 2nd round in 2019 to start next to Johnson long-term, but he ended up seeing his most significant action (823 snaps) as a rookie when he started in place of an injured Johnson and, while Rapp started next to Johnson for a time in 2020, Rapp’s season was ended early by injury after just 365 snaps.

Now with Johnson gone and Rapp going into his 3rd season in the league, he is likely to be an every down starter and, having held his own in his playing time thus far, it’s likely he’ll be a solid starter, with the upside for more. When Rapp was out last season, Jordan Fuller picked up the slack and ended up playing decently across 708 snaps, despite being just a 6th round rookie. Fuller was overlooked by the entire league, including the Rams, and had his issues in coverage, with his best play coming against the run, so he might not necessarily develop into a consistently solid starter going forward, but he at the very least looks like a great value pick. 

Terrell Burgess was selected much earlier in 2020, in the 3rd round, but injury and ineffectiveness led to him seeing just 49 rookie year snaps. Still, he can’t be written off completely after one season and, even if he can’t beat out Fuller or Rapp for a starting job, he could still earn a sub package role as a slot cornerback or a coverage linebacker. There is still talent in this secondary overall, but they will obviously miss Hill and Johnson and they can’t count on Darious Williams’ repeating last season’s improbable breakout season.

Grade: B+

Kicker/Punter

The Rams struggled in a big way on special teams last season, finishing 30th in special teams DVOA and finishing below average in DVOA in all aspects of special teams, one of just four teams to do so. Their place kicking stood out as an issue, as they finished the season having made just 90.5% of their extra points and 80.0% of their field goals, while making just one field goal longer than 50 yards (51). 

Fortunately, the Rams did bring back Matt Gay, who was the best of the three kickers who played for them in 2020, making 16/16 extra points and 14/16 field goals. There is a reason Gay was available mid-season though, as he struggled mightily with the Buccaneers in his first season as a starter in 2019, finishing 32nd among 38 eligible kickers on PFF, while making just 89.6% of his extra points and 77.1% of his field goals.

The only competition the Rams added for Gay this off-season was Austin MacGinnis, a 2020 undrafted free agent who didn’t attempt a kick as a rookie, while hitting just 79.1% of his field goal attempts in college, so the Rams are hoping that Gay can continue at least being the servicable option he was for seven games last season. They could easily end up being disappointed and have to cycle through multiple kickers again.

Gay is at least a good kickoff specialist, as were all three of their kickers last season, but the poor performance of their supporting special teamers led to them struggling on kickoffs overall. The same is true of punts, although punter Johnny Hekker has concerningly seen his hang time and overall performance slip in the past two seasons. Hekker was once one of the better punters in the league, finishing in the top-6 among punters on PFF in 6 straight seasons from 2013-2018, including three top-2 finishes, but he’s earned only middling grades over the past two seasons, including a 21st ranked finish in 2020. Hekker isn’t over the hill in his age 31 season, but he’s not a guarantee to bounce back. He’s the better of their kicking specialists, but this is an underwhelming group overall.

Grade: B-

Return Specialists

Nsimba Webster was the Rams’ primary kickoff and punt returner in 2020, returning 16 kickoffs and 25 punts, but he wasn’t that productive, averaging just 21.7 yards per kickoff and 7.4 yards per punt return. Part of that was lack of talent around him, but he struggled in his own right, finishing 39th among 52 eligible returners on PFF, and was not brought back this off-season. The Rams didn’t add a clear replacement this off-season, so both jobs are up for grabs.

Running back Raymond Calais returned 7 kickoffs as a 7th round rookie in 2020 and, while he averaged just 21.7 yards per return, that wasn’t all his fault and he returned 99 kickoffs for 25.2 yards per return and two touchdowns as a 4-year kickoff returner at the University of Louisiana, so he seems like a natural fit for the role. He’s never returned a punt in college or in the pros though, so he’s not likely to be a candidate for that role.

Cooper Kupp returned 9 punts last season, but his 5.4 career average across 10 punts leaves something to be desired and the Rams might not want to expose a key part of their offense to extra injury risk. Fellow wide receiver Tutu Atwell won’t have as big of an offensive role as Kupp, has the athletic profile to be a good punt returner, and has been taking reps there in practice, but he didn’t return a punt once in college and only returned four kickoffs for an average of 20.0 yards per return, so he is new to the position.

Another wide receiver DeSean Jackson also won’t have a huge role on offense and was one of the most prolific punt returners in the league early in his career, returning 116 punts for an average of 10.6 yards per return and four touchdowns over his first 4 seasons in the league, but he hasn’t regularly returned punts since 2011 and has averaged just 3.7 yards per punt return across the nine seasons since. Now in his age 35 season, after numerous injuries, Jackson likely won’t have the explosiveness he showed on punt returns early in his career, if he does in fact win the job. There is some potential in this group, but it’s overall unsettled and they are highly unlikely to get the kind of return play needed to overcome the level of supporting cast play they got on special teams last season.

Grade: C+

Special Teamers

The Rams did shake up their special teams coaching situation, moving incumbent John Bonamego to another role and hiring Joe DeCamilis, a 12-year special teams coordinator, most recently with the Jacksonville Jaguars. However, aside from that, it’s hard to see how they are going to be better this season. They didn’t add a veteran special teamer at all and lost a trio of their top special teamers from a year ago Nsimba Webster (254 snaps), Natrez Patrick (235 snaps), and Samson Ebukam (219 snaps). Ebukam struggled, but Webster and Patrick were two of just four Rams to play more than 150 special teams snaps in 2020 and earn an above average grade from PFF, and they weren’t replaced.

Johnny Mundt (263 snaps) and Troy Reeder (202 snaps) are their best returning special teamers and they aren’t one-year wonders, finishing above average on PFF in 2019 as well, across 146 snaps and 296 snaps respectively. David Long (256 snaps), Nick Scott (328 snaps), JuJu Hughes (202 snaps), Xavier Jones (177 snaps), and Justin Hollins (187 snaps) all return after playing significant roles last season, but they all finished below average on PFF and, while Scott was much better in 2019 across 360 snaps, none of the rest have a history of success. The Rams will need great coaching and significant contributions from their rookie class to even get passable play out of this group, which will significantly hurt the rest of their special teams.

Grade: C+

Conclusion

The Rams’ offense should be better with the switch from Jared Goff to Matt Stafford under center, but their offensive line is a little bit more questionable than it was a year ago, while their defense looks likely to take a big step back from last year’s league best unit, losing a trio of key players and their very valuable defensive coordinator Brandon Staley. It’s likely their offense compensates enough for their defensive drop off that this team remains in the mix for a playoff spot, but anyone expecting the Rams to be a Super Bowl contender because they’re adding an upgrade at quarterback to an elite defense are missing that their defense is likely to take a step back. 

The Rams are all in for a Super Bowl victory in the short-term, but the most likely result is this team competing to make the post-season, which will be made even tougher by the fact that they play in the best division in football and won’t have the benefit of playing the worst division again, the NFC East, against whom the Rams went 4-0 last season, as opposed to 6-6 in their other 12 games. I will have a final prediction for the Rams at the end of the off-season with the rest of the teams.

8/8/21 Update: Further working against the Rams is their special teams, which is more predictive than previously thought. The Rams will obviously be better on offense this season, even with running back Cam Akers out for the season with a torn achilles, but I would expect their defense to drop off more than their offense improves and I would expect their special teams to be a problem again. In the toughest division in football, that is going to be a big problem for the Rams.

9/4/21 Update: I think the Rams are one of the most overrated teams going into the season, as they have been a trendy Super Bowl pick with Stafford coming to town. Their offense will obviously be better, but I would expect their defense to be significantly worse than a year ago, due to sheer regression, as well as all they lost in terms of personnel and coaching. Add in the toughest division in football and a tougher schedule in general and a team that went 10-6 a year ago could easily find themselves on the outside looking in for a playoff spot.

Prediction: 8-9 4th in NFC West

New York Jets 2021 NFL Season Preview

Quarterback

Three years ago, the Jets thought they had finally solved their long-standing quarterback problem. Early in a planned rebuild, the Jets won a few more games than expected, but still ended up with the 6th pick in the 2018 NFL Draft. Rather than staying put at 6, where they would have had the opportunity to select Pro Bowler Josh Allen behind of division rival Buffalo at 7, the Jets were aggressive and traded away a trio of second round picks a couple months before the draft just to move up to 3 to secure a more preferred quarterback, which ended up being Sam Darnold. 

Darnold showed some promise in year one, despite being the youngest week 1 starting quarterback in NFL history, and he was especially good at the end of the year, completing 64.0% of his passes for an average of 7.45 YPA, 6 touchdowns, and 1 interception in his final 4 games of the 2018 season. However, that proved to be the highlight of Darnold’s tenure in New York. New head coach Adam Gase was brought in and, rather than building off his strong finish to 2018, Darnold regressed in each of the past two seasons, finishing 31st out of 39 eligible quarterbacks in 2019 and 28th out of 42 eligible quarterbacks in 2020.

2020 was an overall disaster of a year for Darnold and the Jets. The Jets lost their first 13 games of the season, with Darnold both missing some time with injury and not noticeably being an upgrade over veteran backup Joe Flacco when he was on the field. The Jets’ defense was actually decent last season, ranking 16th in first down rate allowed over expected, but their offense was by far the worst in the league, with a -5.21% first down rate over expected, with even the 31st ranked Broncos being noticeably better at -4.01%. 

There was a lot of debate whether Darnold or his supporting cast were most to blame for the Jets’ offensive struggles, but in reality it was both equally, as Darnold was simultaneously pressured at a league high 42.1% rate and had the worst clean pocket passer rating in the league at 81.7, meaning Darnold was not only pressured more than anyone, but even when he wasn’t being pressured, he was still the worst quarterback in the league. 

Making matters even worse, the Jets actually managed to win a couple games down the stretch to put themselves out of position for the #1 overall pick, which would have given them the surest #1 overall pick quarterback prospect in years in Trevor Lawrence, who ultimately went to the 1-15 Jaguars, who also were slightly behind the Jets in schedule adjusted first down rate differential (-5.62% vs. -5.85%) because of a much worse defense.

Had Lawrence fallen into their laps, the decision would have been an easy one for the Jets, but even though they only fell one spot to the 2nd overall pick, suddenly they had a lot more options to pick between, as there were 3-4 quarterback prospects who legitimately could have been the 2nd best quarterback prospect in the draft and there was also the possibility of keeping Darnold, only going into his age 24 season in 2021, and trading the pick for additional later picks to build around Darnold. Ultimately, the Jets settled on trading Darnold to the Panthers for a package of picks centered on a 2022 2nd round pick, a far cry from what the Jets gave up to acquire Darnold initially, and then used the 2nd overall pick on BYU’s Zach Wilson.

Wilson is far from the slam dunk option that Lawrence would have been, but it wouldn’t be hard for him to be an upgrade over Darnold and he should be better supported as well, with more talent around him and a coaching staff that can’t do a worse job of developing a young quarterback than Adam Gase’s crew, with new defensive minded head coach Robert Saleh bringing promising young offensive mind Mike LaFleur with him from the 49ers. 

With only 2020 4th round pick James Morgan (0 pass attempts as a rookie) and veteran journeyman Mike White (also 0 career pass attempts) behind Wilson on the depth chart, the Jets are not even pretending they will have a quarterback competition and, while a more experienced veteran could still be added, there is no reason aside from injury not to expect Wilson to be under center week 1. Rookie quarterbacks are one of the toughest things to project and it’s possible the Jets could get poor quarterback play once again this year, but Wilson also gives them a much higher upside at the position than they had previously, which gives this team a lot of variance in terms of the range of outcomes of their 2021 season.

Grade: C+

Receiving Corps

The Jets’ biggest off-season addition to help their young quarterback was giving a 3-year, 37.5 million dollar deal to Corey Davis to bring the former Tennessee Titan to New York to be Zach Wilson’s #1 receiver. The 5th overall pick in the 2017 NFL Draft, Davis never had the big numbers you would expect out of a player selected that high, in fact never surpassing the 1000 yard mark, but that doesn’t tell the whole story. 

Davis had a 65/891/4 slash line in his second season in the league in 2018, averaged 1.83 yards per route run, and finished 30th among wide receivers on PFF, which seemed to predict more from him going forward. However, in 2019, the Titans added #1 wide receiver AJ Brown and committed themselves more to the run, leaving Davis to average 1.48 yards per route run and total just a 43/601/2 slash line while finishing as PFF’s 51st ranked wide receiver, after which the Titans opted to decline his 5th year option, which would have guaranteed him 15.68 million for injury in 2021.

Not much changed on the Titans’ offense in 2020, but, despite the circumstances, Davis still almost surpassed the 1000 yards mark in 14 games, finishing with a 65/984/5 slash line. He ranked 5th in yards per route run at 2.58 and was PFF’s 8th ranked wide receiver overall. He’s a one-year wonder in terms of playing at that level, but he’s averaged a respectable 1.95 yards per route run and 9.07 yards per target over the past three seasons combined and, now going into his age 26 season on an offense where he will almost definitely see more targets, Davis could have a breakout statistical year in 2021. I wouldn’t expect him to be quite as efficient as 2020, but he has a good chance to have his first 1000 yard receiving year as the #1 option in this passing game.

Jamison Crowder led the Jets’ in receiving in 2020 with a 59/699/6 slash line and he did it in just 12 games, while averaging an above average 1.79 yards per route run and finishing 39th among wide receivers on PFF, but he’s mostly just a slot specialist at 5-9 177 and the Jets made him take a significant pay cut down from 10.5 million this off-season for the final, non-guaranteed year of what was originally a 3-year, 28.5 million dollar deal he signed with the Jets two off-seasons ago. He’s averaged a solid 1.59 yards per route run in six seasons in the league and is only in his age 28 season, but he’s run 75.3% of his routes from the slot in his career, including 72.2% last season, and I would expect that number to increase in 2021, with the Jets having more capable outside options.

Corey Davis is one of those options, but the Jets also signed ex-Jaguar Keelan Cole to a 1-year, 5.5 million dollar deal in free agency, then used a 2nd round pick on Mississippi’s Elijah Moore, and they are expecting more out of 2020 2nd round pick Denzel Mims, who was limited to just 439 snaps in 9 games by injury as a rookie. Mims’ 1.45 yards per route run average wasn’t bad, but off-season practice reports show that this year’s 2nd round pick Moore is already ahead of him and, as a result, Mims could find himself buried on the depth chart in a much deeper group in 2021, though he’ll obviously have the opportunity to earn playing time.

Keelan Cole also isn’t guaranteed a starting role, despite his salary. An undrafted free agent in 2017, Cole’s best year was still his rookie year when he had a 42/748/3 slash line and averaged 1.61 yards per route run. He saw his playing time and production drop over the next two seasons, down to slash lines of 38/491/1 and 24/361/3 respectively, and, while it picked back up in 2020 to 55/642/5, that was largely due to volume, as he averaged just 1.11 yards per route run. 

Overall in his career, Cole’s yards per route run average is just 1.27 and he hasn’t earned an above average grade from PFF since that rookie season. The Jets also have a good backup slot receiver in Braxton Berrios, who has gotten limited playing time in his career (375 career snaps), but has shown promise with a 2.04 yards per route run average. This is a very deep group and the Jets should be able to find a combination that works pretty well, even if some of the members of this group are a little bit questionable.

Tight end is a lot more questionable, as the Jets didn’t make any significant additions to a group that caught just a combined 41 passes last year. The Jets may be banking on more from fourth year tight end Chris Herndon, but the former 4th round pick’s career has gone south in a hurry. After showing promise with a 1.65 yards per route run average in a part-time role as a rookie, Herndon missed most of 2019 with injury and had a mediocre 31/287/3 slash line in 2020, despite playing 42.2 snaps per game in 16 games. 

Overall, Herndon’s yards per route run average has plummeted to 0.86 over the past two seasons, about half of what it was as a rookie, and he’s not a good enough run blocker to make up for it. Still only going into his age 25 season, Herndon has theoretical upside, but we haven’t seen it in two years and, with Herndon now in the final year of his rookie deal, it’s a bit of a surprise the Jets didn’t add competition and/or a future replacement for him.

Without a better option, the Jets will likely turn back to Ryan Griffin as the #2 tight end. Griffin has plenty of experience, but he’s been marginal at best throughout his career, totaling just 179 catches in 105 career games, averaging 1.09 yards per route run, and not impressing as a blocker either. Going into his age 31 season, Griffin is unlikely to get any better going forward and could be coming to the end of his line. He’ll face competition from blocking specialist Trevon Wesco, who has played just 350 career snaps and caught just three passes since being added in the 4th round in 2019, and their one off-season addition, Tyler Kroft.

Kroft is similar to Griffin, in that he’s been in the league for 6 seasons, but has never earned more than a middle overall grade from PFF, while catching just 85 passes in 72 career games. Like Griffin, he would also be an underwhelming option. Barring a breakout year from Herndon, tight ends once again figure to take a backseat to wide receivers in this offense, especially since the Jets have improved their wide receiver group significantly this off-season.

Grade: B

Offensive Line

The Jets also made a big addition on the offensive line this off-season, packaging their later first round pick, 23rd overall, acquired from the Seahawks in last year’s Jamal Adams trade, with a couple later round picks and sending them to the Vikings to move up to 14th overall to select USC offensive lineman Alijah Vera-Tucker, who is expected to play guard for the Jets. This team definitely needed offensive line help, ranking 31st in pass blocking grade and 20th in run blocking grade on PFF last season, but it was surprising to see the Jets trade a trio of picks just to move up for a guard when they had many other needs to address as well. 

This was the second straight year the Jets selected an offensive lineman in the first round, after Mekhi Becton was selected 11th overall in the 2020 NFL Draft. Becton was easily their best offensive lineman as a rookie, finishing 32nd among offensive tackles on PFF, while playing the always important blindside. The only real problem with his rookie season was injuries limited him to just 691 snaps and when he was out the Jets didn’t have a chance of blocking opposing defensive fronts. Now going into his second season in the league, Becton obviously could keep getting better and he has the upside to develop into one of the top left tackles in the league, though that’s not a guarantee and even if he does develop into that kind of player, that development isn’t always linear and might not include a year two leap.

The Jets also made a big investment at right tackle last off-season, signing ex-Seahawk George Fant to a 3-year, 27.3 million dollar contract, but that move didn’t work out as well, as Fant was middling at best across 14 starts in his first season in New York and likely would have been released this off-season if a portion of his 2021 salary was not already guaranteed. Fant’s addition not working out isn’t all that surprising either, as he struggled mightily in the only extended starting experience of his career in 2016, before tearing his ACL and missing all of 2017, and only showing promise in limited action as a 6th offensive lineman upon his return in 2018-2019. It was very odd to see the Jets guarantee so much money to a player without much track record of success and it predictably has not paid off.

What made the move even stranger is that the Jets used a 3rd round pick the previous off-season in 2019 on offensive tackle Chuma Edoga and, though he struggled across 421 rookie year snaps, he could have played a bigger role in his 2nd season in the league. Instead, he was limited to 235 snaps as the swing tackle behind Fant and Becton. Edoga showed some promise in that limited action though and, even with Fant’s salary, it wouldn’t be a surprise to see Edoga push to start at right tackle in 2021, now in his third season in the league. If he can’t take Fant’s job, he will settle in as an above average swing tackle.

The Jets also got disappointing play out of another 2020 off-season signing in Connor McGovern, who signed a 3-year, 27 million dollar deal to join the Jets from the Broncos and proceeded to finish 25th out of 38 eligible centers on PFF in 16 starts. McGovern at least has some bounce back potential because he ranked 9th among centers on PFF in 2019 in 16 starts, somewhat justifying his contract, but the 2016 5th round pick has also been pretty inconsistent across 52 career starts, so he’s hardly a guarantee to bounce back. His salary and lack of competition lock him into a starting role though.

Rounding out this offensive line at right guard, the Jets have a pair of veterans who both saw action last season in Greg Van Roten (752 snaps) and Alex Lewis (544 snaps). They occasionally played together, with Lewis on the left side and Van Roten on the right, but with Vera-Tucker coming in, they will now compete for one job. Neither one played badly last season, but they’ve been middling at best in their careers, across 40 starts in 9 seasons in the league and 39 starts in 5 seasons in the league respectively. 

Lewis is slightly higher paid and slightly younger, with Van Roten heading into his age 31 season and possibly on the decline, but Van Roten has also been a slightly better player over the past couple seasons. Whoever loses the right guard job will provide depth on the interior, along with off-season acquisition Dan Feeney, who made 57 starts in 4 seasons with the Chargers (39 at guard and 18 at center), but never earned an above average grade and was PFF’s 2nd worst ranked center in the league last season. There is still some uncertainty in this group, but they have a pair of back-to-back first round pick offensive linemen to give them a high upside and center Connor McGovern has bounce back potential as well.

Grade: B

Running Backs

One position where the Jets could have made a bigger investment this off-season was running back. The Jets ranked 24th with 4.15 yards per carry last season and they did make additions this off-season in what is largely an overhauled group, but they didn’t make any high end additions, instead signing veteran Tevin Coleman to a 1-year, 1.1 million dollar deal in free agency and using a 4th round pick on North Carolina’s Michael Carter. 

New offensive coordinator Mike LaFleur comes from the 49ers where they regularly used multiple running backs, including Tevin Coleman, who spent two past seasons in San Francisco, but they had a much better offensive line and this running back group doesn’t have anyone with a high upside. Along with Coleman and Carter, I would expect 2020 4th round pick Lamical Perine to factor into the mix, even though he averaged just 3.63 YPC as a rookie.

Perine and Carter have some upside, but Coleman figures to be the lead back because of his experience. Coleman has never topped 167 carries in a season and has only once played all 16 games in 6 seasons in the league, including a 2020 campaign in which he averaged just 1.89 YPC on 28 carries, but the 2015 3rd round pick is only in his age 28 season and has averaged a decent 4.24 YPC on 693 carries for his career. He’s not much of a receiver though, maxing out at 31 catches in a season, so it’s possible Carter or Perine will steal passing down work from him, in addition to being change-of-pace reserves.

Grade: C+

Edge Defenders

It might have been hard to tell because of how terrible their offense was, but the Jets actually had a decent defense last season, ranking 16th in first down rate allowed over expected. However, that doesn’t mean they didn’t have big needs to address this off-season on the defensive side of the ball. One of those needs is the edge defender position, where the Jets didn’t have a player with more than 3.5 sacks last season and, in fact, have not had a player top 8 sacks since the 2013 season. That could change in 2021 though and the biggest reason for that is the addition of former Bengal Carl Lawson on a 3-year, 45 million dollar deal. 

Lawson has only topped that 8-sack mark once in four seasons in the league, but that is in part due to injuries that cost him significant chunks of two seasons and his peripheral pass rush stats suggest he was better than his sack total, as he had just 20 sacks in 51 games, but added 60 hits and a 14.3% pressure rate. He leaves something to be desired against the run, but he’s finished in the top-27 among edge defenders in pass rush grade on PFF in three out of four seasons, including a 11th ranked finish in 2018 and a 8th ranked finish in 2020. Only in his age 26 season, he should give the Jets a much needed top level edge rusher for years to come, provided he can avoid further injury.

Tarell Basham and Jordan Jenkins led this group with 734 snaps and 528 snaps respectively, but both were underwhelming pass rushers and neither is with the team anymore, so this is a completely revamped group. Along with Lawson, the Jets also made some lower level veteran free agent additions this off-season, signing ex-Eagle Vinny Curry and ex-49er Ronald Blair to one-year deals worth 1.3 million and 1.1 million respectively. 

Curry doesn’t have a huge sack total in his career, with just 32.5 in 123 games, but he’s always impressed as a situational pass rusher, playing just 27.4 snaps per game total and still posting impressive peripheral pass rush numbers with 66 hits and a 12.7% pressure rate. He’s now in his age 33 season and seems to be somewhat on the decline, but even if he isn’t, he’s not going to be more than a situational pass rusher for this team. He could be valuable in that role if he doesn’t drop off though.

Blair, meanwhile, was a 5th round pick of the 49ers in 2016 and showed some promise in his first four seasons of his career in San Francisco, with his best play coming in the final year of his rookie deal in 2019, but he was always buried on the depth chart on a talented defensive line, averaging just 25.1 snaps per game in 47 games over those four seasons, and his best season in 2019 was ended midway by a torn ACL, which ultimately led to him missing all of 2020 with injury. If he’s past his injury, he’s still theoretically in his prime in his age 28 season and he’s familiar with the system from his time in San Francisco with Robert Saleh, but between his injury and his overall lack of experience, he’s hard to project to a significant role. 

The Jets are also moving from a 3-4 to a 4-3 base defense and will be playing John Franklin-Myers, one of their best interior rushers in 2020, almost exclusively on the edge in this new defensive front. Franklin-Myers is a big edge defender at 6-4 288, but it’s likely that Robert Saleh views him as his Arik Armstead in this defense and Armstead plays mostly outside at a similar weight. Franklin-Myers only played about half the snaps last season, but he was very effective as a pass rush specialist, totaling 3 sacks, 10 hits, and a 14.4% pressure rate, despite lining up in the interior on 79.9% of his pass rush snaps. However, that kind of came out of nowhere from him and he’s a complete one-year wonder in terms of playing at that level.

Franklin-Myers was a 4th round pick in 2018 and showed a little promise across 301 rookie year snaps, primarily playing on the edge, but couldn’t make the Rams’ final roster in year two and, after being signed by the Jets during the 2019 season, he got hurt and never ended up playing a snap for them all year, so his 2020 breakout year was unexpected to say the least. It’s possible he’s permanently turned a corner as a player, but I would bet against him matching last season’s level of play, even if he should be able to remain a capable rotational player upfront for the Jets.

Young options at this position who could earn roles include 2020 3rd round pick Jabari Zuniga, who played just 103 snaps as a rookie, 2020 undrafted free agent Bryce Huff, who also saw limited rookie year playing time with 296 snaps, and 2019 undrafted free agent Kyle Phillips, who has played 720 snaps in two seasons in the league, but has largely been mediocre. Zuniga would seem to have the highest upside of the three young players based on his draft status, but his draft status alone doesn’t guarantee he’ll become a contributor. Fortunately, the Jets won’t need to rely heavily on any of them in an improved group overall.

Grade: B

Interior Defenders

On the interior, the Jets will mostly lose John Franklin-Myers from last year’s group, with him expected to play most of his snaps on the edge this year, and they’ll also be without Henry Anderson, who was solid for them across 549 snaps last season and signed with the Patriots this off-season, but they won’t need quite as many snaps from interior defenders this season in their new 4-3 defense and they also made a significant signing in free agency, signing ex-Saint Sheldon Rankins to a 2-year, 11 million. 

Rankins was a former first round pick of the Saints in 2016, selected 12th overall, and at one point it seemed like he would break the bank when he hit free agency, but instead he’ll actually take a paycut from the final year of his rookie deal, in which he got paid 7.69 million, due to the NFL’s shrunken cap this off-season, combined with Rankins having probably the worst year of his 5-year career in his 2020 contract year. 

In 2018, Rankins seemed to have broken out as the player he was drafted to be, finishing 25th among interior defenders on PFF across 642 snaps, but the last two seasons have been filled with injury and inconsistency and he’s managed to play just 738 snaps in 22 games combined over those two seasons, while earning middling at best grades from PFF. It’s possible his injuries have permanently sapped his effectiveness and he also missed significant time as a rookie as well, meaning he’s missed 17 games total in 5 seasons in the league, but he’s still a former first round pick with something of a track record who is only in his age 27 season, so he was a worthwhile pickup on a relatively inexpensive two-year deal.

Rankins should start opposite another former first round pick Quinnen Williams, who led this group with 587 snaps played in just 13 games last season, despite only being in his second season. Williams also played at a high level, finishing as PFF’s 13th ranked interior defender and especially excelling as a pass rusher, leading this team with 7 sacks and adding another 9 hits and a 10.3% pressure rate. 

Williams was only middling across 512 rookie year snaps in 2019, but he was the 3rd overall pick in 2019 and, not even turning 24 until December, he obviously has a massive upside and could develop into one of the top interior defenders in the league for years to come. Even if he does that, it isn’t a guarantee that he’ll take another big step forward right away in year three, but the future obviously looks very bright for him and his upside elevates the upside of this group significantly.

The Jets also still have reserves Folorunso Fatukasi and Nathan Shepherd, who played 507 snaps and 336 snaps respectively last season and should continue seeing rotational roles in 2021. A 6th round pick in 2018, Fatukasi isn’t much of a pass rusher, with a career 4.3% pressure rate, but he finished as PFF’s 5th ranked interior defender against the run in 2020 and he had a similarly strong season on 390 snaps in 2019, finishing 2nd among interior defenders against the run. He might not have much more upside, but he should remain a very useful early down player for this defense.

Shepherd, meanwhile, saw more sub package snaps, but he wasn’t particularly good at anything last season and finished as PFF’s 116th ranked interior defender out of 139 eligible across 336 snaps. A 3rd round pick in 2018, Shepherd has shown more promise in the past, but he hasn’t played a whole lot, averaging just 304 snaps per season in his career. He could be a solid rotational player and he has the upside for more in his 4th season in the league, but he’s the least impressive of the four primary options the Jets have at a position that looks like a strength.

Grade: A-

Linebackers

In the linebacking corps, the Jets big addition is actually a re-addition, as expected top off ball linebacker CJ Mosley opted out of the 2020 season and will return for 2021. Mosley was signed to a 5-year, 85 million dollar deal with 43 million guaranteed in free agency two off-seasons ago, but he was limited to 114 snaps in two games by injury in year one and then didn’t play a snap last season. The Jets didn’t have to pay his salary in 2020, but his contract tolls forward a year, meaning that instead of having his last year of guaranteed money on his deal in 2021, he’ll now have it in 2022, when he’ll be in his age 30 season. If Mosley doesn’t bounce back in 2021, the Jets may want to move on from him next off-season, but his contract situation won’t make that feasible.

Obviously, the Jets will be hoping he can bounce back and that’s definitely possible, but he was an overpay on this contract to begin with. He was selected in the first round in 2014 by the Ravens and was always at least a solid starter in his five seasons in Baltimore, a stretch in which he only missed 3 games and averaged 64.2 snaps per game, but he also never finished higher than 16th among off ball linebackers on PFF in any of those seasons. I wouldn’t expect that to change in 2021 after basically missing two straight seasons, but his re-addition should still be a benefit for this defense.

The Jets also added ex-Lion Jarrad Davis on a 1-year, 5.5 million dollar deal. That was a bit of a head-scratching deal because it’s a significant amount of money in an off-season in which most players had to take a below market value one-year deal and, even if Davis proves to be worth his pay in 2021, the deal doesn’t have any upside and the Jets will have to pay even more to keep him next off-season. 

Davis’ deal also has significant downside as he was a consistently below average starter across 60.0 snaps per game in 41 games in his first 3 seasons in the league, including a career worst 97th out of 100 eligible across 654 snaps in 2019, and only earned his first average grade from PFF in 2020 when he played just 329 snaps as a reserve. The Jets seem likely to play him more than that and, even though he has theoretical upside in his age 27 season, he is likely to struggle in that increased role like he did early in his career.

None of the Jets’ off ball linebackers played well last season, but the Jets also let pretty much everyone walk, leaving them with little depth behind Mosley and Davis, which is a concern because neither one is a sure thing and, with the Jets moving to a 4-3 defense, they will have to play three off ball linebackers together in base packages on occasion, something they didn’t have to do in a 3-4. 

Blake Cashman is their top returning linebacker and he only played three snaps all last season. That lack of playing time was primarily due to injuries and Cashman was a 5th round pick in 2019 who saw a more significant snap count (424) as a rookie, but Cashman struggled mightily in that rookie year action, finishing 83rd among 100 eligible off ball linebackers, and he had that season cut short by injury as well. 

Assuming he can stay healthy, Cashman should see a role as the Jets’ third linebacker in base packages and could have to play an every down role if Davis and/or Mosley get injured and/or struggle. The Jets did use a 5th round pick on linebacker Jamien Sherwood and a 6th round pick on hybrid safety/linebacker Hamsah Nasirildeen, but it would be hard to rely on either one as a rookie, so Cashman seems likely to be the third linebacker by default. Even with Mosley coming back, this is a somewhat concerning position group.

Grade: C+

Secondary

Even though the Jets went on a big shopping spree this off-season, the one position they neglected was cornerback. On the contrary, the Jets actually let talented slot cornerback Brian Poole leave this off-season and are going to be embracing a youth movement at the position. Despite that youth movement, the Jets also didn’t spend any premium draft picks on the position, opting instead to use a pair of 5th round picks (Michael Carter, Jason Pinnock) and a 6th round pick (Brandin Echols) on developmental prospects that are unlikely to make an impact in year one. 

Given that, the Jets will be depending on young cornerbacks already on this roster taking a step forward, including their top-3 returning cornerbacks Blessuan Austin (681 snaps), Bryce Hall (547 snaps), and Lamar Jackson (453 snaps), who all earned below average grades from PFF in 2020. None of those three were high draft picks either, so it’s tough to project any of them to take a significant step forward.

Austin, a 6th rounder in 2019, showed more promise as a rookie, but it was across just 388 snaps. Hall and Jackson, meanwhile, were just rookies last season, going in the 5th round and undrafted respectively. Javelin Guidry could also be in the mix for a role and he was also an undrafted free agent in 2020. He was probably the best of the bunch last season, but his promising play came in just 174 snaps. Barring more reliable veteran additions, it’s hard not to see cornerback as anything but a position of weakness for the Jets in 2021.

Fortunately, things are better at safety, even after the Jets traded Jamal Adams to the Seahawks for a pair of first round picks last off-season. Marcus Maye was selected in the 2nd round in the same 2017 NFL Draft as the Jets selected Adams 6th overall and, in Adams’ absence, Maye broke out as one of the top safeties in the league in 2020, finishing 4th among safeties on PFF. Needing to keep at least one of their talented safeties drafted in 2017, the Jets wisely gave Maye the franchise tag this off-season and will either extend him before the season starts or make him prove it another year on the tag. 

Last year was the best year of Maye’s career, but he’s not a one-year wonder, as he finished 21st among safeties in PFF in 2019 and ranked 11th in 2018 through 6 games before suffering a season ending injury. Still very much in his prime in his age 27 season, he should be relatively safe to lock up long-term. Making him prove it another year is only going to increase his price, especially if they wait until after the Seahawks sign Adams, and is not really necessary, so the Jets should be trying to get him extended long-term, even if they have to pay him at the top of the safety market (14-16 million annually). Either way, barring an extended holdout, Maye should be a big asset for the Jets on defense in 2021, regardless of his contract situation.

At the other safety spot, the Jets used a 3rd round pick on safety Ashtyn Davis in 2020 to essentially be Jamal Adams’ replacement, but he’s not locked into a starting role in year two, after struggling across 402 rookie year snaps, finishing 82nd out of 99 eligible safeties on PFF. He could win an every down starting job for this team, but he’ll face competition from veteran free agent addition LaMarcus Joyner, who signed on a 1-year, 3 million dollar deal this off-season. That’s a steep drop off from the last contract Joyner signed in free agency, when he inked a 4-year, 42 million dollar deal with the Raiders, after spending a year making 11.287 million on the franchise tag with the Rams, but Joyner was so bad in two years with the Raiders that this was the best he could get this off-season. 

In some ways, Joyner not being worth that contract wasn’t a surprise, not because Joyner never proved himself as a top level safety with the Rams, finishing 2nd among safeties in 2017 and then 28th in 2018, but because the Raiders tried to use Joyner more as a slot cornerback, where he had early career struggles. Those struggles predictably returned as Joyner returned to his former spot, as he finished 124th among 135 eligible cornerbacks across 706 snaps in 2019 and 97th among 133 eligible across 670 snaps in 2020, basically giving the Raiders no benefit in exchange for the 22 million he was paid over his two seasons in town. 

That was really the Raiders’ fault more than anyone though and Joyner has some obvious bounce back potential now back in a more comfortable position at safety, though it’s worth noting he’s 31 now and going on three years removed from his last effective season. He was a worthwhile flyer for the Jets, who are hoping they can find at least one capable starting option out of their competition between him and Ashtyn Davis. It seems like at least somewhat of a safe bet that one of them can be that for them. That would be a big help for a Jets team that will badly need to mask their inexperienced cornerback group.

Grade: C+

Kicker/Punter

Special teams were a big part of the problem for the Jets in 2020, as they ranked 29th in special teams DVOA. Their worst aspect was their place kicking and they cycled through three different kickers who combined to make just 20/24 on extra points and 21/28 on field goals, including just 6/11 from 40+ yards. The Jets are starting fresh at the position, but they could easily struggle at the position again, as they will have a competition between rookie undrafted free agent Chris Naggar and Matt Ammendola, a 2019 undrafted free agent who has yet to attempt a kick at the NFL level.

Naggar made 81.0% of his field goals at the collegiate level in 2019, but he didn’t make a field goal longer than 48 yards, he missed three extra points, and he was just a one-year starter. Ammendola, meanwhile, was a three year starter and has converted from 53 yards, but he never surpassed 80% on field goals for a season and he made just 60.7% from 40+ yards. Barring anything surprising from these unproven kickers, I would expect kicker to remain a weakness in 2021.

The Jets’ punting game was also a big weakness in 2020, but that was more on the supporting cast than punter Braden Mann, who earned a middling grade from PFF. Mann was a 6th round rookie last season and has the upside to be better in year two, but that’s not a guarantee and, even if he is, the Jets will still need to be much better around him if they are going to suddenly become an above average punting unit. Mann is the best of the Jets’ kicking specialists, but that’s mostly by default, given their situation at kicker.

Grade: C+

Return Specialists

Punt returns are the one aspect of special teams in which the Jets finished above average in 2020 and it was just barely. They also didn’t get many attempts, with Braxton Berrios taking their only 10 punt returns for an average of 8.6 yards per attempt, as the Jets didn’t force many punts and called for fair catches on 29 occasions. Berrios has averaged an impressive 10.5 yards per attempt average on 31 returns in his career and seems very likely to keep his job and continue playing at a reasonably high level. 

Berrios also took 9 kickoff returns last season, but did not fare well, averaging just 18.6 yards per return. That was a theme for the Jets in general in 2020, as they ranked just 28th in the NFL with a 19.8 yards per kickoff return average, but they did get some help late in the season when they signed Corey Ballentine, who had recently been let go by the Giants, and made him their starting kickoff returner late in the season. 

Ballentine averaged 26.2 yards per return on 12 attempts and was clearly their best returner all season. Ballentine has a 24.5 yards per return average for his career across 31 attempts, to go with a 24.8 yards per return average on 47 returns at the collegiate level, so he should continue being an upgrade for the Jets in 2021, this time as a full season starter. Berrios and Ballentine have a good chance to be a solid duo in 2020 and, if their supporting cast is improved, both would likely see their averages improve even more.

Grade: B

Special Teamers

The Jets’ supporting special teamers struggled as a group last season, but they also overhauled this group as much as any team in the league. They kept special teams coordinator Brant Boyer for his 5th season with the team, but Matthias Farley (308 snaps), Harvey Langi (239 snaps), Frankie Luvu (236 snaps), Neville Hewitt (186 snaps), Tarell Basham (160 snaps), Bryce Hager (148 snaps), and Arthur Maulet (139 snaps) were seven of the Jets top-9 in terms of snaps played on special teams and none of them will return for 2021. That gave the Jets opportunity to improve this unit significantly, but they actually only added two veteran special teamers this off-season and will likely be relying heavily on significant contributions from their rookie class.

One of those two veterans is Justin Hardee, who was PFF’s 4th ranked special teamer across 214 snaps. Hardee has been inconsistent across his 4-year career, but he has averaged 274 special teams snaps per season and also finished 8th among special teamers across 252 snaps in 2017. At the very least, he should be an above average option across a significant snap count in 2021 and he has the upside to be among the best in the league. On the other hand, however, Sherrod Neasman, their other free agent addition, has been much more middling, across an average of 240 snaps per season over the past 4 seasons. He can be a snap eater for this unit, but not much more.

Daniel Brown (330 snaps) and Ryan Griffin (208 snaps) are their top returning special teamers, but Brown struggled and has never been better than middling in his 4 seasons as a regular special teamer and, while Griffin was one of the Jets’ better special teamers last season, he also has an inconsistent history and might not repeat the best year of his career on special teams again in 2020. Aside from Brown, Griffin, Hardee, and Neasman, the Jets are going to be relying on a lot of unproven players in this group. They could be better than last year by default and they have some upside if they can get good contributions from their rookie class, but this is likely to remain a below average position group.

Grade: C

Conclusion

The Jets should be significantly improved on offense this season. Their have significantly more talent around the quarterback than last season and, while the jury is still out on #2 overall pick Zach Wilson, it wouldn’t be hard for him to be an upgrade over Sam Darnold. However, they were the worst offensive team in the league by far last season, so even being significantly improved would likely have them as a below average unit. 

On defense, they were a middling unit last season and they are improved in some areas this season, but their issues at cornerback will likely prevent them from being significantly improved on an already decent group from a year ago. The Jets should be more competitive this season, but it would take a very unlikely rookie season from Wilson to elevate this team into post-season contention in the AFC. This year is mostly just about developing Wilson and hoping to see improvement throughout the season, as the Jets look to compete in 2022 and beyond. I will have a final prediction for the Jets at the end of the off-season with the rest of the teams.

8/8/21: The Jets’ poor special teams play contributed to their struggles last season more than I realized and those struggles seem likely to continue into 2021. The Jets will be significantly better this season than last season and their offense gets even more help from free agent addition right tackle Morgan Moses, but they’re starting from such a low base point, maybe even lower than most realize, that a significant improvement is still likely to result in a well below .500 average.

9/4/21 Update: The Jets will obviously be better than a year ago, but they’re starting from an even lower base point than their 2-14 record last season suggested, as they were lucky to win the two games they won and were blown out in most of their losses. They will have to be significantly better to even compete for a playoff spot and I just don’t think they improved enough, especially with Carl Lawson out for the season and being replaced by a lesser player in Shaq Lawson. Zach Wilson had a promising pre-season, but he’s still a rookie and will have a tough time trying to win games with this roster, even if he can exceed expectations in year one.

Prediction: 4-13 4th in AFC East

New England Patriots 2021 NFL Season Preview

Quarterback

Last off-season, Tom Brady and the New England Patriots parted ways after the most successful two decade stretch in NFL history, in which the Patriots won 17 division titles, 9 AFC Championships, and 6 Super Bowls and set countless records. The breakup between the two sides is undoubtedly complicated and there are likely things we will never know about how it went down, but the decision appeared to be at least somewhat mutual. 

Patriots Head Coach and GM Bill Belichick did not want to commit to a soon-to-be-43-year-old Brady at a significant level and Brady was unwilling to stay without a commitment at that level, instead opting to take a fully guaranteed 2-year, 50 million dollar deal with the Buccaneers that barred Tampa Bay from franchise tagging him at the end of the contract, giving Brady both short-term guarantees at a high salary while leaving him completely in control of his NFL future, despite his advanced age. Beyond that, the Patriots seemed to be heading into something of a rebuilding year with or without Brady, while the Buccaneers gave Brady a talented roster that was legitimately a quarterback away from being Super Bowl contenders.

Brady’s Buccaneers didn’t just contend for that Super Bowl, but ended up winning it, giving Brady his 7th ring and his 1st away from Belichick and the Patriots, who fell to 7-9 in his absence. At first glance, the Patriots seem to be the obvious losers of that exchange, but it’s more complex than that. As I mentioned, the Patriots were heading into something of a rebuilding year with or without Brady. The 2019 Patriots won 12 games, but they did so thanks to a league best defense, while their offense ranked just 21st in first down rate and got progressively worse as the season went on.

That defense was always likely to regress in 2020, as they had lost significant talent in free agency and, though Brady could not have seen these things coming when he made his decision in March, opt outs further depleted their talent on defense. As a result, the Patriots fell all the way to 24th in first down rate allowed over expected at +1.22%, a year after leading the league in that metric by a significant amount. 

Assuming that would have happened with or without Brady, it’s hard to see the Patriots making a serious run in 2020 either way, as they did not have the necessary talent in the receiving corps for their offense to be significantly improved from 2019 regardless of their quarterback situation. As well as Brady played in Tampa Bay, it’s important to remember he had so much more talent around him than he would have had he stayed in New England.

The Patriots could have kicked the can on their cap issues another year to bring back Brady and potentially some help around him on defense, but by taking their lumps last year and not attempting what would have almost definitely been an ill-fated attempt to win one last Super Bowl with Brady, the Patriots are in much better shape going forward in 2021 and beyond. After years of spending to keep talented players around Brady, the Patriots essentially paid off the credit card last season and had the 3rd lowest average annual salary in the league, a metric that highly correlates with winning. The Patriots were only ahead of the Jaguars and Jets, who went a combined 3-29, so, by those standards, the Patriots winning 7 games seems like something of a miracle.

The Patriots’ reward for that was having among the most cap space in the league this off-season, in an off-season when most teams lacked financial flexibility due to a shrunken cap, which led to the Patriots going on an unprecedented shopping spree this off-season that has pushed them all the way up to 9th in average annual salary. The Patriots have almost never spent big money in free agency, but that is because they’ve had to reserve most of their cap for keeping some of the talented players they drafted and developed over the years. The Patriots’ drafts have fallen off in recent years, so a big free agency was necessary for this team to try to get back on top.

It’s admittedly not as effective of a strategy for building a team as drafting and developing, but the Patriots didn’t have much of a choice, they’re not starting from that low of a basepoint (7-9, 21st in schedule adjusted first down rate differential) and there is no denying, between free agency and players returning from opt outs, that this team has a huge infusion of talent coming in this season. They’re also, of course, still coached at a high level by Bill Belichick and his coaching staff and, for as many recent draft misses as Belichick has, he still has a lot more hits historically and he remains probably the best evaluator of pro talent in the league, which likely came in handy when he was on his big off-season shopping spree.

The Patriots shooting up to 9th in average annual salary this off-season doesn’t tell the whole story either, as six of the eight teams ahead of them are all paying their quarterback significant money, while the Patriots have concentrated their funds on the rest of their roster and are hoping they’ve found a cheap young franchise quarterback through the draft in Alabama’s Mac Jones, who they selected 15th overall. 

If they have, the Patriots chances of winning a Super Bowl in the next few years shoot up significantly, as having a franchise quarterback on a rookie deal and being aggressive surrounding that quarterback with talent is the best way to contend for a Super Bowl, outside of having a transcendent talent like Brady or Patrick Mahomes. Since the beginning of the salary cap in 1994, just 7 of 27 teams have won the Super Bowl with a quarterback taking up more than 10% of their salary cap and all 7 are future Hall of Famers. Beyond that, more than half (14 of 27) of those Super Bowl winning quarterbacks took up less than 7% of their team’s salary cap and a third accounted for less than 5%. 

That’s a big if though, as with any quarterback selected in the first round, Jones’ chances of becoming a franchise quarterback are questionable. Jones might not even make it into the starting lineup as a rookie until midway through the season, as the Patriots have brought back incumbent starting quarterback Cam Newton and could use him as a stopgap if they don’t feel Jones is ready. Newton drew a lot of the blame for the Patriots’ down season last year, but it was hardly his fault given the rest of this roster and, as crazy as it might sound, the Patriots actually converted first downs at a higher rate relative to the rest of the league with Newton in 2020, when they ranked 18th, than with Brady in 2019, when they ranked 21st.

That’s not to say that Newton was an upgrade on Brady, but while the 2019 Patriots’ offense mostly consisted of Brady trying and largely failing to consistently string together drives through the air with one of the worst receiving corps in the league. Newton at least gave them an added dimension as a runner, averaging 4.32 YPC and scoring 12 touchdowns on 137 carries and opening up running lanes for the rest of this backfield, leading to the Patriots jumping from a 25th ranked 3.81 YPC in 2019 to an 8th ranked 4.67 YPC in 2020. 

That somewhat offsets passing numbers, 65.8% completion, 7.22 YPA, 8 touchdowns, and 10 interceptions, that almost definitely would have been better had Newton had a better receiving corps to throw to and had he not cannibalized so many of his own passing touchdowns by rushing for it instead. Overall, Newton was PFF’s 23rd ranked quarterback out of 42 eligible, not great, but probably better than the common perception. If the Patriots have to start Newton for a stretch, I would expect him to be better than last year, now with another year in the system and a lot more talent around him, although it goes without saying that the veteran’s best days are almost definitely behind him and that the young Mac Jones gives them a much higher upside. 

Unless Newton takes a big step forward, it’s hard to see him keeping the job all season, but this is a genuine competition and the Patriots have enough talent around the quarterback that they could be competitive with either option, so it wouldn’t be a surprise to see Newton start into mid-season if the team is winning consistently. Jones also could just outright take the job in training camp, which would probably be the best case scenario for this team, assuming it doesn’t come by default because of Newton being totally washed up or getting hurt. The most likely scenario, however it comes, is the Patriots getting at least capable play under center from one of their two quarterbacks.

Grade: B

Receiving Corps

Given the Patriots’ issues in the receiving corps last season and really for the past two seasons, it’s not a surprise that was a big focus of their off-season shopping spree. However, instead of spending at the top of the wide receiver market, the Patriots instead signed free agency’s two best tight ends, Hunter Henry and Jonnu Smith, to contracts that pay them among the top tight ends in the league, and instead shopped more in the middle of the market at the wide receiver position.

The numbers might look like an overpay for the tight ends, as both become the third highest paid tight end in the league in average annual value on contracts worth 50 million over 4 years (Smith) and 37.5 million over 3 years (Henry), but the tight end market has been undervalued for years, so these contracts are pretty reasonable values. For years, the top receiving tight ends like Rob Gronkowski, Travis Kelce, and Zach Ertz were all signed to well below market value deals that they signed early in their careers and, because NFL contracts are largely determined by contracts given to peers at the same position, that led to no tight end even reaching 10 million annually until Austin Hooper signed a 4-year, 40 million dollar deal with the Browns last off-season.

Kelce and breakout tight end George Kittle followed shortly after with big extensions, but the tight end position still looks undervalued when you consider that if you take into account wide receivers. Kittle and Kelce rank just 19th and 21st among pass catchers in average annual salary, even though they produce like top level receivers and also block inline. Smith and Henry might not jump off the page as top level tight ends, but they’re two of the exceedingly rare tight ends in the league who are both above average run blockers and pass catchers and, if you look at their contracts compared to wide receivers, they rank just 23rd among pass catchers in average annual salary. Top free agent wide receiver Kenny Golladay signed for 18 million annually, not far behind the combined 25 million annually that the Patriots are giving their two tight ends and I think the Patriots will get significantly more value out of the two of them than if they had just spent the money on one wide receiver.

Henry entered the league as a second round pick of the Chargers in 2016, selected to be the successor for future Hall of Famer Antonio Gates, who was in the twilight of his career. Henry showed a lot of promise in his first two seasons in the league as a part-time player behind Gates, averaging 2.02 yards per route run, blocking at a high level, and finishing 6th and 2nd among tight ends on PFF in those two seasons respectively. In 2018, it seemed as if Henry was destined for a breakout year with Gates no longer with the team, but instead he got hurt before the season began and missed most of the year, causing the Chargers to have to bring back Gates for one last season. 

Henry has been relatively healthy the past two seasons and saw more playing time with Gates gone for good, but he still missed six games between the two seasons and he didn’t quite live up to early career expectations either, ranking 14th among tight ends on PFF in 2019 while posting a 55/652/5 slash line and averaging 1.67 yards per route run and then ranking 18th among tight ends on PFF in 2020 while posting a 60/613/4 slash line and averaging just 1.28 yards per route run, with new quarterback Justin Herbert not targeting the tight end position as much as his predecessor Philip Rivers. However, Henry is still an above average tight end who is only heading into his age 27 season and his career 8.12 yards per target average is pretty impressive, even if he hasn’t always been the focus of the offense enough to produce massive receiving yardage totals. 

Smith, meanwhile, was a third round pick of the Titans in 2017. Smith has never posted a big receiving total either, never topping 448 yards in a season, but that’s because he took a couple years to develop and then over the past two seasons he’s split time with other tight ends on a team that runs the ball a lot. Over those two seasons, he averaged an impressive 1.64 yards per route run and 8.14 yards per target, but his lack of targets limited his overall production. Also a solid blocker, Smith has finished 16th and 11th among tight ends overall on PFF in those two seasons respectively, showing he’s been a lot better than you’d think just by looking at his raw receiving totals. Still only going into his age 26 season, Smith could keep getting better and at the very least should remain in his prime for several seasons.

The Patriots having two tight ends might conjure up images of Tom Brady throwing to Rob Gronkowski and Aaron Hernandez (or Martellus Bennett), but there are some big differences, aside from the obvious of Brady being gone and neither Smith or Henry likely to live up to the level of Gronkowski. For one, both players can block and catch the football at an above average level, meaning that when the Patriots line up in two tight end sets, which is likely to be frequently, opposing defenses will have to either cover both with linebackers, which will create mismatches, or they will have to cover them with safeties, in which case the Patriots have the offensive line and power running game to take advantage of that mismatch. 

If anything, a better recent comparison might be the kind of offense the Baltimore Ravens ran in 2019.  Obviously Lamar Jackson isn’t around and the Patriots’ offense doesn’t have that same upside as a result, but the Ravens having multiple tight ends that could catch the football allowed them to play a style of football that defenses had a hard time matching up with and the Patriots’ offensive line and running backs compare favorably to the same position groups of those 2019 Ravens. 

I was expecting the Patriots to target a mobile quarterback in the draft to compete with Cam Newton, so that the Patriots’ offense would have that extra element of the quarterback taking off and running as well. However, Mac Jones is about as far away from Lamar Jackson as you can get so, while Jones is very likely to ultimately be a better thrower of the ball than Cam Newton, the Patriots will only have that added benefit of defenses having to account for a quarterback run when Cam Newton is under center, although I wouldn’t rule out the Patriots using Newton as some sort of short yardage/goal line quarterback, given how tough he is to stop in those situations.

The Patriots also have good depth at the tight end position. Their tight end group was abysmal last season, totaling just 18 catches on 32 targets, including just 2 catches and 3 catches respectively from third round rookies Devin Asiasi and Dalton Keene, but they would hardly be the first tight ends to improve significantly after a bad rookie season and they’re good depth to have in the 3rd and 4th tight end spots, behind what looks like arguably the best tight end duo in the league.

The Patriots didn’t go after the top level wide receivers, but they made additions at that position as well. The biggest one and probably their most questionable signing of the off-season was a 2-year, 22 million dollar deal given to Nelson Agholor that guarantees him 16 million. If Agholor plays like he did last season, he’ll be worth that contract, as he finished with a 48/896/8 slash line while averaging 2.04 yards per route run and 10.93 yards per target, but that’s far from a guarantee given his history, as Agholor had averaged just 1.04 yards per route run and 6.89 yards per target across just first five seasons in the league prior to last season.

In fact, Agholor ended up signing just a one-year, 1.05 million dollar deal with the Raiders last off-season and the Patriots, who desperately needed wide receiver help, went with other options at a similar price, so it’s strange that Belichick would suddenly think Agholor is worth this kind of money after one year. If we’re sticking with the Ravens offense metaphor, Agholor was clearly signed to be the deep threat who takes the top off the defense while they’re focused on dealing with the tight ends and the running game, similar to Marquise Brown. 

Agholor’s 18.7 yards per catch average last season would suggest he is a good fit in that role, but that came after averaging just 11.2 yards per catch over his first 5 seasons in the league. Agholor is a former first round pick who may could prove to be a late bloomer, still in his late prime in his age 28 season, and his usage with the Raiders last season was very different than his first five seasons in the league, as his average depth of target shot up from 11.3 to 15.7, suggesting that simply having him run deeper routes may have been the trick to unlocking him, but I would bet against him not repeating his career best year, even if he only regresses a little.

Kendrick Bourne, meanwhile, was a much better value on a 3-year, 15 million dollar deal. He’s also coming off of a career best year, finishing with a 49/667/2 slash line, but his 1.49 yards per route run average was both decent and not out of the ordinarily for a player who averaged 1.31 yards per route run in his first 3 seasons in the league, after the 49ers signed him as an undrafted free agent in 2017. Bourne didn’t get a chance to see significant playing time until injuries ahead of him on the depth chart in his fourth season in the league, but he could remain at least a marginal starting wide receiver for the Patriots, who will take that compared to much of what they got last season.

Their only wide receiver or tight end to play significant snaps and earn even an average grade from PFF last season was Jakobi Meyers, who had a sneaky good season in the midst of all of the Patriots’ problems in the receiving corps. Meyers wasn’t inserted into the lineup until week 7, before which he had played just 22 snaps, and he finished the season having played just 665 snaps, but he averaged a very impressive 2.24 yards per route run average (12th among wide receivers) and 9.00 yards per target, en route to finishing as PFF’s 27th ranked wide receiver overall on the season and totalling a 59/729/0 slash line.

Meyers is a 2019 undrafted free agent who only averaged 1.32 yards per route run as a rookie and he’s very unlikely to see the same target share this season as he did down the stretch last season, with several key additions made to this group this off-season, but Meyers should still be in the mix for the #2 or #3 wide receiver role and probably has a higher upside than Bourne. The Patriots two tight ends likely mean they won’t play many three wide receiver sets compared to the rest of the league, but all three of Agholor, Bourne, and Meyers are likely to see significant playing time as none of them are really a #1 wide receiver.

Reserve options farther down the depth chart include 2019 1st round pick bust N’Keal Harry, who has averaged just 0.93 yards per route run in limited action in his career and only theoretically still has upside because of his draft status, which may also be the only reason he makes this final roster, and journeyman deep threat Marvin Hall, who has just 37 catches in 5 seasons in the league but has taken 14 of them for at least 20 yards and has averaged a 1.69 yards per route run average in his limited action. Hall is not a candidate for a larger role than he’s seen, but he gives this offense another option to take the top off the defense in the rare occasions they decide to spread the defense out. This is not a spectacular group, but it’s hard to ignore how much better they’ve gotten just by adding several competent or better options.

Grade: B+

Running Backs

Even with an improved receiving corps, the offensive line and running backs still figure to be a big focus of this offense. Damien Harris was their lead back last season, rushing for 5.04 YPC on 137 carries, after just seeing four carries as a 3rd round rookie in 2019. Harris also rushed for 3.02 YPC after contact last season and ranked 19th in carry success rate at 53%. Now going into his third year in the league, Harris would seem to have a lot of upside if they gave him a larger role, but they also don’t seem ready to give him that larger role. 

Sony Michel returns and, while he’s missed 10 games in 3 seasons in the league and has been limited in countless others, he’s still rushed for 4.28 YPC over 535 carries with 2.68 YPC after contact and the former 2018 1st round pick has a similar profile to Harris as a runner, so he figures to continue eating into his work when on the field. The Patriots also used a 4th round pick on Oklahoma running back Rhamondre Stevenson, who also fits a similar profile, even if he’s obviously very raw and unproven. He probably won’t have a huge role as a rookie, but like Michel he could prevent Harris from getting a significant workload for a team that doesn’t like to commit to one back. 

Stevenson being added as the third back is great news for James White, who will have his pass catching role to himself, as Harris (5 catches in 10 games), Michel (26 catches in 38 games), and Stevenson (28 catches in 18 collegiate games) all leave something to be desired in the passing game. While those three backs are very similar, White could not be more different, with more catches (369) in his career than carries (309). White’s 49/375/1 slash line across 62 targets in 2020 was down from his 63/557/5 average slash line across 86 targets from his five seasons as Brady’s primary passing down back, but it was to be expected that he would fall off without Brady, who was notorious for targeting running backs in the passing game.

It also wouldn’t be a surprise to see White’s receiving numbers pick back up a little in a better offense in 2021, especially with former fellow passing down back Rex Burkhead no longer stealing work from him (33 targets in 2020). White has just a career 4.01 YPC average and is unlikely to see more than a few carries per game, but he’s firmly locked into his passing game role, with Stevenson being the only other running back on this roster with even theoretical upside as a pass catcher. The Patriots will use several backs this season, but they have a solid stable of situational players. 

Grade: B+

Offensive Line

On the offensive line, the Patriots are losing one of the better interior guards in the league in left guard Joe Thuney, who signed a 5-year, 80 million dollar deal with the Chiefs, after finishing 10th among guards on PFF in 2020, but this offensive line was still so talented aside from him and they added veteran Trent Brown in free agency to give them another starting option to replace Thuney, so they should still remain one of the top offensive lines in the league. Brown won’t replace Thuney directly at left guard, but he could play either left or right tackle for them, allowing Michael Onwenu, who saw action at both guard and tackle last season, to focus on guard in 2021.

Onwenu is really the key to replacing Thuney, as the 2020 6th round pick played well enough as a rookie, primarily at right tackle, to make Thuney expendable. Overall, Onwenu finished 8th among offensive tackles on PFF, showing himself to be arguably the best value pick of the entire draft. He might not be quite that good going forward and the fact that the league let him fall all the way to the 6th round just a year ago can’t be ignored yet, but he projects as an above average replacement at left guard and he could prove to be better long-term inside than outside.

While Onwenu is a big part of how they plan to replace Thuney, Brown’s addition was big as well. This is actually his second stint in New England, as Brown spent a year in New England as part of their Super Bowl winning team in 2018. Brown was a steal when they acquired him from the 49ers for a swap of mid round picks and paid him just a 1.907 million dollar salary for a season in which he made 16 starts at left tackle and earned a slightly above average grade from PFF, after proving himself as a right tackle the previous season in San Francisco, when he finished 28th among offensive tackles on PFF as a 10-game starter.

The Patriots were also smart not to keep Brown on a deal like the 4-year, 66 million dollar deal that he ended up signing with the Raiders that off-season, as Brown was limited to just 16 starts in two seasons with the Raiders and was basically salary dumped on the Patriots this off-season, who restructured his deal down to a much more manageable 9 million over 1 year. Brown didn’t show any dropoff on the field when he did play with the Raiders and he should still be in his prime in his age 28 season, so he has bounce back potential if he can stay on the field, but that is a big question after the past two seasons.

Regardless of whether Brown starts on the right side or the left side, he’ll start opposite Isaiah Wynn, who has been the starter at left tackle in Brown’s absence over the past two seasons. A first round pick in 2018, Wynn’s career started on an unfortunate note as he missed all of his rookie year with a torn achilles, but he’s developed pretty well in the two seasons since, ranking 35th among offensive tackles on PFF in 2019 and improving up to 10th among offensive tackles in 2020. 

However, durability has remained a problem for Wynn, as he has missed another 14 games over the past two seasons, so it’s a big question mark whether he’ll be able to make it through the whole season without missing time, perhaps even more so than Brown. Justin Herron, a 2020 6th round pick who played 352 nondescript snaps as a rookie, would probably be the first one off the bench in case of an injury, so it’s a bit of a concern, although they could move Onwenu back to tackle in that scenario and plug in a reserve at guard instead.

At guard, Shaq Mason will play opposite Onwenu and, with his former counterpart Thuney gone, Mason is probably their best player upfront now and that may have even been the case before Thuney left. A 3rd round pick in 2015, Mason has made 83 starts in 6 seasons in the league, including five straight seasons in the top-12 among guards, four seasons in the top-6, and a 5th ranked finish in 2020. Still very much in his prime in his age 28 season, I see no reason to expect anything different from him this season.

The Patriots also retained David Andrews in free agency, bringing their center back on a 4-year, 19 million dollar deal that looks like a steal. Andrews missed all of 2019 with illness and fell to 15th among centers on PFF upon his return in 2020, which likely led to him having a depressed market in free agency this off-season, but he finished 4th and 10th in the two seasons prior to that missed season and is still in his prime in his age 29 season, so he could easily bounce back. Even if he doesn’t, he’s finished above average on PFF in four straight seasons and should remain at least a solid starter, on a very team friendly deal.

Earlier in the off-season, it looked like Andrews would go elsewhere after turning down the Patriots initial offer, which they responded to by signing former Patriot Ted Karras, who filled in for Andrews in 2019 and spent 2020 as the starting center in Miami. Karras has made 31 starts across the past two seasons and has largely held his own, earning middling grades from PFF, but Andrews is definitely a better option, while Karras fits in well as a reserve because he can also kick over to guard if needed. Aside from depth behind their injury prone offensive tackles, which could be made up for by moving Onwenu and plugging Karras in at guard in case of an injury at tackle, this is a talented group with no glaring issues that could easily be one of the best in the league once again.

Grade: A

Edge Defenders

The Patriots also made some much needed additions on defense this off-season, most notably edge defender Matt Judon, who signed the biggest contract the Patriots handed out this off-season, coming over from the Ravens on a 4-year, 54.5 million dollar deal. Judon spent last year making 16.806 million on the franchise tag and lived up to expectations in his one year on the tag, so I suspect in a normal off-season, Judon would have gotten significantly more money annually, perhaps in the range of 18-20 million annually, which would have put him in the top-10 at his position. By locking Judon in as the 22nd highest paid edge defender in the league (a rank that will almost definitely fall even further over the next couple seasons as the cap normalizes), the Patriots seem to have gotten a great value.

Judon leaves something to be desired against the run, but he’s been a very efficient pass rusher throughout his career, totalling 34.5 sacks, 69 hits, and a 12.3% pressure rate in 76 games, including 6 sacks, 15 hits, and a 12.9% pressure rate in 14 games in 2020. Judon has also posted those numbers despite dropping into coverage on 23.8% of his pass snaps, and, while he hasn’t been overly impressive in coverage, his experience dropping is probably why he appealed to New England because they like edge players that can drop into coverage if needed.

Judon joins a group that should be a lot better this season, after being led in snaps last season by veteran journeyman John Simon, who finished 120th among 124 edge defenders on PFF across 702 snaps. Chase Winovich is their top returning edge defender, playing 593 snaps last season. He primarily is valuable as a pass rusher, with 11 sacks, 13 hits, and a 12.1% pressure rate in 32 games as a part-time player since entering the league as a 3rd round in 2019, and he leaves something to be desired against the run, but he can drop into coverage a little bit (7.1% of his career pass snaps) and should at least continue having a heavy sub package role in this defense.

This group will also benefit from the return of Dont’a Hightower from his opt out. Hightower is kind of a hybrid linebacker/edge defender, but he rushed the passer on 59.3% of his pass snaps in his last season in 2019, primarily off the edge, and fared well, with 5.5 sacks, 8 hits, and a 12.2% pressure rate. He’s also a solid run stuffer and can hold his own in coverage, making him very valuable to this defense, which badly missed him last season. 

Hightower’s age is becoming a concern, now in his age 31 season, after a year off, and durability has always been a concern, as he’s only played all 16 games once in his career, back in his second season in the league in 2013, but he hadn’t shown many signs of slowing down before the opt out, finishing 21st among off ball linebackers on PFF in his last season in 2019, and, even if he declines a little in 2020, he should at least remain a solid starter.

Kyle Van Noy is also returning to this group after a year away, but not because he opted out last season. Van Noy was PFF’s 19th ranked edge defender in his last season in New England in 2019 and he cashed in with a 4-year, 51 million dollar deal with the Dolphins, but failed to live up to expectations and was only a middling player for Miami, leading to them releasing him after just 1 season and 15 million, which led to him rejoining the Patriots on a much team friendlier 2-year, 12 million dollar deal this off-season. 

Van Noy’s 2019 campaign stands out as an outlier when you look at his 7-year career as a whole and he may be on the decline, now heading into his age 30 season, but he’s been at least a capable starter for each of the past four seasons and the familiarity of returning to a scheme that got his career best year out of him should be a benefit for him, even if he doesn’t play nearly as well as he did in that 2019 season. Like Hightower, he is capable of playing some off ball linebacker as well, dropping into coverage on 45.2% of his pass snaps over the past four seasons combined.

The Patriots also added Oklahoma’s Ronnie Perkins in the third round of the draft and they have a pair of second year players who could earn roles as well, 2020 2nd round pick Josh Uche and 2020 3rd round pick Anfernee Jennings. Uche has the higher upside of the two second year players, not only because he was the higher pick, but because he flashed a lot of potential across 176 snaps last season in a rookie year otherwise plagued by injury. If he’s past his rookie year injuries, Uche has the potential to be valuable to this team in a situational role. Jennings, meanwhile, may still have untapped potential, but didn’t show much across 293 rookie year snaps and now may be buried on the depth chart in a much improved position group. 

Grade: B+

Interior Defenders

The Patriots also made some additions on the interior as well. Last season, four players, Deatrich Wise (565 snaps), Lawrence Guy (503 snaps), Adam Butler (481 snaps), and Byron Cowart (419 snaps) all saw significant action on the interior. Wise and Guy were the best of the bunch and the only two to earn an above average grade from PFF, but Butler is now with the Dolphins and the Patriots added a trio of defensive tackles this off-season who could all see playing time, which will likely leave Cowart buried on the depth chart, after the 2019 5th round pick finished 107th among 139 eligible interior defenders on PFF, in the first significant action of his career last season.

Those three defensive tackles are veterans Davon Godchaux and Henry Anderson, signed to deals worth 15 million and 7 million respectively over two years, and second round pick Christian Barmore. Godchaux missed most of last season with injury and has never been much of a pass rusher, with a career 4.7% pressure rate, but the 2017 5th round pick earned an above average grade from PFF in each of his first three seasons in the league prior to last year’s injury plagued year, including a career best 17th ranked finish among interior defenders as a run stopper in 2018. Still in his prime in his age 27 season, having only missed 1 game to injury prior to last season, he has a good chance to bounce back and be an asset on early downs.

Anderson, meanwhile, is more of a pass rushing option, but he’s also been a consistently solid run defender throughout his career, even if he’s typically been used more as a pass rushing specialist. He hasn’t been bad as a pass rusher either, totaling 11.5 sacks, 33 hits, and a 8.0% pressure rate in 74 career games and he’s overall been a solid rotational player across an average of 37.8 snaps per game throughout his career. The only major issue he’s had in his career has been injuries, which have caused him to miss 22 games in 6 seasons in the league. He’s now going into his age 30 season, so he’s probably not getting any better, but he has managed to play all 16 games in two of his past three seasons.

Anderson is well-rounded enough that the Patriots could use him as a run stuffer or a pass rusher, but he was most likely signed to be a pass rush specialist, as this group is otherwise run focused. I’ve already mentioned Davon Godchaux, but the rookie Barmore is also more of a run stuffer than a pass rusher, while holdover Lawrence Guy should also continue playing in a base package role, even if he doesn’t quite see the 516 snaps he’s averaged over the past six seasons. Guy has earned an above average grade from PFF in all six of those seasons though, so, even if he does start to decline in his age 32 season, he should be a capable player on early downs in a rotational role.

Fellow holdover Deatrich Wise also is likely to play a significant role, as he’s a situational pass rush specialist, excelling with 14 sacks, 41 hits, and a 10.6% pressure rate in 62 career games, but consistently mediocre play against the run. He’s an asset for them in sub packages though and, even if he doesn’t match his career high 565 snaps from last season in a deeper group, the Patriots are shorter on pass rushers than they are on run stuffers in the middle of their defensive line and they didn’t re-sign Wise on a 4-year, 22 million dollar deal if they didn’t plan on continuing to use him in a significant role. Like on the edges, this is a much improved group in 2021.

Grade: B+

Linebackers

As I mentioned, Dont’a Hightower and at times Kyle Van Noy will play some traditional off ball linebacker as well. The Patriots will also use safety Adrian Phillips and/or safety Kyle Dugger as linebackers in sub packages, which I will get into later. As for traditional off ball linebackers, Ja’Whaun Bentley led the way with 608 snaps last season, but he played mostly a base package role and he wasn’t that good, finishing 58th among 99 eligible off ball linebackers. Bentley was a 5th round pick in 2018 and showed more promise earlier in his career, but that was across just 413 snaps played in his first two seasons in the league and he has yet to translate that to even a situational role like he had last season. Behind Bentley, 2019 undrafted rookie Terez Hall struggled across the first 259 snaps of his career.

In addition to adding Hightower and Van Noy, this group is improved by adding Raekwon McMillan in free agency. McMillan was not one of their most heralded signings and in fact he is on just a 1-year, 1.15 million dollar deal, after playing just 170 snaps with the Raiders last season, but he was PFF’s 10th ranked off ball linebacker in run defense grade in 2018 and their 11th ranked in run defense in 2019, as a base package specialist with the Dolphins, who originally selected him in the 2nd round in 2017. 

His lack of coverage ability led to him falling out of favor with the Dolphins and then he was buried on the depth chart with the Raiders, but he was a strong run stuffer as recently as 2019 and he’s only in his age 25 season, so he could prove to be a smart signing as a situational linebacker. He could easily play over Bentley, while Hall will have to compete for a roster spot in another position group that is much improved.

Grade: B

Secondary

As mentioned, the Patriots will frequently use three safeties together in sub packages to mask their lack of coverage linebackers, with either Adrian Phillips or Kyle Dugger playing closer to the line of scrimmage as essentially a linebacker. Along with long-time Patriot Devin McCourty, the Patriots were pretty deep at safety last season. They were expecting to be even deeper in 2021 with Patrick Chung back from an opt out and, while he decided to stay retired, the Patriots replaced him by signing ex-Eagle Jalen Mills to a 4-year, 24 million dollar deal. Along with 2019 2nd round pick JoeJuan Williams, a hybrid cornerback/safety, the Patriots have plenty of talent and depth at the safety position. 

Mills also has the ability to play some cornerback as well, but the 2017 7th round pick proved over his five seasons with the Eagles that he was better at safety. He was pretty inconsistent overall, but his best play has always come at safety, including a career best year in 2020 when he finished 24th among safeties on PFF as almost exclusively a traditional safety. He’s an unspectacular signing, but he probably won’t be an every down player and he gives them good versatility. Kyle Dugger might be the favorite to start opposite McCourty, after showing some promise across 520 snaps as a 2nd round rookie in 2020, but even if he earns an every down role on this defense, he figures to see action at multiple spots. He has the most breakout potential of the bunch.

McCourty, meanwhile, is coming to the end of the line, heading into his age 34 season and his 12th season in the league since the Patriots selected him 27th overall in 2010. In his 11 seasons in the league, he’s finished in the top-20 at his position in 8 seasons and has never once finished below average on PFF, but his 43rd ranked finish among safeties in 2020 was the lowest of his career. He could have another couple solid seasons left in the tank and I wouldn’t rule out him being a little better this season than last season, but he could also fall off significantly. Fortunately, the Patriots have enough depth at the position to deal with that if that happens.

Adrian Phillips also played 747 snaps last season as a hybrid safety/linebacker and earned a slightly above average grade from PFF for his efforts. That’s largely been the case for him throughout his career, although his snap count last season was a career high for the 7-year veteran. He should remain a versatile, rotational piece for this defense and should hold up well, but he’s very unlikely to be an every down player. JoeJuan Williams is currently buried on the depth chart after having played just 252 snaps across two seasons in the league, but he could earn a rotational role if players ahead of him underwhelm. The Patriots have a lot of options at safety.

They’re also in good shape at cornerback, although a lot of that depends on cornerback Stephon Gilmore being on this roster week 1. Prior to this off-season’s shopping spree, Gilmore was the most significant outside free agent the Patriots had ever signed, signing a 5-year, 65 million dollar deal with the Patriots four off-seasons ago. Some viewed Gilmore as an overpay at the time and in fact Gilmore had never finished higher than 23rd among cornerbacks on PFF in 5 seasons with the Bills prior to free agency, including a 71st ranked finish in his final season in 2016, but the 2012 10th overall pick proved to have plenty of untapped potential upon his arrival in New England, finishing 24th, 1st, and 6th among cornerbacks on PFF in his first three seasons respectively and winning 2019 Defensive Player of the Year.

After accomplishing all of that, Gilmore went from being viewed as overpaid by some to being universally viewed as underpaid. Gilmore took notice and tried to get a new contract out of the Patriots last off-season, but instead ended up only getting some money from 2021 moved up to 2020. Normally a move like that is followed by a new contract the following off-season, but Gilmore remains on the roster at his reduced 7.5 million dollar salary. Gilmore’s down 2020 campaign, where he finished 67th among cornerbacks on PFF and missed 5 games with injury, may have something to do with the Patriots’ hesitance, but Gilmore would still be paid significantly more on the open market and is understandably upset with his salary, having seen the Patriots go on a massive spending spree of outside free agents this off-season.

Gilmore held out of minicamp and, while it’s possible that something will get worked out before training camp, a trade may end up being the most likely scenario, even if it would have made more sense for the Patriots to do that earlier this off-season when they could have acquired a draft pick this year and used it on an asset that could help this team immediately, rather than moving him for a pick in 2022 and/or beyond. If he remains on the roster in 2021 one way or another, he does have obvious bounce back potential after an uncharacteristically down year, even if he’s at the point in his career (age 31 season) where his best days are probably behind him. If Gilmore is not on the roster in 2021, the Patriots will either have to find a replacement somewhere or use Jalen Mills and/or JoeJuan Williams more at cornerback than safety.

Regardless of Gilmore’s status, JC Jackson and Jonathan Jones are locked into roles in the Patriots’ top-3 cornerbacks and the presence of those two talented young cornerbacks may be part of why the Patriots don’t want to pay up for Gilmore. Jackson, in particular, is due a big raise going into the final year of his rookie year and, while he hasn’t been quite as good as his interception totals over the past two seasons (14 interceptions), he’s still finished above average on PFF in three straight seasons, including a 49th ranked finish in 2019 and a 32nd ranked finish in 2020. Still only going into his age 26 season, he could keep getting better and figures to get paid big money by someone next off-season.

Jones, meanwhile, signed a 3-year, 21 million dollar extension a couple off-seasons ago that looks like a steal now, as Jones has seen his snap count increase in each of the past four seasons from 438 to 516 to 619 to 730 and has developed into one of the best slot cornerbacks in the league, ranking 23rd among cornerbacks on PFF in 2019 and 4th in 2020 and impressing both in coverage and especially off the edge as a run defender. This secondary will have a higher upside if they can keep Gilmore in the fold, but this is a talented group regardless.

Grade: A-

Kicker/Punter

The Patriots led the league in special teams DVOA and unsurprisingly were one of four teams to finish above average in all special teams aspects. The Patriots dominating on special teams is nothing new, as they’ve probably had the best special teams play of any team in the league over the past decade and they’ve definitely had the best special teams play in the league since Bill Belichick took over as head coach in 2000. That’s not all that surprising when you consider that Belichick, a former special teams coordinator himself, has placed as much emphasis on having good special teams as any team in the league aside from maybe the Baltimore Ravens, who also have a former special teams coordinator as head coach.

The Patriots invested in this special teams unit when they selected Jake Bailey in the 5th round in 2019 and it paid off, with Bailey finishing 6th and 7th among punters on PFF over the past two seasons respectively. Bailey also handles kickoffs, one of the few punters in the league to regularly do so, and he excelled in that aspect as well in 2020, finishing 5th on PFF in kickoff grade. The Patriots got great play from their special teams supporting cast, but Bailey’s play on kickoffs and punts is a big part of the reason why the Patriots were strong in those aspects of special teams in 2020.

Kicker Nick Folk was not as impressive, not only because he didn’t handle kickoffs, but also because they rarely let him try deep field goals, going just 2/3 on 50+ yard field goals with a long of 51 yards, but even still he was an impressive 26/28 on the season, including 11/12 from the 40-49 yard range. In total, Folk has made 93.3% of his extra points and 88.9% of his field goals since joining the Patriots two seasons ago and the 14-year veteran in total has made 81.4% of his field goals in his career, though with just 27 field goals made from 50+ yards total. I would expect more of the same from him in 2021. He has a limited ceiling and is probably the weak point by default of the Patriots special teams, but he’s a relatively reliable option. He and Bailey should continue playing close to about as well as last season.

Grade: A-

Return Specialists

The Patriots also fared well on returns, especially punt returns, leading the league with a 15.5 yards per punt return average, while lead punt returner Gunner Olszewski was PFF’s #1 ranked punt returner and averaged 17.3 yards per return with a touchdown on 20 returns. Undrafted in 2019, Olszewski is a one-year wonder who was not as good on 18 returns as a rookie, finishing with a 9.0 yards per return average, but even if he isn’t quite as good as he was a year ago, he should remain an above average returner. If he continues to get great play around him, he should continue being highly productive.

Olszewski was not as good on kickoff returns last season, averaging 23.2 yards per return across 18 returns and earning a middling grade from PFF in the first kickoff return action of his career. He could potentially face competition for the kickoff return job from JJ Taylor, who averaged 21.8 yards per return across 4 attempts as a rookie in 2020, but it’s likely Olszewski will retain the job. It’s unclear if his kickoff return abilities will ever catch up with his punt return abilities, but it wouldn’t be a surprise to see him do a little better on kickoff returns in 2021 compared to 2020. Even with his relative struggles on kickoff returns, he was still PFF’s #2 ranked returner overall and, even if he comes up short of that this season, he should remain an above average starter.

Grade: A-

Special Teamers

The Patriots also bring back all of their key special teamers from a season ago, giving the best special teams in the league a year ago a good chance to repeat that or come close to that again in 2021. They also retained special teams coordinator Cameron Achord, who in 2020 took over for long-time special teams coordinator Joe Judge after he became the New York Giants coach and obviously the Patriots’ special teams didn’t skip a beat under their new leadership. Head coach Bill Belichick is also as involved on this side of the ball as any head coach in the league and that should continue contributing to their special teams success.

Cody Davis was the star of this group in 2020, finishing as PFF’s #1 ranked special teamer, after finishing well above average on special teams in 6 of his first 7 seasons in the league prior to last season, but Matthew Slater and Justin Bethel also have finished in the top-10 among special teamers on PFF in two seasons and three seasons respectively. That trio of core special teamers is as experienced and proven as any special teamers in the league in recent years and together they significantly elevate this group. The Patriots didn’t have any other special teamers finish in the top-50 on PFF last season, but they didn’t have anyone struggle significantly either. They should remain one of the best groups of special teamers in the league in 2021.

Grade: A

Conclusion

The Patriots had their worst season in a couple decades last season, but they still managed seven wins in a rebuilding year and it’s not hard to see how they could be significantly better this season, with a big infusion of talent coming in, particularly at their positions of weakness in the receiving corps and on the defensive front. They also figure to have better quarterback play, whether that is from Cam Newton having another year in the system or Mac Jones beating him out to be a starter as a rookie. Quarterback play might ultimately be what keeps a talented overall roster from being a true Super Bowl contender, unless Jones can exceed expectations in year one, but this team would seem to have a relatively low floor and should be able to at least make it back into the post-season in the AFC. I will have a final prediction for the Patriots at the end of the off-season with the rest of the teams.

8/8/21: The Patriots could have the best special teams in the league again this season, which matters more than I realized. The Patriots have a good chance to be above average in all three phases this season, one of the few teams who can say so, and are one of my top Super Bowl sleepers.

9/4/21 Update: With Mac Jones winning the starting job week one with a very impressive pre-season, the Patriots are one of my top underrated teams going into 2021. They went 7-9 last year on the strength of a dominant special teams and should be significantly improved on both sides of the ball to go with their dominant special teams. Even if Mac Jones can be an average starter, there is enough talent for this team to win a lot of games against a friendly schedule. Aside from a late trip to Buffalo, the Patriots are unlikely to be heavy underdogs in any of their games this season because they face their toughest opponents at home. They’re probably a year away from being significant contenders, but they should at least be a playoff team.

Prediction: 13-4 2nd in AFC East

Philadelphia Eagles 2021 NFL Season Preview

Quarterback

After the Eagles won the Super Bowl at the conclusion of the 2017 season, it looked like they would be a contender for years to come. They won that Super Bowl despite losing Carson Wentz to a torn ACL and he was playing at an MVP level before going down for the season in December. They had a well-rounded roster around the quarterback that finished the 2017 season ranked 10th in first down rate and 3rd in first down rate allowed. And most of their core was locked in for years to come, including Wentz and Super Bowl winning backup Nick Foles.

However, things did not go as planned. The Eagles made it back to the post-season the following two seasons, but with just a record of 9-7 and they failed to advance beyond the divisional round in either season. And then in 2020, the bottom fell out, leading to a 4-11-1 finish, the franchise’s worst since Andy Reid’s final year in 2012. How did this happen? Well, injuries were a big part of the problem, as the Eagles have had the most, 10th most, and 3rd most adjusted games lost to injury over the past three seasons respectively. 

Carson Wentz continued to get hurt, with his 2018 and 2019 seasons ending similarly to 2017, with him sidelined with injury, watching his team play in the post-season, only instead of winning a Super Bowl, Wentz watched Foles unable to repeat his magic from the previous year in 2018 and by 2019 Foles had gone elsewhere, leaving a 40-year-old Josh McCown to take over for Wentz when a concussion knocked him out early in the Eagles’ first round playoff game. Even McCown himself played most of that game through a torn hamstring after getting hurt early in his relief appearance.

In 2020, Wentz once again did not finish the season as the starter, but for a very different reason, as he was perfectly healthy, but his performance was so poor that the Eagles benched the one time MVP candidate. Wentz never regained his 2017 MVP level form, completing 66.2% of his passes for an average of 7.06 YPA, 48 touchdowns, and 14 interceptions across 27 starts in 2018-2019, but he was at least a league average starting quarterback and finished 14 among quarterbacks on PFF in both seasons.

In 2020, that fell to 57.4% completion, 6.00 YPA, 16 touchdowns, and a league leading 15 interceptions, despite only making 12 starts. Wentz wasn’t totally to blame as his supporting cast had a lot of issues, most notably a receiving corps that dropped a league high 10.7% of Wentz’ pass attempts, but he still finished the season ranked 34th out of 42 eligible quarterbacks on PFF, while the Eagles offense as a whole sputtered to a 25th ranked finish in first down rate over expected at -1.44%. 

Wentz arguably should have been benched sooner, especially since the Eagles had a second round rookie with potential in Jalen Hurts, who they selected 53rd overall. The Hurts selection did not make a lot of sense, not only because Hurts was arguably a reach at that point in the draft, but also because Wentz had just signed a 4-year, 128 million dollar extension the previous year that technically would not even take effect until 2021. With Wentz seemingly in the prime of his career in his age 28 season in 2020, there didn’t seem to be any feasible way to get Hurts on the field enough to justify that selection, even if Wentz’ injury history would lead them to need to invest in the backup quarterback position more than the average team. 

However, as much as Hurts’ selection did not make sense, it made even less sense that he remained on the bench throughout most of the season while Wentz struggled. Why invest that high of a pick in a quarterback if you won’t go to him until the very end of a season when your quarterback is leading the league in interceptions? The answer to that question was apparently organizational chaos, as head coach Doug Pederson and GM Howie Roseman seemed to have widely different views on Wentz and Hurts that led to a front office investing heavily in a player and a coaching staff not using that player even when it would make perfect sense to.

Hurts eventually took over for Wentz in week 14 and actually won his debut over the Saints, albeit a Saints team without Drew Brees, but that win was mostly because of a strong defensive effort and Hurts catching off guard a Saints defense that seemed to not realize he was a good athlete, rushing for 106 yards and on 18 carries, to make up for a 17 of 30 for 167 yards passing performance. 

That actually proved to be arguably his best passing performance of the season though, as Hurts finished the season completing just 52.0% of his passes for an average of 7.17 YPA, 6 touchdowns, and 4 interceptions, while adding 354 yards and 3 touchdowns on 63 carries (5.62 YPC). Even with his rushing production though, Hurts still actually finished with a lower grade from PFF overall than Wentz, ranking 40th among 42nd eligible quarterbacks, further calling into question why the Eagles felt the need to select him in the second round in the first place.

Hurts being moved into the starting lineup also didn’t do anything to help with the organizational chaos. Wentz seemed to almost immediately make his mind up that he was done with the Eagles, ultimately demanding an off-season trade that saw him reunite in Indianapolis with the offensive coordinator with whom he had his dominant 2017 season, now Colts head coach Frank Reich. Pederson, still apparently highly unimpressed with Hurts, decided to bench Hurts in the middle of their week 17 game against Washington, only not for Wentz, who was inactive due to the Eagles not wanting to risk him getting hurt ahead of an off-season trade, but instead for long-time third string quarterback Nate Sudfeld. 

The Eagles likely would have lost the game either way and Hurts was in the middle of a 7 for 20 passing performance when he was pulled, but Sudfeld was even a downgrade from that and the rest of the team became noticeably dejected by the move. That decision, along with long standing tension and disagreement with the front office, eventually led to Doug Pederson being let go as head coach this off-season, a decision that surprised many, but ultimately made sense even from a purely football standpoint, as Pederson had regularly struggled to get the most out of a talented roster since losing Frank Reich after the Super Bowl victory. 

With Wentz and Pederson gone, the Eagles committed themselves to Hurts at least for 2021 and, seemingly trying to get that Frank Reich magic back, the Eagles made somewhat of an out of left field head coaching hire in Nick Sirianni, who had been Reich’s offensive coordinator with the Eagles for the past three seasons and had generally gotten good results, but was not viewed as a head coaching candidate anywhere else this off-season. 

The Eagles had the opportunity to select another quarterback with their first round pick which was originally 6th overall and in fact they tried to move up to Miami’s original spot at 3 to select Zach Wilson, only to abandon that plan when they realized Wilson was likely going 2nd to the Jets and instead they facilitated a trade that allowed the 49ers to move up to 3 to select Trey Lance, with the Eagles gaining a future first round pick from the Dolphins and picking in the 49ers’ spot at 12, with the Dolphins taking over the Eagles’ spot at 6. 

The Eagles eventually moved back up to 10, but not for a quarterback, even with both Justin Fields and Mac Jones available, as they used that 10th overall selection on much needed help at the wide receiver position in Devonta Smith. The only quarterback the Eagles did bring in this off-season was veteran Joe Flacco, a one-time Ravens franchise quarterback who is firmly in the journeyman backup stage of his career, on his 3rd team in as many seasons, now in his age 36 season. He may be an above average backup quarterback and he could provide veteran leadership and mentorship as well, but he’s not a real threat to Hurts job, so it seems like Hurts will get the chance to be a season long starter.

He may only get that one season though as, even though the Eagles did not take a quarterback in this year’s draft, they did gain enough ammunition that they’ll likely be in position to add a top level quarterback in next year’s draft, getting that extra first round pick from Miami and a second round pick that could become a first from Indianapolis for Wentz. The Eagles also seem likely to be picking high in the draft again next year, not only because Hurts seems likely to continue struggling in year two, but because the rest of this supporting cast isn’t good either.

The Eagles will probably be healthier after having the third most adjusted games lost to injury last season, but at this point the Eagles’ injury problems are seemingly more than a personnel issue rather than bad luck. And to the extent that the personnel has changed on the field for the Eagles, this is a much less talented roster than they’ve been in recent years. After consistently spending near the top of the market in average annual salary, finishing in the top-8 in every season since 2011 in that metric, including four seasons ranked #1, the Eagles simply didn’t have the financial flexibility to spend at a high level this off-season after years of kicking the can forward on cap problems.

Their past financial aggressiveness coupled with an overall decline in the salary cap this off-season due to lost ticket revenue led to the Eagles now ranking just 25th in average annual salary, a metric that actually correlates with winning at a pretty high rate. Part of the issue is the Eagles paid Wentz 30 million dollars on an extension that he never played a snap on, so even if they do end up getting a first round pick for him, it’ll have come at the cost of 30 million dollars. If Hurts can’t be significantly improved after looking like one of the worst starting quarterbacks in the league in limited action as a rookie, the Eagles are going to have a tough time consistently winning games this season and I would bet against Hurts developing significantly.

Grade: C

Receiving Corps

Hurts didn’t have as many of his passes dropped as Wentz did, 6.1% vs. 10.7% for Wentz, making his lack of passing game production even more concerning, but either way the Eagles did need to add significant talent to this group this off-season. Overpaid, injury prone veteran wide receivers Alshon Jeffery and DeSean Jackson were easy cap casualty decisions this off-season and, without the financial flexibility to add significant veteran talent in free agency, the Eagles are going with a full youth movement at the wide receiver position, led by 10th overall pick Devonta Smith, who projects as a long-term #1 receiver even if he has some growing pains as a rookie.

Smith isn’t their only recent first round pick at the position though, as they also used the 21st overall pick in the 2020 NFL Draft on a wide receiver in Jalen Reagor. He had an underwhelming rookie year though, only playing about half the snaps and averaging just 1.30 yards per route run, leading to him totaling just a 31/396/1 slash line for a team that had plenty of opportunity in the receiving corps, which didn’t have a pass catcher who topped 539 yards receiving.

With Reagor struggling and veterans Jeffery and Jackson hurt for most of the season, Travis Fulgham ended the season as a surprising team leader in receiving at 38/539/4, after the 2019 6th round pick didn’t catch a pass across 63 snaps as a rookie with the Lions, who made him a final cut before the 2020 season. Once landing in Detroit, Fulgham wasn’t spectacular, but he earned a slightly above average grade from PFF and averaged a somewhat respectable 1.50 yards per route run average, so he should be able to maintain a role in the Eagles’ top-3 wide receivers along with Reagor and Smith. 

The primary competition for those top-3 receivers is Greg Ward, who finished second on this team among wide receivers with a 53/419/6 slash line last season. Those are pretty unimpressive numbers considering how much Ward played though, as he averaged just 0.84 yards per route run and finished 102nd among 112 eligible wide receivers on PFF overall. The Eagles also have 2020 5th round pick John Hightower and 2020 6th round pick Quez Watkins, but they didn’t show much as rookies across 346 snaps and 119 snaps respectively. JJ Arcega-Whiteside, a 2019 2nd round pick, could also theoretically be in the mix for a role, but his draft slot is the only reason he’s still on this roster, as he’s averaged a pathetic 0.67 yards per route run in his career. This wide receiver group definitely has more upside than last season, but they’re still a very inexperienced young group with questionable depth.

The Eagles are more experienced at tight end, but they’re likely to be moving on from their most experienced tight end Zach Ertz at some point. Ertz was an above average tight end for the Eagles for many years, averaging a 87/938/6 slash line per 16 games from 2014-2019, but he saw that fall to 36/335/1 with a 0.92 yards per route run average in 11 games last season and, owed 8.5 million non-guaranteed for an age 31 contract season in 2021, Ertz doesn’t fit into the rebuilding Eagles’ plans. The Eagles are trying to trade him for a somewhat substantial pick, but they will likely have to settle for a late round pick if not outright releasing him as his salary is a tough selling point for an aging tight end  in a cap-condensed season.

The Eagles would also be in good shape at tight end even without Ertz, as tight end was actually a position of strength in 2020, in contrast to wide receiver. Dallas Goedert was limited to just 11 games due to injury, but he still had a 46/524/3 slash line that was 2nd on the team and, also a good blocker to boot, Goedert finished as PFF’s 6th ranked tight end overall. That’s nothing new for Goedert, a 2018 2nd round pick who ranked 10th among tight ends as a rookie and then 5th in 2019 and, with Ertz likely on the way out, he figures to see his biggest workload yet, still only in his age 26 season. He comes with significant breakout potential if he can continue playing at a high level in a bigger role.

The Eagles also have Richard Rodgers to back up Goedert and he was pretty impressive in limited action last season with both Ertz and Goedert missing stretches of time. Rodgers finished with a 24/345/2 slash line and averaged a ridiculous 2.65 yards per route run average, 2nd in the NFL among tight ends. Rodgers was mostly out of the league in 2018-2019, catching one pass across those two seasons and dealing with significant injury concerns, and he’s averaged just 1.03 yards per route run over his career, but if he’s healthy, he could be a capable #2 tight end, even without Ertz. The Eagles will once again need to focus on their tight ends in the passing game because of concerns at wide receiver, but they at least have upside at wide receiver with back-to-back first round picks being used on the position.

Grade: B-

Offensive Line

The Eagles were injury plagued as a team last season, but no unit lost more to injury than their offensive line. In fact, it’s possible that Philadelphia’s offensive line was the most injury affected unit of any position group in the league. They led the league with adjusted games lost to injury on the offensive line and it wasn’t even really close between them and the team with the second most, the Dallas Cowboys, who saw their top-3 offensive linemen all miss significant time. For Philadelphia, they had four of their projected five starting offensive lineman all miss significant time, with none of the four playing more than 9 games, but it was even worse than that suggests.

It started in the off-season when right guard Brandon Brooks, one of the best players in the league at his position in 2019, tore his achilles, ending his 2020 season before it could even start. The Eagles then coaxed long-time left tackle Jason Peters out of semi-retirement to replace Brooks at right guard, with Peters having already been replaced at left tackle by 2019 1st round pick Andre Dillard, but then Dillard’s season ended before it could begin with a torn biceps that cost him all of 2020, meaning the Eagles were down 40% of their expected offensive line before the season could even start and forcing Peters back to the blindside.

Making matters worse, Peters, who wasn’t even counted in that original group of five projected starting offensive linemen, also missed significant time with injury, playing just 509 snaps in 8 games. Left guard Isaac Seumalo played just 588 snaps in 9 games, while right tackle Lane Johnson was limited to 405 snaps in 7 games, leaving the Eagles with a group that was in shambles for most of the 2020 campaign, with only center Jason Kelce avoiding the injury bug and making all 16 starts.

Kelce even had a bit of a disappointing year too, making every start for the 6th straight season, but falling to 12th among centers on PFF after finishing in the top-2 at his position in five of the past seven seasons. That’s especially concerning when you consider Kelce’s age, now heading into his age 34 season. It’s very likely that his best days are behind him and it’s possible he could keep declining even further. He may have another couple seasons left in the tank as a solid starter, but I wouldn’t expect much more from him.

Fortunately, the rest of this bunch is set to return, except for Jason Peters, who struggled last season when on the field and was not needed for his age 39 season on what should be a much better offensive line. Right tackle Lane Johnson and right guard Brandon Brooks are established at their positions and did not have anyone impress in their absence enough to challenge them for their job, but Andre Dillard and Isaac Seumalo could face competition to earn back their old role.

Dillard would seem to have the shakiest hold on his starting role, as he spent most of his rookie season on the bench behind Peters and struggled across 337 snaps when he did play, before missing all of last season with injury, so he’s highly unproven, while Jordan Mailata, who made 10 starts at left tackle in place of Dillard and Peters, actually earned an above average grade from PFF for his efforts. Dillard is a former first round pick, while Mailata was a 7th rounder in 2018 and has a much less impressive background, but it shouldn’t surprise anyone if Mailata outplays him in training camp and wins the job. Regardless of who wins the job, they are going to be starting someone inexperienced on the blindside, but both options do have upside.

Seumalo, meanwhile, has made 40 starts in 5 seasons in the league since the Eagles selected him in the 3rd round in 2016, including a 2019 campaign in which he finished 18th among guards on PFF as a 16-game starter, but he’s a one-year wonder in terms of playing at that level and Nate Herbig flashed a lot of potential as an injury replacement guard last season, playing on both sides of the line and finishing 12th among guards on PFF across 12 starts. The 2019 undrafted free agent played just 3 snaps as a rookie and is otherwise very unproven aside from last year, but Seumalo has been inconsistent enough in his career that Herbig should at least get a chance to challenge Seumalo for his job.

On the right side, both Lane Johnson and Brandon Brooks are locked in, but a combination of age and injury makes their 2021 projection shakier than their recent projections. Johnson has earned an above average grade from PFF in all 8 seasons in the league, including four top-ten finishes, but he’s missed 29 games over his career, including 25 games over the past five seasons, a stretch in which he failed to complete a 16-game season without missing time. 

Last season, Johnson was limited to just 405 snaps in 7 games and, while he still finished above average, his 39th ranked finish among offensive tackle on PFF was the worst finish single season finish of his career, a big concern given that he’s now heading into his age 31 season and could easily be on a permanent decline, especially given his injury history. He’s a safe bet to miss at least a little bit of time and when he is on the field, I would expect that his best days are behind him and possibly that he could drop off significantly.

Brooks doesn’t have the same injury history as Johnson, playing in all 16 games in 3 straight seasons prior to last year’s fluke injury and making at least 14 starts in every season of his career except his rookie year in 2012, and he has been one of the best guards in the league as well, finishing in the top-30 among guards on PFF in all seven healthy seasons as a starter, including four finishes in the top-13 and a career best #1 ranked finish in 2019. However, he’s a year older than Johnson, now heading into his age 32 season and, at the very least, it’s highly unlikely he’ll repeat his career best year at his age off of a major injury. It’s also possible we could see him decline significantly as well.

The Eagles can’t count on this whole group being healthy in 2021, but they have decent depth, as the losers of the left tackle and left guard battles should provide good insurance policies both outside and inside, while second round rookie Landon Dickerson gives them depth and a potential long-term starter at center, and it would be hard for the Eagles to be more banged up upfront than they were last season. This group’s combination of age, inexperience, and injury history makes their projection shakier than it’s been in recent years heading into the season, but the upside is there for this to be an above average offensive line.

Grade: B+

Running Backs

The Eagles were actually pretty effective moving the ball on the ground last season, especially compared to their passing game, led by lead back Miles Sanders, who averaged 5.29 YPC on 164 carries in 12 games. Sanders did very little in the passing game, finishing as PFF’s 2nd worst ranked pass catching running back and averaging an abysmal 3.79 yards per route run and 0.67 yards per target, but he ran well enough to rank 28th among running backs on PFF in rushing grade and earned an average grade from PFF overall.

That was surprising, as it’s basically the opposite of what Sanders was as a rookie second round pick in 2019. Sanders finished with a 50/509/3 slash line and a 1.53 yards per route run average, but was underwhelming as a runner. His 4.57 YPC average was somewhat impressive, but it was largely the result of several long runs, which are unpredictable on a week-to-week and year-to-year basis, and he ranked just 34th out of 45 eligible running backs in carry success rate at 45% and finished with a below average rushing grade from PFF. In 2020, his long carry rate (15+ yards) dropped from 3.9% to 3.7%, but his carry success rate shot up to 55%, 13th in the NFL, allowing him to have a significantly improved average even without as many long runs.

Sanders’ inconsistency throughout his first two seasons in the league makes his projection tough, but it seems as if the Eagles believe he’ll be more like the back he was last year than the one he was as a rookie, using a 5th round pick on a passing down specialist running back in Kenneth Gainwell and signing 2018 2nd round pick Kerryon Johnson off of waivers from the Lions to give the Eagles more passing down options to compete with Boston Scott, who took a significant amount of the passing down work from Sanders and was marginally better, but still underwhelming with a 1.00 yards per route run average. 

Scott also took 80 carries from Sanders last season and averaged an impressive 4.68 YPC, but 51 of those came in 4 games that Sanders missed with injury and Sanders averaged 13.7 carries per game in the 12 games he played, so Scott was a true backup whenever Sanders was in the lineup and, if Sanders keeps running like he did last season, it’s going to be hard for the Eagles not to give him more work. Scott isn’t even locked into his backup role either, as prior to impressing in limited action last season, the 2018 6th round pick averaged just 4.02 YPC on 61 carries in his first career action 2019 and clearly the Eagles aren’t totally sold on him after adding a pair of backs to compete for his role this off-season.

Gainwell was arguably the best receiving back in the draft, but is an underwhelming prospect as a runner and probably won’t see more than a few change of pace carries as a rookie. Kerryon Johnson is the most intriguing of the backup options as he was highly drafted and looked on his way to developing into a feature back as a rookie, with 5.43 YPC on 118 carries and a 32/213/1 slash line in 10 games as a rookie, but that season was ended short by injuries and the past two seasons since returning have basically been a wash for him. 

Injuries further limited Johnson to 113 carries in 8 games in 2019 and his 3.57 YPC average was a steep drop off as well. In 2020, Johnson actually played in every game, but was buried on the depth chart as the third running back and showed very little with a 3.48 YPC average on 52 carries in his limited opportunity. Johnson is still only heading into his age 24 season and has shown at least enough as a passing down back (1.22 yards per route run average) that he could earn a receiving back role in this offense, but he also has the upside for more as a runner if he can get past his injuries and show some of his rookie year form. This isn’t a great backfield, but the Eagles don’t have bad options.

Grade: B

Edge Defenders

Even though the Eagles struggled on offense last season, they actually finished the season ranked a middling 18th in schedule adjusted first down rate differential at -0.21% because of a defense that ranked 9th in first down rate allowed over expected. That suggests the Eagles should have finished better than 4-11-1 and in fact a big part of the problem for this team last season was a -10 turnover margin that ranked 4th worst in the NFL, a metric that tends to be highly inconsistent on a year-to-year basis. 

That doesn’t necessarily mean the Eagles will win more games this season though. We’ve already established the Eagles’ offense is likely to continue struggling, but their defense seems unlikely to match last year’s performance. Defense is already the much more inconsistent side of the ball, but the Eagles are relying on an aging core and didn’t have the financial flexibility to fill in holes around them this off-season.The defensive line has led the way for a team that has actually finished in the top-9 in first down rate allowed in five straight seasons, but the players who have deserved the most credit for this defensive line’s strong play over the years, edge defender Brandon Graham and interior defender Fletcher Cox, are going into their age 33 and age 31 seasons respectively. 

I’ll get into Cox later, but Graham was arguably the Eagles’ best defensive player last season, averaging 47.4 snaps per game as a 16-game starter and finishing as PFF’s 10th ranked edge defender, playing at a high level against the run and adding 8 sacks, 9 hits, and a 13.1% pressure rate. That is a pretty typical year for Graham, who has finished in the top-16 among edge defenders on PFF in 7 straight seasons, providing consistently high level play against the run and adding 47.5 sacks, 69 hits, and a 14.4% pressure rate in 111 games. However, at his age, a drop off can come suddenly and it would actually be a little bit of a surprise if he didn’t start declining a little bit this season. The Eagles can’t afford much dropoff from him given his importance to their defensive success last season.

The Eagles tried to prepare for this by using the 14th overall pick in the 2017 NFL Draft on Derek Barnett, but he has yet to develop. Barnett is nominally a starter for this defense and has averaged 39.3 snaps per game in his career, but he’s also missed 16 of 64 games, without ever making it through a full 16 game season, and his performance has left something to be desired as well, earning consistently middling grades from PFF and totaling just 19.5 sacks, 40 hits, and a 10.7% pressure rate in 48 career games. Barnett may still have untapped potential, only in his age 25 season, but I would bet against a 5th year breakout year from him and he’ll likely miss at least a couple games with injury again.

The Eagles do have solid depth at the edge defender position though. Josh Sweat is a 2018 4th round pick who has totaled 10 sacks, 12 hits, and a 8.3% pressure rate in his career in 39 games, despite playing just 21.6 snaps per game. He’s never played more than the 422 snaps he played last season and he might not translate to a larger role if needed, but he’s likely to remain as a reserve unless injuries strike and he does theoretically have the upside to develop into a starter if needed. The Eagles also replaced departed veteran reserve Vinny Curry, who impressed across 310 snaps last season, signing another veteran, long-time division rival Ryan Kerrigan from Washington, to replace Curry.

Kerrigan was one of Washington’s best players of the past decade, after being selected by them 16th overall in 2011. His prime came from 2014-2018, when he totalled 60 sacks, 39 hits, and a 14.4% pressure and finished in the top-23 among edge defenders on PFF in four of five seasons. However, Kerrigan fell off pretty quickly after that. In 2019, he earned just a middling grade from PFF and missed the first games of his career, limited to 12 games total. In 2020, he played in every game, but was a clear reserve, playing just 398 snaps and his performance across those snaps was underwhelming. 

Now going into his age 33 season, two years removed from his last good season, Kerrigan’s best days are almost definitely behind him, but the Eagles won’t need him for a big role and it’s possible he could be useful as a reserve if he can bounce back a little bit from last year’s underwhelming performance. If not, the Eagles did use a 6th round pick on edge defender Tarron Jackson, but him contributing in a major way as a rookie seems like a stretch. This is a relatively deep edge defender group, but they lack a top level player outside of Brandon Graham, so this group will go as he goes and it’s possible he drops off significantly, given his age. 

Grade: B+

Interior Defenders

Fletcher Cox’s age isn’t as big of a concern, as he’s still only heading into his age 31 season, but he did show some signs of slowing down last season. Cox still finished as PFF’s 28th ranked interior defender, especially playing well as a pass rusher, with 6.5 sacks, 5 hits, and a 9.8% pressure rate, but that was still a noticeable drop off for a player who finished in the top-14 among interior defenders from 6 straight seasons and in the top-8 in 5 straight seasons prior to last season, while totaling 39.5 sacks, 71 hits, and 11.9% pressure rate over that stretch. Cox is young enough that he still has some bounce back potential, but his best days are likely behind him and it’s possible he could keep declining, in which case this defense would be in trouble.

The Eagles tried to prepare for Cox aging by signing ex-Steeler Javon Hargrave to a 3-year, 39 million dollar contract last off-season, but, like the addition of Derek Barnett opposite Brandon Graham, that move has not paid off, at least not yet, as Hargrave was largely a middling player across 602 snaps in 2020. Hargrave finished 37th, 23rd, and 9th among interior defenders across his final 3 seasons in Pittsburgh respectively and, still very much in his prime in his age 28 season, he comes with some bounce back potential, but that’s not a guarantee.

Top reserve Malik Jackson, who was mostly a snap eater across 537 snaps, is no longer with the team, but the Eagles did use a 3rd round pick on Louisiana Tech’s Milton Williams. Williams projects as a long-term starter, either in place of Cox if he continues to decline and needs to be replaced over the next couple seasons or if Hargrave does not bounce back in 2021, in which case his 13 million dollar salary for 2022 would very much come into question. In the short-term, Williams figures to be a reserve, perhaps the Eagles’ top reserve at the position.

Williams primary competition for reserve snaps figures to be Hassan Ridgeway, who only played 138 snaps last season and has been only a middling player across an average of 214 snaps per season in 5 seasons in the league, but it’s possible he could see an uptick in playing time with Jackson gone if Williams isn’t ready to contribute in a significant way as a rookie. The Eagles also used a 6th round pick on another interior defender Marlon Tuipulotu, but he’s unlikely to be a factor as a rookie. Fletcher Cox’s age is a concern in this group, as possibly is their depth, but Cox and fellow starter Hargrave at least come with some bounce back potential and upside.

Grade: B+

Linebackers

While the Eagles got strong play from their defensive line last season, which elevated this unit as a whole, the rest of this defense had issues and, without the resources to address those issues, most still remain. At linebacker, the Eagles were able to piece together a decent unit, but they didn’t have any true every down players, instead playing four different linebackers between 479 snaps and 750 snaps. That might have worked last season, but two of those players Nathan Gerry (479 snaps) and Duke Riley (571 snaps) are no longer with the team. Fortunately, those were the worst two of the bunch, but their depth is thin without them, which could force the other two linebackers, TJ Edwards (492 snaps) and Alex Singleton (750 snaps) into larger roles, in which they could struggle.

Both Edwards and Singleton are also very unproven in general. Edwards went undrafted in 2019 and, while he flashed potential as a rookie, it was only on 112 snaps. He was solid in 2020 as well, but again it came in limited action, primarily as a base package run stuffer, so he is still a major projection to a larger role. Singleton, meanwhile, played a larger snap total than Edwards did last season, but was also primarily a base package player and struggled in coverage on the occasions he played in passing situations. 

Singleton also had never played a defensive snap in the NFL prior to last season, despite technically being a part of the 2015 NFL Draft class, spending his rookie year on practice squads, then spending three years in Canada in the CFL, before playing in a special teams only role with the Eagles in 2019 and then eventually working his way into the starting lineup last season in a thin linebacking corps. It’s an impressive story, but Singleton could struggle to repeat even his middling performance from last season, especially if he has to play an even larger role and drop into coverage more often. Because it took him 5 years to actually get onto the field on defense, Singleton is already in his age 28 season.

To try to replace Gerry and Riley, the Eagles converted defensive end Genard Avery into a linebacker and also signed ex-Vikings linebacker Eric Wilson. Both moves are unlikely to pan out. Avery has actually flashed potential as a pass rusher in his career, with a 11.4% pressure rate in three seasons in the league, but he’s been buried on the depth chart at defensive end with the Eagles, playing just 160 snaps in about a year and a half since they traded a mid round draft pick to the Browns for him. He’s unlikely to have more success as a linebacker, which is arguably a worse position for him. At the very least, even if he has success as a run stuffer, which he could, he’s highly unlikely to help with this unit’s coverage issues, as he’s struggled mightily in that aspect in the rare occasions he’s dropped into coverage in his career.

Wilson, meanwhile, has at least shown some coverage ability in his career, but the 2017 undrafted free agent played just 716 snaps over his first three seasons, before being forced into a larger role for an injury plagued Minnesota linebacking corps in 2020, playing 1,034 snaps and finishing below average on PFF, especially struggling against the run, ranking 85th out of 99 eligible off ball linebackers in run defense grade. The Eagles could also potentially give more playing time to 2020 3rd round pick Davion Taylor, although his poor performance across 33 snaps last season is pretty uninspiring. 

Shaun Bradley, a 6th round pick from the 2020 NFL Draft, also saw very little action as a rookie, playing 77 snaps, and doesn’t have the same upside as Taylor, who at least theoretically could develop into a solid starter long-term. Jacoby Stevens, a 6th round pick this year, could also be in the mix, but he’s unlikely to be a factor. This is an underwhelming group heading into the season, one that would be in even worse shape if they lost one of their top-2 linebackers, who they are already going to be relying on for likely career high snap counts.

Grade: C

Secondary

To mask their lack of coverage ability in the linebacking corps a little bit, the Eagles would use a 3rd safety around the line of scrimmage in sub packages who essentially functions as a 2nd linebacker, more often than most teams do. The Eagles lost Jalen Mills, who earned a slightly above average grade from PFF in 2020 while leading this position group with 1,034 snaps played, but they replaced him with their one significant free agent addition, ex-Vikings safety Anthony Harris and their other safeties from last season, Rodney McLeod (873 snaps), Marcus Epps (365 snaps), and K’Von Wallace (203 snaps), all return as well so the Eagles could continue using their safeties in the same way.

Either way, Harris and McLeod are locked in as starters. Harris had a down year in 2020, finishing 38th among safeties on PFF, after ranking 5th and 2nd respectively in 2018 and 2019. Harris was forced to take a big pay cut down to 1-year, 4 million on his contract with the Eagles this off-season, after spending 2020 on the franchise tag in Minnesota, and he could prove to be a great value if he bounces back to his 2018-2019 form. 

That’s far from a guarantee though because Harris is a relatively unproven player. The 2015 7th round pick played just 637 snaps in the first three seasons of his career prior to breaking out in 2018, and now he heads into his age 30 season, so his best days could easily be behind him. Even if he is just the middling starter he was last season though, he should be a good value for an Eagles team that needed a replacement for Mills this off-season.

McLeod is also getting up there in age, heading into his age 31 season. He’s yet to really show any decline yet though, finishing last season 22nd among safeties on PFF in 2020, his 7th straight season receiving an average or better grade from PFF as a starter (94 starts). In fact, other than an injury shortened 2018 campaign and his first year back from that injury in 2019, McLeod has finished in the top-35 among safeties on PFF in 4 straight seasons. He could easily start to decline in 2021, but it would be a surprise to see him remain a capable starter.

Neither Marcus Epps nor K’Von Wallace project as reliable starters, so the Eagles will need their starting safeties to both stay healthy, allowing Epps and Wallace to remain in reserve roles. A 4th round pick in 2020, K’Von Wallace still has some upside, but struggled across 203 snaps as a rookie. Epps, meanwhile, was just a 6th round pick in 2019 and, while he showed some promise in his limited action last season, he’s still highly unproven, playing just 110 snaps as a rooke (split between the Eagles and the Vikings) before last year’s limited action. They’re solid depth, but probably would struggle as anything more.

The Eagles are not nearly in as good of shape at cornerback though. They probably thought they solved their longstanding cornerback problem by trading for Darius Slay last off-season, giving up a 3rd and 5th round pick and making Slay one of the highest paid cornerbacks in the league in the process, by giving him a 3-year, 50.05 million dollar extension. However, while Slay did a solid job locking down on side of the field, opposing passing attacks were able to easily just pick on the Eagles’ other cornerbacks, as the Eagles cycled through several options and didn’t have another cornerback play more than 35 snaps last season and earn even an average grade from PFF.

Avonte Maddox (509 snaps) and Nickell Robey-Coleman (612 snaps) were the most notable cornerbacks to struggle, finishing 134th and 104th respectively among 136 eligible cornerbacks on PFF. Robey-Coleman was let go this off-season, but he wasn’t replaced and, aside from 4th round pick Zech McPherson, the Eagles made no notable additions at this position this off-season. As a result, Avonte Maddox will be forced back into a starting role opposite Slay, despite struggling mightily as a starter in 2020 and never earning even an average grade from PFF since being selected by the Eagles in the 4th round in 2018. 

Even Darius Slay is a bit of a question mark as he’s heading into his age 30 season now and has fallen off a little from his prime, when he finished in the top-28 among cornerbacks in five straight seasons from 2014 to 2018, including three seasons in the top-15. Beyond that, Slay and Maddox are the only cornerbacks on this roster with any real experience and, as a result, it wouldn’t really be a surprise to see the Eagles have to turn to the 4th round rookie McPherson for a significant year one role, in which he would almost definitely struggle. He at least has upside though, which might not be the case with the rest of this bunch, who also likely would struggle if forced into a significant role. 

Michael Jacquet played the most snaps of any other returning cornerback last season, but the 2020 undrafted free agent struggled mightily across 160 snaps. Other options including fellow 2020 undrafted free agent Jameson Houston, who played just 22 snaps as a rookie, 2018 undrafted free agent Craig James, who has played 82 career snaps, and 2016 6th round pick Kevon Seymour, a journeyman who has never topped 317 snaps in a season and struggled mightily in that action when he did play. Opposing passing attacks should have no problem attacking the Eagles’ cornerbacks, even if Slay doesn’t start to show his age. They are better at safety, but only by default in what looks like an underwhelming group overall.

Grade: C+

Kicker/Punter

The Eagles finished 22nd in special teams DVOA last season and their worst aspect was place kicking, led by kicker Jake Elliott, who went 24/26 on extra points and 14/19 on field goals as the Eagles sole place kicker, finishing 34th among 36 eligible kickers on PFF. Elliott somehow managed to simultaneously go 1/3 on field goals inside 30 yards and 2/5 on field goals outside of 50 yards, while strangely enough making all his field goals from 30-49 yards. Elliott has been better in the past, making 92.8% of his career extra points and 83.9% of his career field goals, while never previously finishing worse than 18th among kickers on PFF, but he’s also never finished higher than 12th among kickers on PFF, so he is a pretty low upside even if he does manage to bounce back. He should be better than 2020 though, even if only by default.

Elliott was more middling on kickoffs and their kickoff unit was middling as a whole, as was their punting unit, led by Cameron Johnston, who was PFF’s 23rd ranked punter out of 34 eligible. Johnston is no longer with the team and looks most likely to be replaced by Arryn Siposs, a 2020 undrafted free agent who happens to be the only punter currently on this roster. Siposs has never attempted a punt in the NFL, but he did average a 44.0 yards per punt average in two seasons as a collegiate starter at Auburn in 2018-2019 after playing professional Australian rules football for a few seasons, so he has shown a good leg. He’s very unproven, but he might not necessarily be a downgrade from Johnston. I wouldn’t expect him to be an upgrade either though.

Grade: C+

Return Specialists

The Eagles also struggled in kickoff returns, ranking 20th with a 20.9 yards per return average, led by top returner Boston Scott, who averaged just 21.1 yards per return on 28 attempts. Scott has been mediocre as a kickoff returner in his career, totaling just a 21.8 yards per return average, but he could remain the starter by default because he doesn’t have an obvious replacement. 

John Hightower returned kicks in college, but had just a 23.3 yards per return average and wasn’t given the opportunity to return any as a rookie. Jason Huntley was better with 25.8 yards per return and 5 touchdowns as a collegiate returner, but he was given just two kickoff return attempts as a rookie. It’s possible Huntley or Hightower could take the job from Scott and prove to be an upgrade, but it’s also possible Scott keeps the job or either of the unproven players struggles in his place.

The Eagles were better on punts, earning an above average DVOA, but their numbers are inflated by one 74-yard punt return from Jalen Reagor, who was not their primary punt return and returned just four all season. Primary punt returner Greg Ward was middling at best with a 6.4 yards per return average across 21 attempts, after averaging just 3.4 yards per return in his first action as a punt returner in 2019. Reagor is expected to have a big role on offense, so I wouldn’t expect him to become the primary punt returner, and, without another obvious option on this roster, Ward seems likely to keep his job, unless Boston Scott (7.2 career punt returns for 6 yards per attempt) takes over this job as well. This is an underwhelming returner group. 

Grade: C+

Special Teamers

The Eagles generally got good play from their supporting special teams last season, helping to prop up this special teams unit, despite underwhelming play from their specialists. The Eagles lost Duke Riley, a solid special teamer across 251 snaps last season, but they added an adequate replacement for him in Andrew Adams, an experienced special teamer who has averaged 210 special teams snaps per season in 5 seasons in the league. They also lost Corey Clement (265 snaps), but he struggled and all of the rest of their key special teamers are set to return.

Alex Singleton (294 snaps), Shaun Bradley (281 snaps), TJ Edwards (254 snaps), Marcus Epps (241 snaps), and Rudy Ford (137 snaps) all played at an above average level last season and have a good chance to continue playing well in 2021. Edwards was the best of the bunch, finishing 30th among special teamers on PFF and he’s not a one-year wonder either, finishing 27th among special teamers across 331 snaps in 2019. Rudy Ford finished 28th among special teamers on PFF in 2020, but he saw less playing time than Edwards and doesn’t have the same history of success. The other aforementioned special teamers also don’t have the same history of success, but in Bradley’s case it’s because he was a rookie last season and it wouldn’t be a surprise to see most of these players continue playing at an above average level.

Davion Taylor (176 snaps) and Richard Rodgers (144 snaps) also saw significant action last season, but they both struggled and don’t have a track record of success, so they will likely continue struggling in 2021. This is somewhat of a top heavy group, but they could get more from outside of their top players this season, particularly if they can get significant contributions from their rookie class. They also changed up the leadership on special teams, hiring promising young coach Michael Clay to his first coordinator job to replace Dave Fipp, who they let go this off-season after 8 seasons with the team. It wouldn’t be a surprise to see that be a benefit for this group, although that’s far from a guarantee. This isn’t a bad special teamers group though.

Grade: B+

Conclusion

The Eagles finished higher in schedule adjusted first down rate differential than their record suggested last season, ranking 1th at -0.21%, but finishing with just a 4-11-1 record. Their -10 turnover margin, 4th worst in the league, was to blame for much of the difference and history suggests they will be much improved in turnover margin just due to the natural random variance of the statistic. However, that doesn’t necessarily mean they’ll win more games. Their offense should be healthier and has more receiving talent this season, but Jalen Hurts is likely to be one of the worst quarterbacks in the league this season unless he takes a big step forward from year one, so this offense figures to remain among the worst in the league, after ranking 25th in first down rate over expected at -1.44%.

Their defense, meanwhile, figures to struggle to repeat last season’s 9th ranked first down rate allowed over expected at -1.23%. Their four most important defensive players last season, Fletcher Cox, Brandon Graham, Rodney McLeod, and Darius Slay are all over 30 and probably their fifth most important player, Jalen Mills, is no longer with the team. Anthony Harris should be a solid replacement for Mills, but he’s also going to be over 30 aside from his addition, the Eagles really did not do much to fill holes on an overall top heavy defense. The Eagles also will be transitioning from defensive coordinator Jim Schwartz, one of the more accomplished defensive coordinators in the league, to an unproven former position coach with the Colts, Jonathan Gannon.

With top players seemingly likely to regress, more questionable coaching, and the depth still not there, the Eagles figure to be middling at best on defense. Overall, they have lost a lot of talent in recent off-seasons and are now spending an unordinarily limited amount on their roster, having to finally pay for years of spending among the most money in the league and being creative to fit it all under the cap. Unless they can get an improbable breakout year from their quarterback, they are likely to be among the worst teams in the league in 2021. I will have a final prediction for the Eagles at the end of the off-season with the rest of the teams.

8/8/21 Update: The Eagles made a much needed addition to their cornerback group when they signed Steven Nelson, who should be an above average starter opposite Darius Slay, but there are still a lot of problems for this team.

9/4/21 Update: I am a little higher on the Eagles’ chances this season because of the Gardner Minshew trade, as he will at least give them a low floor option to turn to if Jalen Hurts struggles as he is likely to, but this is clearly a rebuilding year for this franchise and I have a hard time seeing them being even a .500 team.

Prediction: 5-12 4th in NFC East

Washington Football Team 2021 NFL Season Preview

Quarterback

In 2019, Washington was among the worst teams in the league, finishing at 3-13 and ranking 31st in first down rate differential at -4.40%. In 2020, things seemed to be going the same way, with Washington starting just 2-7, but there was plenty of reason to believe they would be better going forward. As bad as their record was, part of it was just their 0-3 record in games decided by 3 points or less, including two losses to the Giants by a combined 4 points in which Washington won the first down rate battle by a combined +4.60%, but lost both games narrowly because they lost the turnover battle by a combined six, missed a makeable field goal, and allowed a return touchdown, all highly inconsistent metrics on a week-to-week basis. 

Washington also had a league worst fumble recovery rate and a league worst net field goal rate through those 9 games, which are also highly inconsistent metrics. In terms of schedule adjusted first down rate differential, Washington actually ranked 10th through their first 9 games, despite their underwhelming record and first down rate differential tends to be much more consistent and predictive. All of this was a good sign for this team going forward.

The one thing that was a bad sign for Washington though was how dependent on their dominant defense they were over those nine games, ranking 4th in first down rate allowed over expected, but just 27th in first down rate over expected. Normally, teams with that kind of profile regress going forward because defense is significantly less predictive than offense, so teams with a dominant defense and a weak offense are more likely to regress on defense than improve on offense. 

However, even their offense had reason to be somewhat optimistic once this team changed to veteran Alex Smith at quarterback. Even in his first two games, both field goal losses by Washington to drop them to that 2-7 record, Smith looked noticeably better than Dwayne Haskins and Kyle Allen who started games before him and, while Smith was never a spectacular quarterback during his stint as a starter last season, he was a steadying hand for an offense that otherwise had decent talent, leading to a noticeable offensive improvement that offset any regression by their defense. 

They finished 10th in schedule adjusted first down rate differential at +1.52%, not much different from where they ranked when they were 2-7, but, as is often the case in this situation, the team’s record predictably started catching up with where they ranked in first down rate differential, leading to Washington finishing with a 7-9 record that was actually enough to win the pitiful NFC East. Smith’s insertion into the starting lineup got most of the credit for their turnaround and, in fact, their two losses over that stretch were games started by backup Dwayne Haskins in place of an injured Alex Smith, but even those losses were one score losses and, while Smith obviously helped this team, all he really did was provide a replacement level upgrade under center to offset any regression from their defense. 

The predictable swing of the metrics that worked against Washington earlier in the season would have likely led to at least somewhat of a turnaround even without Smith, although you can definitely make the argument that they would not have won the division and made the post-season without Smith. Beyond that, even replacement level play from Smith was something of a miracle for a player who suffered a devastating broken leg and subsequent bouts of infection in 2018, which threatened not just his career, but his life and mobility off the field. However, after almost two years and countless surgeries, Smith returned to the field in 2020.

Even after rejoining Washington last off-season, Smith still seemed to have a long way to go to see any playing time, as Washington had 2019 first round pick Dwayne Haskins, who was drafted to replace him, and Kyle Allen, a former Panthers backup and spot starter that new head coach Ron Rivera, formerly of the Panthers as well, liked as a potential starting option in case Haskins struggled, leaving Smith as the third quarterback and seemingly more of an emotional leader and coach than someone who would do anything notable on the field. However, Haskins continued to struggle on the field and behind the scenes with the coaching staff, leading to his benching and ultimate release, while Allen suffered a leg injury of his own that opened the door for Smith to start.

Smith played well enough to win Comeback Player of the Year (though just stepping on the field might have been enough for that) and to steady this team to the post-season, but, at the same time, the lasting effects of Smith’s injury were noticeable. Once an above average runner at the quarterback position, Smith seemingly lacked all mobility, rushing for just 3 yards on 10 carries and being limited to being a pocket passer. On top of that, Smith strained his calf on that surgically repaired leg, causing him to miss the two games that Haskins started in his place late in the season.

Even when Smith returned in week 17, he was clearly even more hobbled than before the injury and ultimately was ”benched” and replaced with Taylor Heinicke, another of Ron Rivera’s former backup quarterbacks from Carolina, who closed out their division clinching win over the Eagles week 17 and then started a playoff game against the Buccaneers in which Washington only lost by one score to the eventual Super Bowl champs with a 4th string quarterback, once again showing the potential of this team if they can get the quarterback position resolved.

The struggles Smith had with his leg last season ultimately led to Smith hanging them up this off-season at age 37, finishing an overall impressive 16-year NFL career that will probably be best remembered for his improbable comeback in 2020. Dwayne Haskins, originally supposed to be this team’s quarterback of the future before he proved himself to be a megabust, is no longer with the team, leaving Washington needing to find a replacement for Smith under center this off-season. 

Allen is set to return from his leg injury and Taylor Heinicke impressed enough in his limited action to earn a 2-year, 4.75 million dollar deal, but they are career backups with 18 starts between them and a career QB rating of 84.4 and 71.7 respectively, so Washington obviously needed to add more to the mix. Picking 19th overall because of their division title last season, Washington wasn’t in position to select one of the top quarterbacks in the draft unless they paid a steep price to move up like the Bears did for Justin Fields, so they found their quarterback before the draft, signing veteran Ryan Fitzpatrick to a 1-year, 10 million dollar deal.

Fitzpatrick is heading into his age 39 season and is certainly not a long-term solution for a team that will likely be searching for another quarterback again next off-season, but in the short-term, he could be a nice fit for a team that otherwise has a strong roster. Fitzpatrick is the ultimate journeyman, now joining his 9th team for his 17th season in the league, having never stayed in one place more than four seasons, but, even though he was not a high level quarterback in his prime, Fitzpatrick remarkably has not shown his age at all, in fact having some of the best seasons of his career in his mid-to-late 30s.

Fitzpatrick hasn’t entered the season as the undisputed starter since 2016 and his last 16-game starting season was 2015 when he struggled, but he’s still made 27 starts over the past three seasons and has finished 10th, 14th, and 19th among quarterbacks on PFF over those three seasons respectively, while completing 64.8% of his passes for an average of 7.87 YPA, 50 touchdowns, and 33 interceptions. Fitzpatrick also has some much more mediocre seasons earlier in his career and it’s possible he’ll regress to that now that he’s back in a season long starting role, or maybe age will finally catch up with him, but Fitzpatrick has the upside to be a solid starting quarterback for this team.

Even his worst case scenario probably isn’t worse than what Washington had under center last season. He’s not a slam dunk solution, but he wasn’t a bad signing for this team given the circumstances and he could easily make them better offensively than they were a year ago, when they finished just 27th in first down rate over expected, even with Smith playing reasonably well down the stretch. Washington didn’t add a quarterback at all through the draft, leaving just the two former Panther backups behind him on the depth chart, so this is pretty undisputedly his job unless he struggles mightily. 

Grade: B-

Offensive Line

As I mentioned, Washington otherwise had a decent offense outside of the quarterback position last season. I’ll get into the key skill position players later and what Washington has done to supplement them this off-season, but one underrated group on this offense last season was their offensive line, which saw all five starters have above average grades on PFF by the end of the season. Washington did have some struggles upfront earlier in the season, but two things turned that around. One big one was just the return from injury of right guard Brandon Scherff, who missed three games early in the season, but otherwise finished as PFF’s 7th ranked guard in his 13 starts. 

On top of that, Washington finally found a left tackle, settling on Cornelius Lucas, who made 8 starts down the stretch last season and finished as PFF’s 22nd ranked offensive tackle. Lucas also earned PFF’s 28th highest grade among offensive tackles across 536 snaps (9 starts) in 2019, although prior to 2019 the veteran journeyman had made just 14 starts in 5 seasons in the league and had never earned more than an average grade from PFF for a season, so it’s understand Washington was a bit skeptical of giving him the starting job week one, cycling through lesser talents in Geron Christian and David Sharpe before finding Lucas, whose insertion into the starting lineup also somewhat coincided with this team’s offensive improvement, although obviously the change at quarterback was a big part of that as well.

Washington still seems somewhat skeptical of Lucas, signing ex-Bears left tackle Charles Leno to a one-year deal in free agency and using their 2nd round pick on Texas’ Samuel Cosmi, but they did release right tackle Morgan Moses ahead of a non-guaranteed 7.75 million dollar salary, so Lucas still has a good chance to earn a starting job at one of the two tackle positions and he has experience on both sides, even if he’s still very unproven for a player now heading into his age 30 season.

Leno, meanwhile, has made all 16 starts over the past 5 seasons and has earned an above average grade from PFF in four of those five seasons, maxing out at 13th in 2017 and ranking 30th last season. He’s going into his age 30 season and could begin declining a little bit, but he’s only a short-term option on a one-year deal, with Cosmi looking like a long-term starter behind him. Cosmi could also beat out Lucas with a good training camp if the coaching staff is still skeptical of Lucas as a season-long starter. 

However, even with two talented players being added to this group this off-season, releasing Moses is still a big of a head scratching move. It did save them significant money and he was going into his age 30 season, but he still finished 15th among offensive tackles on PFF last season and by swapping him for Leno, Washington essentially replaced one aging tackle with a slightly less talented, slightly cheaper option. Washington isn’t in dire financial straits so it didn’t seem like a necessary move, but Leno should still remain at least a solid starting left tackle, with Lucas as the most likely early season option on the right side.

One move Washington could have made to free up some immediate cap space was to come to a long-term agreement with Brandon Scherff, who currently has a cap hit of 18.036 million, his one-year salary on his second straight franchise tag. Injuries have become a predictable occurence for Scherff, not only missing the three games last season, but not topping 14 games since 2016 and missing 18 games in 4 seasons since. 

Scherff is also going into his age 30 season, so all in all it’s somewhat understandable they haven’t come to a long-term deal yet, but Scherff has also been one of the best guards in the league when healthy, finishing in the top-29 among guards in all six seasons in the league since being selected 5th overall by Washington in 2015, including four straight top-15 finishes and a 7th ranked finish in 2020, so it’s a bit surprise he hasn’t been extended yet.

Center Chase Rouiller and left guard Wes Schweitzer weren’t quite as good last season as Scherff, but they had strong seasons as well, finishing 6th among centers and 19th among guards respectively across 16 starts and 13 starts respectively. For both players it was a career best year, but Rouiller has more of a track record, earning average or better grades from PFF in all four seasons in the league (53 starts) since being selected in the 6th round in 2017, including a 15th ranked finish among centers in 2019, while Schweitzer was previously about a league average starter across 36 starts, after being selected in the 6th round in 2016 by the Falcons. 

Rouiller should remain an above average starter, but Schweitzer is actually probably headed to the bench, despite last year’s solid season, with Washington bringing in Ereck Flowers via trade with the Dolphins to be his likely replacement. Flowers was with Washington in 2019 and was originally replaced by Schweitzer last off-season, after Flowers signed a 3-year, 30 million dollar deal with the Dolphins last off-season. Flowers wasn’t bad last season in Miami, finishing with the same rank, 32nd, among guards on PFF as he did the previous season in Washington.

However, Miami decided not only to move on from him, but to also eat 6 million of his 9 million dollar guaranteed salary, effectively paying him 17 million for one year and sending him back where he came from for seemingly no reason. He should be a capable starter, with Schweitzer then slotting in as excellent depth. This group probably won’t be quite as good as they were down the stretch last season, but it remains an above average offensive line and could be more consistent overall this season, after struggling to find a capable left tackle for most of the first half of last season.

Grade: A-

Receiving Corps

Washington also has one of the most promising young wide receivers in the league in Terry McLaurin, a 2019 3rd round pick. As a rookie, McLaurin posted a 58/919/7 slash line on an otherwise pitiful offense, ranking 14th in yards per route run at 2.05 and earning PFF’s 5th highest grade among wide receivers. In 2020, McLaurin saw more playing time on an improved offense and finished with a 87/1118/4 slash line, but he did actually fall to 34th in yards per route run at 1.87 and 28th in overall grade from PFF. 

However, he was better than that before playing the final 4 games of the season through an ankle injury, as through week 12, as he ranked 9th among wide receivers on PFF in overall grade and had the 13th highest yards per route run average as well at 2.29. He was also on pace for a ridiculous 100/1401/5 slash line, which would have been the 4th most receiving yards in the league if he maintained it for a full season. Now going into his third season in the league with his best quarterback yet, McLaurin has a massive statistical upside if he can stay healthy and he could easily develop into one of the best wide receivers in the league over the next couple seasons, just entering his prime in his age 26 season.

The issue last season is Washington didn’t have another consistent target in the passing game. Tight end Logan Thomas and passing down back JD McKissic were 2nd and 3rd on this team with slash lines of 72/670/5 and 80/589/2, but they were mostly just check down options who did little downfield, with Thomas averaging 1.10 yards per route run, 6.09 yards per target, and 9.31 yards per completion and McKissic averaging 1.48 yards per route run, 5.35 yards per target, and 7.37 yards per completion. Behind McLaurin, wide receivers Cam Sims, Steven Sims, and Isaiah Wright posted slash lines of just 32/471/1, 27/265/1, and 27/197/0 respectively.


Cam Sims was the best of the bunch, but his 1.22 yards per route run average only looks good by comparison with Stevens Sims and Isaiah Wright, who averaged 0.97 yards per route run and 0.83 yards per route run respectively, and all three earned below average grades from PFF. Sims could still potentially compete for a role in 2021, but this is a much improved group after adding a pair of veteran free agents in Curtis Samuel and Adam Humphries and third round pick Dyami Brown.

Samuel was the biggest investment of the bunch coming over from the Panthers on a 3-year, 34.5 million dollar deal and he figures to have a significant role as the #2 receiver opposite McLaurin. Carolina picked Samuel in the 2nd round when Ron Rivera was there, so he has that connection, but he actually didn’t have his best season until Rivera left, averaging 1.14 yards per route run over the first three seasons of his career, before seeing that jump to 1.93 in 2020, when he also finished 31st among wide receivers on PFF on overall grade.

His 77/851/3 slash line fell short of 1000 yards, but it came as the third receiver on an offense with an underwhelming quarterback and he topped 1000 yards if you include the 200 yards he added on 41 carries (34 out of the backfield, 7 on end arounds or sweeps). Samuel is a one-year wonder in terms of playing at that level, but he’s also still only going into his age 25 season and could easily keep getting better going forward. Washington will likely continue getting him the ball in creative ways, although his 31 carries in his first three seasons with Ron Rivera would seem to suggest he’ll be used as more of a traditional wide receiver in Washington than he was in his last season in Carolina. Either way, he’ll give Washington a much needed upgrade to take some coverage away from McLaurin.

Adam Humphries, meanwhile, is a much shakier veteran addition, as evidenced by his 1-year, 1.19 million dollar contract. Humphries has been a capable slot receiver over the past five seasons, averaging a 61/648/3 slash line per 16 games with a 1.39 yards per route run average and earning middling grades from PFF, but injuries have limited to him just 19 games over the past two seasons combined, including a concerning series of concussions that seemed to have his long-term future in doubt at one point. 

Humphries is still only going into his age 28 season and could easily bounce back and be a solid slot receiver if he can stay on the field, but that isn’t a guarantee. He could have to face competition from Dyami Brown, Cam Sims, or even 2020 4th round pick Antonio Gandy-Golden, who struggled across 124 rookie year snaps, but could still be better going forward. Either way, this is a much improved wide receiver group, with players who saw significant action last season now competing for bottom of the roster spots.

With a much better wide receiver group, tight end Logan Thomas should see much less volume and his production should fall off significantly as a result. A converted quarterback, Thomas had never topped 16 catches or 336 snaps in a season prior to last season and only really saw significant action last season out of pure desperation. Now going into his age 30 season, Thomas is unlikely to have significant untapped potential. He could also have to face competition for playing time from 4th round rookie John Bates, a blocking first tight end who is likely to earn the #2 tight end role even as a rookie, given their lack of other proven options. This isn’t a spectacular group overall, but it’s a significant upgrade on last year’s group.

Grade: B+

Running Backs

Along with having a talented #1 receiver in Terry McLaurin last season, Washington also had a talented lead back in Antonio Gibson. Gibson was just a third round rookie, but he showed a lot of promise, even though he was never made into a true feature back, with JD McKissic stealing 85 carries from him along with most of the passing game work and even plodding backup Peyton Barber stole 94 carries. Gibson didn’t show much as a receiver in the limited passing game action he saw, but as a runner he rushed for 4.68 YPC and, while that was partially due to great run blocking by Washington’s offensive line, Gibson still ranked 21st in carry success rate, and 19th in elusive rating and was PFF’s 5th ranked running back in rushing grade.

Gibson was limited to 170 carries on the season, in part because of inexperience early in the season and in part because of some injuries he picked up late in the year, but, even though McKissic and Barber both return for 2021, they averaged just 4.29 YPC and 2.74 YPC respectively, despite having the same great blocking, so Washington’s offense would almost definitely benefit from giving Gibson the lion’s share of the carries and could easily do so. Gibson also could easily see more passing game work, which would cut even more into McKissic’s target share, on an offense that has more wide receiver talent this season and won’t need to target running backs as often as a result.

McKissic doesn’t have much of a track record either, never topping more than 80 touches in a season before being stretched into a much larger role on this underwhelming offense last season, but he may have a better history than Barber, who has plodded his way to 3.48 YPC across 645 carries in 5 seasons in the league, but somehow remains on an NFL roster. Any of his carries that are given to Gibson instead give this offense a much better chance of staying on schedule. With Gibson at the top of this group, Washington’s running game has a high upside.

Grade: B+

Edge Defenders

Ordinarily, teams with strong defenses have a harder time maintaining that year-to-year than teams with strong offenses and, as a result, teams with Washington’s profile, struggling on offense (27th in first down rate over expected at -2.40%), but dominating on defense (3rd in first down rate over allowed expected at -3.93%), tend to regress in win total the following season, with their strong defenses regressing to the mean more often than their weak offenses. 

However, we’ve already established that Washington has a good chance to be significantly improved on offense this season as a result of upgrades at quarterback and in the receiving corps and I think their defense will have more staying power than most top defenses. The reason for that is simply that this is a young, relatively inexpensive unit that Washington was able to keep together this off-season, with only two of Washington’s top-17 defenders in terms of snaps played from last season no longer with the team and, those two players, Ronald Darby and Kevin-Pierre Louis were both arguably upgraded on this off-season, which I’ll get into more later. 

Defenses tend to be more inconsistent on a year-to-year basis than offenses because strong quarterback play can elevate an offense year after year, while defenses need above average play in at least 7-9 spots to play at a high level, which gets very expensive to keep together after a while, but Washington has avoided the talent attrition for now. This young, talented defense was led by a starting defensive line of four recent former first round picks who have all managed to pan out, giving Washington one of the best defensive lines in football for the foreseeable future. 

Probably the best known of the bunch is 2020 2nd overall pick Chase Young, who instantly showed why he was selected so high, finishing his rookie year as PFF’s 6th ranked edge defender and being selected Defensive Rookie of the Year, despite missing a game and playing through injury for most of the first half of the season. It’s not hard to see how Young could be even better in year two and, while development is not always linear, it’s at the point where it would actually be surprising if Young didn’t develop into one of the best defensive linemen in the league over the next few years, as long as he can stay healthy.

Montez Sweat might not be as well known, but he is a former first round pick in his own right and, not only that, but if not for some questionable medicals, Sweat could have been a top-10 pick, ultimately ending up in Washington with pick number 26. Everyone else’s loss has been Washington’s gain as, after a middling rookie year across 724 snaps, Sweat showed his top-10 potential in 2020, totaling 9 sacks, 12 hits, and a 11.7% pressure rate, while dominating against the run and earning PFF’s 12th highest edge defender grade overall, forming one of the best all-around edge defender duos in the league with Young.

Sweat is technically still a one-year wonder and, even if he does keep getting better going forward, he might not necessarily be improved in year three, but with a pair of talented, young, former first round picks, Washington is in very good shape at this position for the foreseeable future. However, depth is a bit of a concern behind Young and Sweat, as Washington has gone from having good depth with Ryan Kerrigan (398 snaps) and Ryan Anderson (146 snaps) to having next to no depth with both Kerrigan and Anderson signing elsewhere this off-season. 

Washington drafted a pair of players in the 7th round in William Bradley-King and Shaka Toney and also used a 7th rounder on the position in 2020, taking James Williams-Smith, but he didn’t play a snap as a rookie and any of those three players would likely struggle if forced into significant action. Washington badly needs Young and Sweat to both stay healthy, not just because of how talented they are, but because of how big the dropoff would be without either one. Washington would benefit from making a cheap veteran addition or two just to get somewhat proven depth added to the mix.

Grade: A-

Interior Defenders

On the interior, Washington has another pair of first round picks in 2017 17th overall pick Jonathan Allen and 2018 13th overall pick Da’Ron Payne. Allen has left something to be desired against the run, but he’s totalled 17 sacks, 27 hits, and a 9.1% pressure rate in 52 career games, including a career best 2020 season in which he had 2 sacks, 12 hits, and a 9.9% pressure rate and finished as PFF’s 15th ranked interior defender overall. Allen is a one-year wonder in terms of playing at the level he played last season, but he’s earned above average grades from PFF in 3 of 4 seasons in the league and is still only going into his age 26 season, so he’s just entering his prime.

Payne, on the other hand, is more of a big run stuffing nose tackle at 6-3 319, earning above average run stopping grades from PFF in all 3 seasons in the league, but never earning more than an average grade as a pass rusher, with 10 sacks, 10 hits, and a 5.8% pressure rate in 47 career games. Payne is still only going into his age 24 season and may have further untapped potential, but he’s essentially been the same player throughout the first three years of his career and might not have another level. 

Allen and Payne aren’t as talented of a duo as Young and Sweat, but they are a solid starting duo and the depth situation is much better on the interior as well. Tim Settle was the primary reserve with 348 snaps played last season and he earned an above average grade from PFF for his limited action, but their depth should be even better in 2021, with Matt Ioannidis set to return after having his 2020 season ended after 81 snaps in 3 games by injury. 

Ioannidis played an average of 617 snaps per game from 2017-2019 before last year’s injury ruined season and he was a great situational pass rusher over that stretch, totaling 20.5 sacks, 19 hits, and a 12.4% pressure rate in 44 games. He has struggled against the run and probably won’t see the same snap count as he averaged in those three seasons in a very deep and talented group, but his return should allow Payne to focus on more of a base package role, which should upgrade their interior pass rush noticeably. He should play above Settle, a talented reserve in his own right, as, in addition to last season, the 2018 5th round pick also earned an above average grade from PFF across 314 snaps in 2019. This is a loaded position group with plenty of depth and talent.

Grade: A-

Linebackers

As I mentioned earlier, Washington lost veteran linebacker Kevin Pierre-Louis this off-season, but he only played about half the snaps (506 snaps) as a situational player and could easily be upgraded by 19th overall pick Jamin Davis, who profiles as an every down player long-term. Not only is Davis expected to replace Pierre-Louis in the starting lineup, but he could replace Jon Bostic as the top linebacker, as Bostic ranked a pretty underwhelming 60th out of 99 eligible off ball linebackers on PFF last season across 966 snaps and could benefit from playing a smaller role in 2021.

Cole Holcomb, who showed promise down the stretch last season, finishing 11th among off ball linebackers on PFF across 555 snaps, is also in the mix for a role. The 2019 5th round pick was underwhelming in a larger role as a rookie and he’s unlikely to play above Jamin Davis, but he could easily play above Jon Bostic, who he at the very least figures to split snaps with. Bostic has made 77 starts in 8 seasons in the league, but he’s finished above average on PFF just once in those seasons and is now heading into his age 30 season. With Davis being added this off-season and Holcomb showing promise down the stretch last season, which could bury the veteran Bostic on the depth chart, things are looking up in this position group, even if they are relying on young players.

Grade: B-

Secondary

Cornerback Ronald Darby also let go this off-season, but, even though he finished 14th among cornerbacks on PFF last season, Washington arguably might have upgraded by signing ex-Bengal William Jackson to a 3-year, 40.5 million dollar deal. Jackson had a similar season to Darby in 2020, ranking 26th among cornerbacks on PFF, but he has a better track record than the injury prone Darby, finishing in the top-28 among cornerbacks on PFF in three of the last four seasons, while missing just five games due to injury over that stretch. A former first round pick who is still in his prime in his age 29 season, I wouldn’t expect anything different from him in 2021.

Jackson will start opposite Kendall Fuller, who was added last off-season on a 4-year, 40 million dollar deal. Fuller actually began his career in Washington, being selected in the 3rd round in 2016 and spending his first two seasons there, including a 2017 campaign where he was one of the best slot cornerbacks in the league and ranked 2nd among cornerbacks overall on PFF across 720 snaps. That 2017 season drew him enough attention from the Kansas City Chiefs for him to be included with a draft pick in the trade that originally brought Alex Smith to town, but Fuller has yet to have a season nearly that good since.

Fuller wasn’t bad in his first season in Kansas City, finishing 33rd among cornerbacks and starting all 16 games as an every down player for the first time in his career, but injuries and ineffectiveness led to him playing just 498 snaps in 11 games in a 2019 season in which he finished slightly below average on PFF. That led to his market being weaker than it likely would have been as a free agent last off-season, but Washington was still willing to give him a chance on a multi-year deal because of their familiarity with him.

Fuller didn’t perform at his 2017 level in 2020, but he at least bounced back to his 2018 level and earned an above average grade from PFF as an every down player in 14 starts, leading to Washington locking him up long-term on a more lucrative deal this off-season. He might never be as good as he was in 2017 again, but he’s still only going into his age 26 season and should remain at least an above average starter. He’ll play both outside and inside for this secondary, but the slot is his best location.

Jackson and Fuller are a solid starting duo, but the third cornerback spot is a concern. Jimmy Moreland, a 2019 7th round pick, was the third cornerback last season, but he ranked 78th among 136 eligible cornerbacks on PFF across 601 snaps. He’s still young and has theoretical upside, but he struggled across 471 snaps as a rookie as well and it wouldn’t be a surprise if he never developed, given how late he was drafted. 

Moreland will face competition from 3rd round rookie Benjamin St-Juste and veteran journeyman Darryl Roberts, who has played 532 snaps per season over the past five seasons, but has finished below average on PFF in four of five seasons, including a 95th ranked finish out of 136 eligible across 469 snaps in 2020. Whoever wins this job could easily struggle, but St-Juste at least gives them some upside as he projects as a starter long-term.

At safety, Washington lost Landon Collins for the season with a torn achilles after 398 snaps in 7 games, which would seem like a crippling blow for this defense, as Collins is one of Washington’s highest paid players and one of the highest paid safeties in the league on a 6-year, 84 million dollar deal, but Collins was actually pretty mediocre before getting hurt last season and, while Washington had to cycle through several different options at the position in his absence, with five safeties, including Collins, all playing 263 snaps or more for Washington last season, they were able to find a couple diamonds in the rough in Kamren Curl and Jeremy Reaves.

Curl was just a 7th round rookie last season, but he found his way onto the field for 763 snaps and held his own, finishing just above average on PFF. Players drafted as low as him don’t have great long-term track records and it’s possible Curl doesn’t have a huge ceiling as a player or that he’ll regress after his rookie year, but he could also remain a solid starting safeties for years to come. Reaves, meanwhile, didn’t see any action until week 12 of last season and had played just 113 snaps in two seasons in the league prior, since going undrafted in 2018, but from week 12 on he played 263 snaps and was PFF’s 6th highest ranked safety over that stretch. He’s still very unproven and will most likely be the 3rd safety with Collins returning and Curl likely to remain a starter, but he has more upside than most 3rd safeties and it’s possible Washington could use more three safety looks this season to mask their lack of proven depth at cornerback.

With Curl and Reaves showing a lot of promise in his absence, Collins will probably need to have a good year in 2021 in his return from injury to justify his contract beyond this year. Collins was a second round pick by the division rival Giants in 2015 and in his second and third years in the league he looked like one of the best safeties in the NFL, finishing 10th and 12th respectively among safeties on PFF, but he fell to 39th in his contract year in 2018 and, though that didn’t stop Washington from giving him a big contract, that contract looks like a big mistake now, as Collins continued regressing in his first season in Washington in 2019, ranking 41st among safeties, before his injury plagued 2020 campaign when he was a relative non-factor even when healthy.

Washington actually could have moved on from Collins this off-season if they wanted, as only 5 million of his 13 million dollar salary was guaranteed, but he’s still only in his age 27 season and Washington is hoping he can somewhat return to his top form even after a serious injury. If he can’t show that in his third season in Washington in 2021, it’s hard to see him seeing the 13 million, 14 million, or 15 million in non-guaranteed money he has scheduled for 2022-2024. For a player who lacked elite mobility even before the injury, he could easily be a liability in coverage, but Washington should get more out of him than they did last year. Even if they don’t, they may have the depth to compensate. This isn’t a great secondary, but it’s a solid unit overall.

Grade: B

Kicker/Punter

Washington was a slightly above average special teams unit in 2020, ranking 15th in special teams DVOA, but kicker was a weakness, as Dustin Hopkins went 30/32 on extra points and 27/34 on field goals, en route to finishing 26th among 36 eligible kickers on PFF. Hopkins returns unchallenged as the starter in 2021 and has been better in the past, but he’s been a pretty underwhelming kicker overall throughout his 6 seasons as a starter, making just 83.9% of his field goals and 94.9% of his extra points, so he could easily be a mediocre kicker again in 2021.

Punter Tress Way had a much better 2020 season than Hopkins, ranking 5th in punting average at 48.0 yards per attempt, 4th in net punting average at 44.3 yards per attempt, and 10th in hangtime at 4.43 seconds and, as a result, punting was the obvious strength of Washington’s special teams and one of the best punting units in the league. Hopkins also fared better on kickoffs, as he typically has throughout his career, but Washington did not have the same success in kickoff DVOA as they did in punting DVOA, in large part due to differences in supporting cast play. Like Hopkins, Way remains the unchallenged starter in 2021 and he’s generally been a solid starter throughout 7 seasons in the league, averaging 46.8 yards per punt, 41.3 net yards per punt, and 4.45 seconds of hangtime. He’s the better of their two kicking specialists.

Grade: B+

Return Specialists

Washington was mediocre in both return games last season as well, with their above average special teams DVOA being primarily driven by their punting game and, to a lesser extent, their kickoff game. Steven Sims averaged 6.7 yards per across 24 punt returns, while Danny Johnson averaged 22.0 yards per across 26 kickoff returns, which are both mediocre averages. Sims and Johnson remain with the team and could keep their jobs, but both figure to face competition. Most notably, both will face competition from free agent acquisition DeAndre Carter, who has averaged 21.8 yards per kickoff return across 45 attempts and 9.3 yards per punt return across 63 attempts in his 3-year career. 

Carter has been underwhelming as a kickoff returner, but should at least be an upgrade on punt returns. Isaiah Wright, who scored 5 special teams touchdowns in college, is also an option for both roles, but he returned just two kickoffs and four punts as a rookie, so he’s somewhat of a long shot. His easiest path to playing time will be at kickoff returner because both Johnson and Carter are underwhelming options, while Wright averaged 24.2 yards per return at the collegiate level, but that doesn’t necessarily translate to the professional level. Washington’s returners seem better than a year ago, but there is still some concern here. 

Grade: B-

Special Teamers

Washington’s supporting special teams weren’t bad last season, but they weren’t good either, with no one playing more than 100 snaps and finishing in the top-100 among special teamers on PFF. This season, things figure to be similar. Shaun-Dion Hamilton (306 snaps), Jeremy Sprinkle (224 snaps), and Fabian Moreau (177 snaps) are all decent special teamers who left this off-season. Joe Walker (274 snaps), David Mayo (204 snaps), and Linden Stephens (161 snaps) come in to replace them and, though Stephens has mostly struggled in his career, this is largely a comparable group, especially if Walker and Mayo can be a little better like they’ve been in the past.

Khaleke Hudson (354 snaps), James Smith-Williams (272 snaps), Danny Johnson (234 snaps), Jared Norris (183 snaps), and Troy Apke (175 snaps) are their top returning special teamers and all have been solid, if unspectacular throughout most of their careers. Once again, this is unlikely to be a great group of supporting special teams, but they should remain serviceable at least, especially if they can get contributions from their rookie class.

Grade: C+

Conclusion

Washington’s defense might not be quite as good as it was last season, but with largely the same personnel, led by a dominant defensive line, without any glaring weaknesses, they should remain one of the best in the league on that side of the ball. On top of that, their offense should be significantly better, as they should have better health, after having the 5th most adjusted games lost to injury on offense in 2020, and they have made upgrades at quarterback and wide receiver, which were major positions of weakness last season. 

Any regression by their defense will likely be compensated for by improvement on offense and it’s very possible that their offense could improve more than their defense regresses. Washington is also starting from a higher base point than most realize as they finished last season 10th in schedule adjusted first down rate differential at +1.53% and could have been 9-7 if not for improbably losing both games to the Giants, despite winning the first down rate battle by +4.60% across the two games. The Giants and Cowboys will also be better in 2021, but Washington has a good chance to defend their division title, this time in a division that is a little more legitimate.  I will have a final prediction for Washington at the end of the off-season with the rest of the teams.

8/8/21: Special teams being more predictive than I thought doesn’t help Washington’s projection, but they should still be in the running for the division title.

9/4/21: I have Washington falling short to Dallas in the division because, even though their offense should be better, their defense was so good last season that they could regress and still be one of the better defenses in the league, which will likely be the case. They could still win the NFC East, but I would rather go with an offensive led team like Dallas than a defensive led team like Washington, given how much more predictive offensive performance is than defensive performance.

Prediction: 8-9 2nd in NFC East